Sie sind auf Seite 1von 132

HEALTH, HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND ALLIED HEALTH

Activities & Sports.................................................................................................1


Weight Training ........................................................................................................................ 1

Physical Education / Exercise Science.................................................................1


Athletic Injury Rehabilitation ..................................................................................................... 3
Biomechanics ........................................................................................................................... 1
Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries – Allied Health Major ................................................. 2
Elementary Physical Education Methods – Elementary Education Majors .............................. 4
Exercise Physiology ................................................................................................................. 4
Exercise Physiology Laboratory ............................................................................................... 5
Exercise Prescription................................................................................................................ 6
Fitness ...................................................................................................................................... 6
Fitness and Wellness – Text ..................................................................................................... 8
Introduction to Physical Education ......................................................................................... 10
Introduction to Physical Education – Readers........................................................................ 12
Kinesiology ............................................................................................................................. 13
Motor Development ................................................................................................................ 14
Motor Learning ....................................................................................................................... 15
Psychology of Coaching ......................................................................................................... 23
Psychology of Sport ............................................................................................................... 16
Recreational Activities ............................................................................................................ 17
Research Methods ................................................................................................................. 17
Sociology of Sport .................................................................................................................. 18
Strength & Conditioning ......................................................................................................... 19
Technology ............................................................................................................................... 9
Tests and Measurement ......................................................................................................... 19
Weight Management & Nutrition – Readers ........................................................................... 20
Wellness ................................................................................................................................. 21
Wellness – Supplements ........................................................................................................ 22

Health .................................................................................................................24
Addictions / Counseling .......................................................................................................... 24
Adolescent Health .................................................................................................................. 45
AIDS Education ...................................................................................................................... 33
Alcohol.................................................................................................................................... 24
Consumer Health ................................................................................................................... 25
CPR ........................................................................................................................................ 45
Death and Dying..................................................................................................................... 25
Drug Education....................................................................................................................... 45
Drug & Substance Abuse ....................................................................................................... 26
Drug & Substance Abuse – Readers...................................................................................... 27
Elementary & Secondary School Health Methods ................................................................. 42
Epidemiology – Graduate Epidemiology ................................................................................ 28
Health & Aging / Gerontology ................................................................................................. 28
Health & Aging / Gerontology – Readers ............................................................................... 28
Health Education Evaluation and Measurement .................................................................... 29
Health Education Research Methods ..................................................................................... 30

i
HEALTH, HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND ALLIED HEALTH
Health Issues – Readers ........................................................................................................ 44
Human Sexuality – Readers................................................................................................... 31
Mental Health ......................................................................................................................... 43
Personal Health ...................................................................................................................... 36
Personal Health – Readers .................................................................................................... 39
Statistics for Health Education ............................................................................................... 40
Stress Management ............................................................................................................... 41
Women’s Health ..................................................................................................................... 41

Allied Health .......................................................................................................47


Advanced First Aid ................................................................................................................. 47
BLS/CPR for the Professional Rescuer.................................................................................. 47
Certification Exam Review for Medical Assisting.................................................................... 47
Communication for Healthcare ............................................................................................... 77
Computers in the Medical Office ............................................................................................ 48
CPR and AED......................................................................................................................... 50
EKG/ECG/Electrocardiology .................................................................................................. 51
Electronic Medical Records .................................................................................................... 51
Externship for Medical Assisting............................................................................................. 80
First Aid .................................................................................................................................. 54
Fundamentals of Nursing ....................................................................................................... 78
Massage Therapy ................................................................................................................... 54
Massage / Clinical .................................................................................................................. 55
Massage / Review .................................................................................................................. 56
Massage / Kinesiology ........................................................................................................... 56
Math for Health Professions ................................................................................................... 56
Medical Assisting – Administrative and Clinical ...................................................................... 57
Medical Billing and Coding ..................................................................................................... 64
Medical Insurance .................................................................................................................. 69
Medical Laboratory Procedures ............................................................................................. 70
Medical Law & Ethics ............................................................................................................. 70
Medical Office Procedures ..................................................................................................... 71
Medical Terminology ............................................................................................................... 73
Medical Terminology Concepts .............................................................................................. 74
Medical Terminology Comprehensive .................................................................................... 75
Medical Terminology – Programmed Approach ...................................................................... 76
Nursing ................................................................................................................................... 79
Pediatric First Aid, CPR, AED................................................................................................. 81
Pharmacology for Health Professions .................................................................................... 81
Pharmacy Technician ............................................................................................................. 84
Phlebotomy ............................................................................................................................ 84
Physician’s Assistant .............................................................................................................. 81
Professional References ........................................................................................................ 85
Standard FA, CPR and AED................................................................................................... 85
Statistics for Health Education ............................................................................................... 85

ii
HEALTH, HUMAN PERFORMANCE AND ALLIED HEALTH
Fire & Emergency Services ................................................................................97
ECGs ...................................................................................................................................... 97
EMT Basic .............................................................................................................................. 98
EMT Paramedic ...................................................................................................................... 98
First Responder ...................................................................................................................... 97
Professional References ........................................................................................................ 99

iii
New Titles

ACTIVITIES & SPORTS


2013 Author ISBN Page
Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8e Fahey 9780078022623 1

PHYSICAL EDUCATION / EXERCISE SCIENCE


2013 Author ISBN Page
Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 5e Baumgartner 9780078022555 17

Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e Coakley 9780078022524 18

Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8e Fahey 9780078022623 19

Fit & Well Alernate Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness Fahey 9780077411831 8

and Wellness, 10e

Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness Fahey 9780077411848 6

and Wellness, 10e

Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e Fahey 9780078022586 8, 21

2012
Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications, 7e Cox 9780078022470 16

Annual Editions: Health 12/13, 33e Daniel 9780078051036 12, 20, 22

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e Daniel 9780078050237 22

Connect Plus Fitness and Wellness Access Card for Fit & Well, 10e Fahey 9780077411879 9

Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 18e Floyd 9780078022517 13

Understanding Motor Development: Infants, Children, Adolescents, Gallahue 9780073376509 14

Adults, 7e

Basic Biomechanics, 6e Hall 9780073376448 1

Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12e Hamilton 9780078022548 2, 13

Elementary Classroom Teachers As Movement Educators, 4e Kovar 9780078095764 4

Sports And Recreational Activities, 15e Mood 9780078022487 17

Human Motor Development: A Lifespan Approach, 8e Payne 9780078022494 14

Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Powers 9780078022531 4

Performance, 8e

Get Fit – Stay Fit, 6e Prentice 9780073523859 6

Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport, 8e Siedentop 9780078095771 10

Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sports, 17e Wuest 9780078095788 10

iv
New Titles

HEALTH
2013 Author ISBN Page
Consumer Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions, 9e Barrett 9780078028489 25

Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 5e Baumgartner 9780078022555 30

Annual Editions: Aging 12/13, 25e Cox 9780078051203 28

Health in the Later Years, 5e Ferrini 9780078028496 28

Drugs in Perspective, 8e Fields 9780078028502 24, 26

Focus on Health, 11e Hahn 9780073529738 36

Annual Editions: Human Sexualities 12/13, 34e Hutchison 9780078051173 31

Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior 12/13, 27e Maguire 9780078051234 27, 45

Comprehensive School Health Education, 8e Meeks 9780078028519 42

Understanding Your Health, 12e Payne 9780073529752 36

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 6e White 9780078050305 31

2012
Coping With Stress in a Changing World, 5e Blonna 9780073529714 41

Annual Editions: Aging 11/12, 24e Cox 9780078050862 29

Annual Editions: Dying, Death, and Bereavement 12/13, 13e Dickinson 9780078051050 25

Annual Editions: Health 12/13, 33e Daniel 9780078051036 39, 44

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e Daniel 9780078050237 40, 44

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Drugs and Society, 10e Goldberg 9780078050220 27

Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 11/12, 33e Hutchison 9780078050961 31

Connect Core Concepts in Health, 12e Insel 9780073404677 37

Core Concepts Big Edition with Connect Plus Access Card, 12e Insel 9780077496036 37

Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 10e Kinney 9780073404684 24

First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 4e NSC 9780073519951 45

NSC Pediatric First Aid, CPR & AED, 3e NSC 9780073519982 45

AIDS Update 2012, 21e Stine 9780073527659 33

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Human Sexuality, 12e Taverner 9780078050206 32

Health Psychology, 8e Taylor 9780078035197 43

Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 7e Telljohann 9780073529684 42

v
New Titles

ALLIED HEALTH
2013
Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e Booth 9780073402222 54, 57,

64, 73

Phlebotomy: A Competency Based Approach, 3e Booth 9780073374550 58, 84

Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e Bostwick 9780073402246 76

Medical Coding Fundamentals Goldsmith 9780073374987 65

Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS Grebner 9780073402215 65

Electronic Health Records, 3e Hamilton 9780073402147 51

Ethics in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice Hart 9780073374932 66

Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 6e Judson 9780073374710 70

Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities ICD-10e Newby 9780073511047 67

Computers in the Medical Office, 8e Sanderson 9780073402130 48

Anatomy & Physiology: Transformation Learning through Simulation Vancura 9780073519937 81

2012
Essentials of Medical Language, 2e Allan 9780073374611 74, 77

Activsim: Nursing Code Print Card 3-Year Access Allied Health/MHHE 9780073374741 78

Medical Office Procedures, 7e Bayes 9780073401980 59, 71

Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e Booth 9780073402222 54

Math and Dosage Calculations for Health Care Professionals with Booth 9780077460389 56, 81

Student Care, 4e

Electrocardiography, 3e Booth 9780077485276 51, 59

Administering Medications, 7e Gauwitz 9780073374376 60, 82

Administrative Medical Assisting a Workforce Readiness Approach Houser 9780073402154 60, 72

Nursing Documentation Using EHR Hamilton 9780077450892 79

Pharmacology: An Introduction, 6e Hitner 9780073520865 83

Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and Moini 9780073374581 47, 61, 80

CCMA Exams, 4e

Advanced First Aid, CPR and AED Textbook, 2e NSC 9780073519999 47

Basic Life Support for Healthcare and Professional Rescuers, 2e NSC 9780073519975 47, 50

CPR and AED Student Workbook, 4e NSC 9780073519944 50

First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 4e NSC 9780073519951 50, 85

First Aid Student Workbook, 3e NSC 9780073519968 54

NSC Pediatric First Aid, CPR & AED, 3e NSC 9780073519982 81

Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices & Facilities 2011, 6e Newby 9780073374888 68, 69

vi
New Titles

ALLIED HEALTH
2012 (continued)
Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Sanderson 9780073374949 48, 52, 62,

Medisoft Clinical 72

Integrated Electronic Health Records: A Worktext for Greenway Medical Shanholtzer 9780077508722 52

Technologies’ PrimeSUITE

Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, The, 2e Safian 9780073374512 68

You Code It! A Case Studies Workbook, 2e Safian 9780073374529 69

FIRE & EMERGENCY SERVICES


2013
Pocket Guide for Fast and Easy ECGs, 2e Shade 9780077394028 97

2012
Paramedic Updated Edition, The Chapleau 9780077563882 98

NSC Emergency Medical Response, 2e National Safety 9780073520001 97

Council NSC

vii
/LYHDQG
DYDLODEOHIRU
XVHLQ\RXU
FRXUVH
72'$<

Productivity | Efficiency | Simplicity


An unrivaled, total course solution—McGraw-Hill and Blackboard have partnered to deliver content
and tools directly inside your learning management system.*
Manage your course content, assignments, and assessments...all from within your existing Blackboard® environment.

1 Pair Your Course IT’S AS EASY AS 1-2-3!


Just pair your Connect course with
your Blackboard course to create
a seamless experience for you and
your students.
Deploy Assignments
2 Once paired, you can import all your Connect
assignments with a couple of clicks, and you
can also build new Connect assignments –
right from within your Blackboard system.

Single Sign On with a Single


3 Integrated Gradebook
Students access all of their assignments right within the
Blackboard platform without ever logging on to another site,
and their grades are automatically recorded in the
Blackboard gradebook.

* Compatible with Blackboard Learn™, Releases 9.1, 9.0 and 8.0

Visit DoMoreNow.com
+ =

TM
McGraw-Hill Connect® and McGraw-Hill Create are now fully integrated into
the Blackboard Learn platform.
Enjoy simplified access to the highest quality, media-rich content and adaptive learning and assessment
engines for faculty, students and institutions.

A Total Course Solution


This unprecedented integration of publisher-
provided content and tools into a learning
management system offers the enhanced Locally Hosted
experience of all course resources in a All hosted within your institution’s
single online environment. Blackboard instance, students now
have the means to better connect
with their coursework, instructors,
and the important concepts that they
will need to master for success now
and in the future.

Key Features
● Single Sign-On
A single login and single environment provide seamless access to
all course resources – all McGraw-Hill’s resources are available
within the Blackboard Learn platform.
● One Gradebook
Automatic grade synchronization with Blackboard gradebook.
All grades for McGraw-Hill assignments are recorded in the
Blackboard gradebook automatically.
● 100% FERPA compliant solution protects student privacy.
● Deep Integration
One click access to a wealth of McGraw-Hill content and tools –
all from within Blackboard Learn™.

Visit DoMoreNow.com
FEATURING

PERSONAL HEALTH iHealth


mhhe.com/connectihealth
LESS M A N A G I N G .
MORE TEACHING.
GREATER LEARNING.

You can
do it
all
Connect Personal Health promotes behavior change in students through engaging and interactive
online content, and saves professors valuable time they would otherwise spend grading. The iHealth:
An Interactive Framework course is made up of more than 70 online readings, a new Point Counter-
point assignable video program, assignable health assessments, and additional tools which promote
behavior change, critical thinking, and retention.

1 Online Articles. The iHealth program offers unparalleled flexibility in extending learning on core and
secondary personal health topics through more than 66 online readings. While the textbook estab-
lishes a guiding framework for personal health, the online readings allow professors to pick and choose
readings based on their interests and the needs of their students.

2 Point Counterpoint Videos With Critical Thinking Questions. The brand new Point Counterpoint video
clips feature college-aged students debating timely health issues such as fertility drugs, the obesity
epidemic, the drinking age, exercise, and more.
3 Self-Assessments. Instructors can save essential class time by assigning students health inventories
and questionnaires online. Completed assessments are automatically uploaded to the professor
Reports page, allowing them to track student progress.

4 Pre-made assignments tied to textbook chapters & learning objectives. Offering hundreds of ready
made tests and assignments, these pre-made assignments are tied to learning objectives from the
textbook and can be automatically graded and uploaded to your Reports Results page. With pre-made
assignments, you can better manage your time in and out of the classroom.

5 Integrated eBook. The eBook, or “paperless” version of iHealth , is available to students at a lower
price point than the new print text, and using an eBook means they can access Connect Personal Health
materials anywhere they have Internet access.

6 Reports. Connect Personal Health’s visual reports identify student problem areas in real-time. You can
run a variety of report types and set preferences for reviewing.

Visit mhhe.com/connectihealth to see video demonstrations for these dynamic


solutions to your Online Learning, Assignment, and Assessment needs;
or visit www.mcgrawhillconnect.com to see all that Connect has to offer!
Higher Education

Bright futures begin with


a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart is an adaptive learning system designed to
help students learn faster, study more efficiently, and
retain more knowledge for greater success.

Measure.
Assess and monitor students’ knowledge
levels.

Adapt.
Provide interactive assessments based on
strengths & weaknesses.

Empower.
Map out a personalized plan for successful
learning.

LearnSmart has helped engage the learner in a way I didn’t think was possible. It has
also helped me to be a more reflective teacher and pinpoint class issue with a topic.
~Professor Frank Wray, University of Cincinnati

Study Anytime and Anyplace.


Students may supplement their Scan, LearnSmart.
online study with the LearnSmart News.
mobile app available for the Tips.
Tricks.
iPhone, iPod Touch, and iPad.
All in one
place.

www.mhhe.com/learnsmart/

Copyright © 2011 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved.


Learning Technology by Area9
The patients are virtual, but the learning is real.
Nursing

$&7,96LP1XUVLQJLVDQZHEEDVHGSDWLHQWVLPXODWRU PATIENT SIMULATIONS


WKDWLQFOXGHVFDVHV'HWDLOHGOHDUQLQJREMHFWLYHVDVZHOO
COPD
DVVWXGHQWDVVHVVPHQWDQGLQVWUXFWRUJUDGHUHSRUWVDUH
Hip Fracture
SURYLGHG
Dementia
$&7,96LPDOORZVVWXGHQWVWR CHF
Crohn’s Disease
‡&RQGXFWDIRFXVHGDVVHVVPHQW Diabetes
‡,GHQWLI\SDWLHQWQHHGV Post-op Mastectomy
‡3ULRULWL]HFDUH Stroke
Anemia
‡$GPLQLVWHUPHGLFDWLRQV Kidney Disease
‡(YDOXDWHLQWHUYHQWLRQVWRDGDSWSODQRIFDUH
‡'RFXPHQW\RXUFDUH SDWLHQW¶VUHVSRQVH
‡5HFHLYHGHWDLOHGGHEULH¿QJRI\RXUSHUIRUPDQFH

ZZZDFWLYVLPFRP

Contact your local McGraw-Hill Higher Education sales representative or


Email Hedmarketing_mheasia@mcgraw-hill.com for more information.
What did thousands of students tell us was
the most valued part of the course?

lass Lecture!
Your C
“The course evaluations and
Research with over 6600 students revealed that your lecture is student feedback indicated that
valued above all instructional material. Tegrity Campus, allows you Tegrity greatly improved the
to make your lectures available to your students to search, replay students’ learning experiences.
and review outside of class. The students were unanimous in
viewing Tegrity as a valuable
resource.”
Tegrity Campus records your lectures, automatically
capturing, storing, and indexing everything presented in Dr. Darrell Brann, professor and
class. It’s a simple click to start recording, everything is associate director
done for you and you can lecture exactly as you have of the Institute of Neuroscience -
before. John Meyer

Why Instructors LOVE Tegrity Campus.


„ No hardware needed or IT assistance.
I mproves
„ Using Tegrity Campus to record your lectures saves Course
you time, serving as a 24-7 teaching assistant. nce
Performa
„ Instructors using lecture capture consistently receive
better course ratings from their students

Why Students LOVE Tegrity Campus.


„ Your recorded lectures help your students review for
tests, finish homework and complete notes. “During class I pay more attention
„ Students use Tegrity Campus but not other lecture cap- and participate more; I don’t have
ture services, because it is the only service that offers to take up my instructor’s time
students a keyword search feature. Students can search after class.”
in a lecture or across lectures to get only the information
they need.
Elizabeth Williams - Calhoun
Community College

For more information visit us at


http://tegritycampus.mhhe.com
Your Partner in
Test Generation

Imagine being able to create and access your test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing
software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple
McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.

Features and Functions


N Test Creation
N Online Test Management
N Online Scoring and Reporting
N EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can
use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks.
N EZ Test supports the use of following question types:
NTrue or False NFill In the Blank NShort Answer
NYes or No NNumeric Response NSurvey
NMultiple Choice NMatching NEssay
NCheck All That Apply NRanking

N Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type.


N You can create multiple versions of the same test.
N You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test.
N Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types.

How do you get it?


To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives
or email mghasia_sg@McGraw-Hill.com.
Activities & Sports Physical Education / Exercise Science

Weight Training Biomechanics

INTERNATIONAL EDITION
NEW *9780078022623*
BASIC WEIGHT TRAINING FOR MEN AND
NEW *9780073376448*
WOMEN
8th Edition
Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
BASIC BIOMECHANICS
2013 / 288 pages
ISBN: 9780078022623
Available: June 2012 6th Edition
Susan Hall, University of Delaware
This popular text is a comprehensive, practical guide to developing
a personalized weight-training program with both free weights
and machines. Weight training concepts and specific exercises
are grouped by body region, and many photographs, illustrations,
diagrams, and figures demonstrate proper technique and form. 2012 / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780073376448
CONTENTS
ISBN: 9780071221511 [IE]
1. Basic Weight Training Available: June 2011
2. Weight Training and Your Body
3. Weight Training Guidelines www.mhhe.com/hall6e
4. How Weight Training Improves Your Body
Basic Biomechanics provides balanced coverage of anatomical
5. Getting Started: The Basics structure, biomechanics, and applications, as recommended by the
6. Developing the Lower Body Biomechanics Academy of AAHPERD. Numerous applications from
7. Developing the Back and Neck sport, ergonomics, and daily living-both qualitative and quantitative—
8. Developing the Abdominal Muscles help demonstrate the relevance of biomechanical principles beyond
9. Developing the Chest and Shoulders elite sports performance and into everyday life. The quantitative
10. Developing the Arms aspects of biomechanics are presented in a manageable, progressive
11. Exercises to Develop Speed and Power fashion, and a mathematics appendix helps make the material
12. Nutrition for Weight Training accessible to all students, regardless of mathematical skill level.
13. Ergogenic Aids: Drugs and Supplements
NEW TO THIS EDITION
APPENDIX 1: Muscular System
APPENDIX 2: Skeletal System v Topics added or significantly expanded in this edition include
APPENDIX 3: Weight Training Exercises for Machines and Free bone modeling and remodeling, osteoporosis, bone changes during
Weights spaceflight, articular cartilage function, osteoarthritis, muscle fiber type
APPENDIX 4: Norms and Test Procedures for Measuring Strength conversion, the stretch-shortening cycle, neuromuscular fatigue and
Glossary injuries, ACL rupture, balance and falling, and gait economy.
References
Index v Updated throughout, the text incorporates the latest information
from the biomechanics research literature.
v A major new section in Chapter 1 discusses the development of
a revolutionary new figure skate.
v This edition of the book can be bundled (for a small additional
price) with MaxTRAQ™ software specially formulated for Basic
Biomechanics, Sixth Edition. This downloadable analysis software
offers you an easy-to-use tool to track data and analyze various
motions selected by the authors.

CONTENTS
1 What Is Biomechanics?
2 Kinematic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion
3 Kinetic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion
4 The Biomechanics of Human Bone Growth and Development
5(9,(:&23<    5 The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Articulations
(Available for course adoption only) 6 The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Muscle
To request for a review copy, 7 The Biomechanics of the Human Upper Extremity
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill 8 The Biomechanics of the Human Lower Extremity
representatives or, 9 The Biomechanics of the Human Spine
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found 10 Linear Kinematics of Human Movement
in this catalog or, 11 Angular Kinematics of Human Movement
ƒ e-mail your request to 12 Linear Kinetics of Human Movement
mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or, 13 Equilibrium and Human Movement
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia 14 Angular Kinetics of Human Movement
15 Human Movement in a Fluid Medium

1
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Appendices 3 The Musculoskeletal System: The Musculature


A Basic Mathematics and Related Skills 4 The Neuromuscular Basis of Human Motion
B Trigonometric Functions 5 The Upper Extremity: The Shoulder Region
C Common Units of Measurement 6 The Upper Extremity: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand
D Anthropometric Parameters for the Human Body 7 The Lower Extremity: The Hip Region
8 The Lower Extremity: The Knee, Ankle, and Foot
9 The Spinal Column and Thorax
Part II Fundamentals of Biomechanics
10 Terminology and Measurement in Biomechanics
11 The Description of Human Motion
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
12 The Conditions of Linear Motion
13 The Conditions of Rotary Motion
14 The Center of Gravity and Stability
NEW *9780078022548*
Part III Motor Skills: Principles and Applications
15 Kinesiology of Fitness and Exercise
16 Moving Objects: Pushing and Pulling
17 Moving Objects: Throwing, Striking, and Kicking
18 Locomotion: Solid Surface
19 Locomotion: The Aquatic Environment
KINESIOLOGY 20 Locomotion: When Suspended and Free of Support
Scientific Basis of Human 21 Impact
Motion, 12th Edition 22 Instrumentation for Motion Analysis
Nancy Hamilton, University of Northern Iowa Appendices
Wendi Weimar, Auburn University-Auburn Glossary
Kathryn Luttgens, Northern University-Emerita Index

2012 / 640 pages


ISBN: 9780078022548
ISBN: 9780071086431 [IE]
Available: January 2011
Care and Prevention of
Athletic Injuries
www.mhhe.com/hamilton12e

– Allied Health Majors


Since the 1950s, Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion has
remained the definitive kinesiology text for college students. The
twelfth edition continues the text’s tradition of examining human motion
through the integrated presentation of anatomy and biomechanics and
applying that knowledge to a wide variety of motor skills. This edition
retains the text’s strong coverage of physiology combined with current
scholarship in biomechanics as applied to motor skills.
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
NEW TO THIS EDITION
ARNHEIM’S PRINCIPLES OF ATHLETIC
v Analysis examples are updated throughout the text to TRAINING:
help better explain anatomical and biomechanical concepts to
undergraduates. A Competency-Based Approach,
14th Edition
v A new section on center of gravity and posture that covers
William E Prentice, University of NC-Chapel Hill
postural adaptation, dynamic posture, and the principles applied to Daniel D Arnheim (deceased)
posture as well as the factors that affect the stability and energy cost
2011 / 928 pages
of erect posture.
ISBN: 9780073523736
v New explanations about the effects that postural adaptations ISBN: 9780071221672 [IE]
have on static and dynamic postures Available: February 2010
v An expanded explanation and study of an effective stretching www.mhhe.com/prentice14e
program.
Arnheim’s Principles of Athletic Training: A Competency-Based
v Expanded and updated coverage on strength training and Approach is the leading text in the athletic training field. The text is
the types of exercises for muscle strength which teach students a designed to lead the student from general foundations to specific
kinesiological approach to examining fitness exercises. concepts relative to injury prevention, evaluation, management, and
rehabilitation. Now in its 14th edition, Arnheim’s Principles of Athletic
v Updated scholarship on obesity’s effect on walking gait. Training continues to innovate, with several new features available
with the new edition:
v An expanded discussion on wheelchair propulsion and
wheelchairs built for specific tasks. v Connect Athletic Training: the first online learning management
v Updates on photoinstrumentation procedures. system for the athletic training course, featuring assignable labs,
videos, Internet exercises, an optional integrated ebook, and more
CONTENTS
v Full color photographs and illustrations throughout the entire
Preface text
1 Introduction to the Study of Kinesiology
Part I Anatomical and Physiological Fundamentals of Human v Expanded coverage of athletic trainers working in a variety of
Motion employment settings
2 The Musculoskeletal System: The Skeletal Framework and Its
Movements

2
Physical Education / Exercise Science

CONTENTS
Athletic Injury
Rehabilitation
I Professional Development and Responsibilities
1 The Athletic Trainer as a Health Care Provider
2 Health Care Organization and Administration in Athletic Training
3 Legal Concerns and Insurance Issues
II Risk Management
4 Conditioning Techniques
5 Nutrition and Supplements INTERNATIONAL EDITION
6 Environmental Considerations
7 Protective Gear and Sports Equipment REHABILITATION TECHNIQUES IN SPORTS
8 Bandaging and Taping MEDICINE
III Pathology of Sports Injury
9 Mechanisms and Characteristics of Musculoskeletal and Nerve 5th Edition
Trauma William E Prentice
10 Tissue Response to Injury 2011 / 720 pages
IV Management Skills ISBN: 9780073376615
11 Psychosocial Intervention for Sports Injuries and Illnesses ISBN: 9780071289535 [IE]
12 On-the-Field Acute Care and Emergency Procedures Available: January 2010
13 Off-the-Field Injury Evaluation
14 Infectious Diseases, Bloodborne Pathogens, and Universal www.mhhe.com/prenticerehab5e
Precautions Designed for the athletic trainer and sports therapist, Rehabilitation
15 Using Therapeutic Modalities Techniques in Sports Medicine is the definitive guide to the
16 Using Therapeutic Exercise in Rehabilitation management of sports injuries. Experts from the field of sports
17 Pharmacology, Drugs, and Sports medicine have contributed to this comprehensive, updated edition,
V Musculoskeletal Conditions which addresses all aspects of rehabilitation, including protocols for
18 The Foot rehabilitating the wide variety of injuries athletes are prone to receive.
19 The Ankle and Lower Leg Pros and cons of various rehabilitative modalities are discussed, as
20 The Knee and Related Structures well as currently accepted techniques. This text is recognized as a
handbook for any practitioners who manage rehabilitation programs
21 The Thigh, Hip, Groin, and Pelvis
for injured athletes.
22 The Shoulder Complex
23 The Elbow CONTENTS
24 The Forearm, Wrist, Hand, and Fingers
25 The Spine Part One: The Basis of Injury Rehabilitation
VI General Medical Conditions 1 Essential Considerations in Designing a Rehabilitation Program
26 The Head, Face, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat for the Injured Patient
27 The Thorax and Abdomen 2 Understanding and Managing the Healing Process through
28 Skin Disorders Rehabilitation
29 Additional General Medical Conditions 3 The Evaluation Process in Rehabilitation
Appendix A NATA Code of Ethics 4 Psychological Considerations for Rehabilitation of the Injured
Patient
Part Two: Achieving the Goals of Rehabilitation
5 Establishing Core Stabilization
6 Reestablishing Neuromuscular Control
7 Regaining Postural Stability and Balance
8 Restoring Range of Motion and Improving Flexibility
9 Regaining Muscular Strength, Endurance, and Power
10 Maintaining Cardiorespiratory Fitness during Rehabilitation
Part Three: The Tools of Rehabilitation
11 Plyometrics in Rehabilitation
12 Open versus Closed Kinetic-Chain Exercise in Rehabilitation
13 Joint Mobilization and Traction Techniques in Rehabilitation
14 PNF Techniques in Rehabilitation
15 Aquatic Therapy in Rehabilitation
16 Functional Progressions and Functional Testing in Rehabilitation
Part Four: Rehabilitation Techniques for Specific Injuries
17 Rehabilitation of Shoulder Injuries
18 Rehabilitation of Elbow Injuries
19 Rehabilitation of Wrist, Hand, and Finger Injuries
20 Rehabilitation of Groin, Hip, and Thigh Injuries
,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK 21 Rehabilitation of Knee Injuries
22 Rehabilitation of Lower-Leg Injuries
23 Rehabilitation of Ankle and Foot Injuries
0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU 24 Rehabilitation of Injuries to the Spine
WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ Glossary
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP

9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK

3
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Elementary Physical Exercise Physiology


Education Methods –
Elementary Education
Majors INTERNATIONAL EDITION

NEW *9780078022531*
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
NEW Theory and Application to Fitness and
*9780078095764* Performance, 8th Edition
ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM TEACHERS AS Scott Powers, University of Florida at Gainesville
MOVEMENT EDUCATORS
Edward T Howley, University of Tennessee-Knoxville
2012 / 640 pages
4th Edition ISBN: 9780078022531
Susan K Kovar, Wichita State University ISBN: 9780071316262 [IE]
Cindy A Combs, Newton, Kansas Public Schools
Kathy Campbell, Arizona State University-East Campus Available: October 2011
Gloria Napper-Owen, University of New Mexico-Albuquerque www.mhhe.com/powers8e
Vicki J Worrell, Emporia State University
2012 / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780078095764 CONTENTS
Available: September 2011 Section 1: Physiology of Exercise
Chapter 0: Introduction to Exercise Physiology
www.mhhe.com/kovar4e
Chapter 1: Measurement of Work, Power, and Energy Expenditure
Physical activity does not start and end in the gymnasium during the Chapter 2: Control of the Internal Environment
school day. It happens all around, every day to make the best lifelong Chapter 3: Bioenergetics
learners. Elementary Classroom Teachers as Movement Educators Chapter 5: Cell Signaling and the Hormonal Responses to Exercise
discusses how teachers can incorporate movement into their daily Chapter 6: Exercise and the Immune System
lessons to help students better learn and engage in a healthy lifestyle. Chapter 7: The Nervous System: Structure and Control of
This updated fourth edition continues to cover the traditional physical Movement
education content including motor learning and development, exercise
Chapter 8: Skeletal Muscle: Structure and Function
physiology, curriculum, safety, and pedagogy in an in-depth way that is
meaningful to the classroom teacher. In addition, the book emphasizes Chapter 9: Circulatory Responses to Exercise
motivating children to be active, teaching activity to children with Chapter 10: Respiration During Exercise
special needs, and integrating subject content and physical activity Chapter 11: Acid-Base Balance During Exercise
in the classroom. Chapter 12: Temperature Regulation
Chapter 13: The Physiology of Training: Effect on VO2 Max,
NEW TO THIS EDITION Performance, Homeostasis, and Strength
Section 2: Physiology of Health and Fitness
v New Emphasis on the Mind-Body Connection: Expanded
Chapter 14: Risk Factors and Inflammation: Links to Chronic
coverage reflects the recent research findings on the positive effects
Disease
between physical activity and student academic performance.
Chapter 15: Work Tests to Evaluate Cardiorespiratory Fitness
v New Illustrative Material: The illustrations (at the intermediate Chapter 15: Work Tests to Evaluate Cardiorespiratory Fitness
and advanced levels) show the typical performance of the basic Chapter 16: Exercise Prescriptions for Health and Fitness
motor skills. Each illustration shows the full movement sequence, Chapter 17: Exercise for Special Populations
from start to finish. Chapter 18: Body Composition and Nutrition for Health
Section 3: Physiology of Performance
v New Emphasis on Establishing a Caring Community: Such Chapter 19: Factors Affecting Performance
a community within the elementary classroom allows the teacher and Chapter 20: Laboratory Assessment of Human Performance
children to become partners in the educational process. Chapter 21: Training for Performance
Chapter 22: Training for the Female Athlete, Children, Special
CONTENTS
Populations, and the Masters Athlete
1 What Is Physical Education? Chapter 23: Nutrition, Body Composition, and Performance
2 Motor Development and Motor Learning for Children Chapter 24: Exercise and the Environment
2 Movement Components and Skills Development Chapter 25: Ergogenic Aids
4 Exercise Concepts and Fitness Education Appendixes
5 Planning for Children with Diverse and Special Needs
6 Physical Education Curriculum
7 Managing and Teaching the Physical Education
8 Curriculum Integration in the Classroom
9 Motivating Children to Be Physically Active
10 Sociological Aspects of Children Moving
11 Creating a Physically Safe Movement Environment
12 Recess as Quality Movement Time

4
Physical Education / Exercise Science

INTERNATIONAL EDITION Exercise Physiology


EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY Laboratory
Theory and Application to Fitness and
Performance, 7th Edition
Scott K Powers, University of Florida at Gainesville and Edward T
Howley, University of Tennessee-Knoxville
2009 / Hardcover / 648 pages
EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY
ISBN: 9780073376479 MANUAL
ISBN: 9780071280785 [IE] 6th Edition
Available: October 2008 Gene M Adams and William C Beam of California State University-
Fullerton
www.mhhe.com/powers7e
2011 / 320 pages
Written especially for exercise science and physical education ISBN: 9780073376592
students, this text provides a solid foundation in theory illuminated Available: January 2010
by application and performance models to increase understanding
and to help students apply what they’ve learned in the classroom www.mhhe.com/beam6e
and beyond.
Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual is a comprehensive source
of information for instructors and students interested in practical
CONTENTS laboratory experiences related to the field of exercise physiology. The
Section I: Physiology of Exercise manual provides instruction on the measurement and evaluation of
1: Physiology of Exercise in the United States: Its Past, Its Future muscular strength, anaerobic fitness, aerobic fitness, cardiovascular
2: Control of the Internal Environment function, respiratory function, flexibility, and body composition.
3: Bioenergetics Each chapter, written in a research format, provides the rationale
underlying the test to be completed, includes detailed methods and
4: Exercise Metabolism
up-to-date comparative data, and concludes with a discussion of the
5: Hormonal Responses to Exercise results based on published studies. Homework forms at the end of
6: Measurement of Work, Power, and Energy Expenditure each chapter can be completed in preview of an upcoming lab or in
7: The Nervous System: Structure and Control of Movement review of a completed lab. Lab Results forms direct students on the
8: Skeletal Muscle: Structure and Function collection of laboratory data and the calculation and evaluation of the
9: Circulatory Adaptations to Exercise results. Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual can be used as a
10: Respiration during Exercise stand-alone lab manual, as a complement to any exercise physiology
11: Acid-Base Balance during Exercise textbook, and as a reference for numerous other exercise science
12: Temperature Regulation and kinesiology courses in measurement and evaluation, strength
and conditioning, or exercise prescription.
13: The Physiology of Training: Effect on V02 Max, Performance,
Homeostasis, and Strength
CONTENTS
Section II: Physiology of Health and Fitness
14: Patterns in Health and Disease: Epidemiology and Physiology Part 1: Orientation to Measurement in Exercise Physiology
15: Work Tests to Evaluate Cardiorespiratory Fitness 1: Terminology
16: Exercise Prescriptions for Health and Fitness 2: Scientific Units of Measure
17: Exercise for Special Populations 3: Collection of Basic Data
18: Body Composition and Nutrition for Health Part 2: Strength Testing
Section III: Physiology of Performance 4: Dynamic Strength
19: Factors Affecting Performance 5: Static Strength
20: Work Tests to Evaluate Performance 6: Isokinetic Strength
21: Training for Performance Part 3: Anaerobic Exercise
22: Training for the Female Athlete, Children, and Special 7: “Horizontal Power”--Sprinting
Populations 8: Vertical Power--Jumping
23: Nutrition, Body Composition, and Performance 9: Anaerobic Cycling
24: Exercise and the Environment 10: Anaerobic Stepping
25: Ergogenic Aids 11: Anaerobic Treadmill Running
Appendices Part 4: Aerobic Activity
A: Calculation of Oxygen Uptake and Carbon Dioxide Production 12: Aerobic Running and Walking
B: Estimated Energy Expenditure During Selected Activities 13: Aerobic Stepping
C: Physical Activity Prescriptions 14: Aerobic Cycling
D: Recommended Dietary Allowances (RDAs) 15: Maximal Oxygen Consumption
E: Estimated Safe and Adequate Daily Dietary Intakes (ESADDIs) Part 5: Cardiovascular Tests
of Selected Minerals 16: Resting Blood Pressure
F: Median Height and Weight and Recommended Energy Intake 17: Exercise Blood Pressure
G: Percent Fat Estimate for Men: Sum of Triceps, Chest, and 18: Resting Electrocardiogram
Subscapula Skinfolds 19: Exercise Electrocardiogram
H: Percent Fat Estimate for Women: Sum of Triceps, Abdomen, and Part 6: Pulmonary Testing
Suprailium Skinfolds 20: Resting Lung Volumes
Glossary 21: Exercise Ventilation
Part 7: Range of Motion
22: Flexibility
Part 8: Body Composition
23: Body Mass Index
24: Girth
25: Skinfolds
26: Hydrostatic Weighing

5
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Appendix A: Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)


Appendix B: Reporting Units and Symbols Fitness
Appendix C: Sample Problems and Solutions
Appendix D: Informed Consent for Participating in Exercise Physiology
Laboratory

NEW *9780077411848*

Exercise Prescription FIT & WELL BRIEF EDITION


Core Concepts and Labs in
Physical Fitness and
Wellness, 10th Edition
INTERNATIONAL EDITION Thomas D Fahey, California State University-
Chico
Paul M Insel, Stanford University
EXERCISE TESTING & PRESCRIPTION Walton T Roth, Stanford University
7th Edition
David C Nieman, Appalachian State University 2013 / 352 pages
2011 / 672 pages ISBN: 9780077411848 (loose leaf edition)
ISBN: 9780073376486 Available: January 2012
ISBN: 9780071289498 [IE] www.mhhe.com/faheybrief10e
Available: January 2010
[Details unavailable at press time]
www.mhhe.com/nieman7e
This comprehensive text describes fitness assessment and exercise
prescription concepts. Exercise testing and prescription are presented
within a health-related context, with practical applications for sports
nutrition, weight management, the aging process, and prevention and
management of chronic diseases such as heart disease, diabetes,
cancer, osteoporosis, and arthritis.
NEW *9780073523859*
CONTENTS
Preface
Part I. Trends and Definitions
1. Health and Fitness Trends GET FIT – STAY FIT
Part II. Screening and Testing
2. Testing Concepts 6th Edition
3. Cardiorespiratory Fitness William E Prentice, University of NC-Chapel Hill
4. Body Composition
5. Musculoskeletal Fitness
Part III. Conditioning for Physical Fitness
6. Exercise Prescription 2012 / 320 pages
7. Nutrition and Performance ISBN: 9780073523859
Part IV. Physical Activity and Disease Available: August 2011
8. Heart Disease
9. Cancer www.mhhe.com/getfit6e
10. Diabetes
This brief, user-friendly text is designed for students with little or no
11. Obesity background in developing a personal fitness program. Topics covered
12. Psychological Health in Get Fit, Stay Fit include principles of cardiorespiratory fitness,
13. Aging, Osteoporosis, and Arthritis muscular strength and endurance, flexibility, limiting body fat, and
Appendix A Physical Fitness Test Norms nutrition. Key points have been emphasized to explain why certain
Appendix B Major Bones, Muscles, and Arteries of the Human aspects of physical fitness should be important to individuals, and
Body how to become an informed consumer of physical fitness equipment
Glossary and services.
Index
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Getting Fit: Why Should You Care?
Chapter 2: Creating a Healthy Lifestyle
Chapter 3: Starting Your Own Fitness Program
Chapter 4: Developing Cardiorespiratory Fitness
Chapter 5: Improving Muscular Strength, Endurance, and Power
Chapter 6: Increasing Flexibility Through Stretching
Chapter 7: Eating Right
Chapter 8: Limiting Your Body Fat Through Diet & Exercise
Chapter 9: Practicing Safe Fitness
Chapter 10: Becoming a Wise Consumer
Appendix A Dietary Reference

6
Physical Education / Exercise Science

CONCEPTS OF PHYSICAL FITNESS FIT & WELL BRIEF EDITION


Active Lifestyles for Wellness, 16th Edition Core Concepts and Labs in Physical
Charles B Corbin, Arizona State University Fitness and Wellness, 9th Edition
Greogry J Welk, Iowa State University Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
William R Corbin, Yale University Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford University
Karen A Welk, Mary Greeley Medical Center
2011 / 320 pages
2011 / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780077349691
ISBN: 9780073523828
Available: January 2010
Available: October 2010
www.mhhe.com/corbin16e www.mhhe.com/fahey9e
Motivate through knowledge
The goal of our book—summarized in the “HELP” philosophy stated
above—is to help all people make personal lifestyle changes that Motivate through application
promote health, fitness, and wellness over a lifetime. Organized into Motivate through Connect Fit & Well
concise concepts that make it easy for students to learn, Concepts
of Physical Fitness is now integrated with online activities and Over 500,000 students have successfully used Fit & Well to guide
assessments that enable students to apply the latest research on them thru the fitness & wellness course since the book 1st published.
fitness and wellness to their own lives. Professors continue to choose Fit & Well over and over again for
its scholarship & currency, strong labs & behavior change tools,
v New HELP activities encourage students to reflect, think critically, and student accessibility. The new 9th edition of Fit & Well will be
and apply the HELP philosophy to their lives. accompanied by Connect Fit & Well, a new learning management
system that makes assigning laboratory activities, wellness
v New icons link text to additional online features and resources, worksheets, and videos easier and more effective than ever. Chapters
interactive quizzes, video activities, and study aids. 1-8 of the full version of Fit and Well (15 chapters) are included in
the Brief Edition.
v Chapter-opening Health Goals reflect the priorities of Healthy
People 2020, helping students link personal goals with national CONTENTS
goals.
1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management
v In the News boxes inform students about current topics, trends, 2 Basic Principles of Physical Fitness
reports, and research findings, and Strategies for Action boxes provide 3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance
practical tips for applying that information to their own lives. 4 Muscular Strength and Endurance
5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health
v Detailed illustrations show students exactly how to perform 6 Body Composition
strength training and flexibility exercises. 7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program
CONTENTS 8 Nutrition
Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1
Section 1: Lifestyles for Health, Wellness, and Fitness Appendix B Exercise Guidelines for People with Special Health
1: Health, Wellness, Fitness, and Healthy Lifestyles: An Concerns B-1
Introduction Appendix C Monitoring Your Progress C-1
2: Self-Management and Self-Planning Skills for Health Behavior Behavior Change Workbook W-1
Change Index
Section II: An Introduction to Physical Activity
3: Preparing for Physical Activity
4: The Health Benefits of Physical Activity
5: How Much Physical Activity Is Enough?
Section III: The Physical Activity Pyramid
6: Lifestyle Physical Activity: Being Active in Diverse Environments
7: Cardiovascular Fitness
8: Active Aerobics, Sports, and Recreational Activities
9: Flexibility and Stretching Exercises
10: Muscle Fitness and Resistance Exercises
Section IV: Physical Activity: Special Considerations
11: Body Mechanics: Posture, Questionable Exercises, and Care of
the Back and Neck
12: Performance Benefits of Physical Activity Section V: Nutrition
and Body Composition
13: Body Composition
14: Nutrition
15: Managing Diet and Activity for Healthy Body Fatness
Section VI: Stress Management
16: Stress and Health
17: Stress Management, Relaxation, and Time Management 5(9,(:&23<   
Section VII: Making Informed Choices (Available for course adoption only)
18: Recognizing Quackery: Becoming an Informed Consumer To request for a review copy,
19: Toward Optimal Health and Wellness: Planning for Healthy ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
Lifestyle Change representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia

7
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Fitness and Wellness – • 70 learning objective based quizzes

Text
• optional eBook
v Color transparency sections: New to this edition are two vibrant
color transparency sections called “Touring the Cardiorespiratory
System” and “Touring the Musculoskeletal System,” inserted in
Chapters 3 and 4, respectively. These sections offer a visually
NEW *9780077411831*
enhanced presentation of key structures and processes relevant to
fitness and wellness. In addition to illustrations of the cardiorespiratory
system, the heart and lungs, deep and superficial muscles, and the
knee joint, the sections include representations of the processes of
FIT & WELL ALTERNATE atherosclerosis and muscle hypertrophy and a visual explanation
EDITION of diabetes.
Core Concepts and Labs in v “The Evidence for Exercise”: New to this edition is a feature
Physical Fitness and series called “The Evidence for Exercise.” These boxes, appearing
Wellness, 10th Edition in every chapter, let students know that the physical activity
Thomas D Fahey, California State University- recommendations and guidelines included in the chapter are based
Chico on research studies. Each box poses a research question, research
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford findings are described, and recent studies are cited.
University
2013 / 448 pages v New and updated coverage of key topics: The ninth edition
ISBN: 9780077411831 (Loose Leaf Edition) of Fit and Well, Alternate has been updated throughout with current
Available: January 2012 statistics, the latest developments in fitness and wellness, and timely
trends and topics. (A list of changes by chapter follows.) In addition,
www.mhhe.com/faheyalt10e the text has been streamlined for accessibility and readability, new
headings have been inserted, and key data has been chunked into
Fahey’s Fit and Well is the best-selling Fitness/Wellness textbook
series in the higher education market, know for its accuracy, labs, lists, charts, tables, and figures.
and rigor. The 9th edition of Fit and Well will be available with the
CONTENTS
Connect online learning management system, featuring assignable
labs, videos, Internet exercises, pre and post tests, an interactive 1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management
ebook, and more. Teaching the Fitness/Wellness class in a hybrid or 2 Basic Principles of Physical Fitness
online format has never been easier. Fahey’s Fit and Well is designed 3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance
to motivate students to take their health seriously. It helps them 4 Muscular Strength and Endurance
understand why they should make healthy choices and how they can 5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health
change unhealthy patterns. And it gives them the tools to do it.
6 Body Composition
7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program
Fit and Well motivates students through science - Fit and Well
provides the information students need to start their journey to fitness 8 Nutrition
and wellness not the random, unreliable information found on the 9 Weight Management
Internet but authoritative, science-based information from experts 10 Stress
who work and teach in the field. 11 Cardiovascular Health
Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1
Fit and Well motivates students through personal engagement - Appendix B Exercise Guidelines for People with Special Health
Fit and Well provides the foundation and the resources students need Concerns B-1
to create personalized fitness programs, including exercise guidelines, Appendix C Monitoring Your Progress C-1
self-assessments, lab activities, descriptions and illustrations of Behavior Change Workbook W-1
exercises, sample programs, and a wealth of behavior change tools
Index
and tips.

Fit and Well motivates students through Connect Fit and


Well - McGraw-Hill’s Connect, a new web-based assignment and
assessment platform, connects students with their coursework and
with their instructors.

NEW TO THIS EDITION


NEW *9780078022586*
v Connect Fit & Well: Connect Fit and Well gives students
access to a wealth of online interactive content, including fitness labs
and self-assessments, video activities, the fitness and nutrition journal, FIT & WELL
the behavior change workbook, and practice quizzes with immediate Core Concepts and Labs in
feedback. The media-rich eBook contains embedded video clips, Web Physical Fitness and
links, key terms and definitions, and behavior change tools.
Wellness, 10th Edition
v The assignable activities you will find in Connect Fit & Well Thomas D Fahey, California State University-
include: Chico
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford
• 33 online labs University
2013 / 512 pages
• 61 videos
ISBN: 9780078022586 (Loose Leaf Edition)
• pre and post tests for every chapter Available: January 2012
• 45 box activities www.mhhe.com/fahey10e
• 30 Internet exercises [Details unavailable at press time]

8
Physical Education / Exercise Science

FIT & WELL


INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Core Concepts and Labs in Physical
CONCEPTS OF FITNESS AND WELLNESS Fitness and Wellness, 9th Edition
A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach, Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford University
9th Edition 2011 / 512 pages
Charles B. Corbin, Arizona State University
Gregory J. Welk, Iowa State University ISBN: 9780073523798
William R. Corbin, Yale University Available: January 2010
Karen A. Welk, Mary Greeley Medical Center
www.mhhe.com/fahey9e
2011 / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073523811 Motivate through knowledge
ISBN: 9780071221306 [IE] Motivate through application
Motivate through Connect Fit & Well
Available: October 2010
Over 500,000 students have successfully used Fit & Well to
www.mhhe.com/corbin9e guide them thru the fitness & wellness course since the book 1st
published. Professors continue to choose Fit & Well over and
Concepts of Fitness & Wellness: A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach
over again for its scholarship & currency, strong labs & behavior
provides readers with self-management skills necessary to adopt a
change tools, and student accessibility. The new 9th edition of Fit
healthy lifestyle. This well established text uses a proven conceptual
& Well will be accompanied by Connect Fit & Well, a new learning
format, brief concepts rather than chapters, to provide information
management system that makes assigning laboratory activities,
in a useful and concise way, and is organized to focus on “process”
wellness worksheets, and videos easier and more effective than
or lifestyle changes with early coverage of planning so students can
ever. 15 chapters.
apply the concepts immediately.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management
Section 1: Lifestyles for Health, Wellness, and Fitness
2 Basic Principles of Physical Fitness
1: Health, Wellness, Fitness, and Healthy Lifestyles: An
3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance
Introduction
4 Muscular Strength and Endurance
2: Self-Management and Self-Planning Skills for Health Behavior
5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health
Change
6 Body Composition
Section II: An Introduction to Physical Activity
7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program
3: Preparing for Physical Activity
8 Nutrition
4: The Health Benefits of Physical Activity
9 Weight Management
5: How Much Physical Activity Is Enough?
10 Stress
Section III: The Physical Activity Pyramid
11 Cardiovascular Health
6: Moderate Physical Activity: Being Active in Diverse Environments
12 Cancer
7: Cardiovascular Fitness
13 Substance Use and Abuse
8: Active Aerobics, Sports, and Recreational Activities
14 Sexually Transmitted Diseases
9: Flexibility
15 Wellness for Life
10: Muscle Fitness and Resistance Exercises
Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1
Section IV: Physical Activity: Special Considerations
Appendix B Nutritional Content of Common Foods B-1
11: Body Mechanics: Posture, Questionable Exercises, and Care of
Appendix C Nutritional Content of Popular Items from Fast Food
the Back and Neck
Restaurants C-1
12: Performance Benefits of Physical Activity
Appendix D Monitoring Your Progress D-1
Section V: Nutrition and Body Composition
Behavior Change Workbook W-1
13: Body Composition
Index
14: Nutrition
15: Managing Diet and Activity for Healthy Body Fatness
Section VI: Stress Management
16: Stress and Health
17: Stress Management, Relaxation, and Time Management
Section VII: Avoiding Destructive Behaviors
18: The Use and Abuse of Tobacco Technology
19: The Use and Abuse of Alcohol
20: The Use and Abuse of Other Drugs
21: Preventing Sexually Transmitted Infections
Section VIII: Making Informed Choices
22: Cancer, Diabetes, and Other Health Threats
NEW *9780077411879*
23: Evaluating Fitness and Wellness Products: Becoming an Informed
Consumer
CONNECT PLUS FITNESS AND WELLNESS
24: Toward Optimal Health and Wellness: Planning for Healthy ACCESS CARD FOR FIT & WELL
Lifestyle Change 10th Edition
Appendix A: Metric Conversion Chart Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
Appendix B: Canada’s Food Guide to Healthy Eating
2012
Appendix C: Calorie, Fat, Saturated Fat, Cholesterol, and Sodium
ISBN: 9780077411879
Content of Selected Fast-Food Items
Available: March 2012
Appendix D: Calorie Guide to Common Foods
Appendix E: Calories of Protein, Carbohydrates, and Fats in Foods [Details unavailable at press time]

9
Physical Education / Exercise Science

CONNECT PLUS FITNESS AND WELLNESS kinds of programs offered to various groups, the educational path to
ACCESS CARD FOR FIT & WELL service in the those professions, and the significant problems that are
current in the professional practice of the various areas. You will be
9th Edition encouraged to think critically, to recognize and confront problems in
Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico various fields, to weigh various alternatives to solving problems, and
to respect divergent points of view. No single answer is presented
2011
as the only answer. The text does present points of view but only
ISBN: 9780077349639 to stimulate your thinking and the further development of your own
Available: February 2010 perspective.
www.mhhe.com/fahey9e
CONTENTS
McGraw-Hill’s Connect, a new web-based assignment and Part One: Understanding the Context for Lifespan Sport, Fitness,
assessment platform, connects students with their coursework and and Physical Education
with their instructors. With Connect Fit and Well, students gain Chapter 1 The Dilemma of Our Times: Lifespan Physical Activity and
access to a wealth of online content, including fitness labs and self-
the Obesity Health Crisis
assessments and a media-rich eBook. Connect Fit and Well meets
students online, where they live, bringing the text to life and enhancing Chapter 2 The Heritage of Physical Education, Sport, and Fitness
its usefulness as a practical guide to fitness and wellness. The media- in the United States
rich eBook contains embedded video clips, Web links, key terms and Chapter 3 Changing Philosophies for Sport, Fitness, and Physical
definitions, and behavior change tools. Education
Part Two: Sport
CONTENTS Chapter 4 Basic Concepts of Sport
Connect Fit & Well: Chapter 5 Sport Programs and Professions
• 135 online labs Chapter 6 Problems and Issues in Sport
• 61 videos Part Three: Fitness
• pre and post tests for every chapter Chapter 7 Basic Concepts of Fitness
• 45 box activities Chapter 8 Fitness Programs and Professions
• 30 Internet exercises Chapter 9 Problems and Issues in Fitness
• 70 learning objective based quizzes Part Four: Physical Education
• Interactive eBook Chapter 10 Basic Concepts of Physical Education
Chapter 11 Physical-Education Programs and Professions
Chapter 12 Problems and Issues in Physical Education
Part Five: Building a National Infrastructure to Support Physical
Activity and Healthy Lifestyles
Chapter 13 Developing an Infrastructure to Support Physical Activity
Introduction to Physical and Healthy Lifestyles

Education
Chapter 14 The Crucial Themes Defining Our Present and Future
Chapter 15 The Physical-Science Subdisciplines Supporting the
Professions
Chapter 16 The Social-Science Subdisciplines Supporting the
Professions

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

NEW *9780078095771*
NEW *9780078095788*
INTRODUCTION TO
FOUNDATIONS OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
FITNESS, AND SPORT
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND
8th Edition SPORTS
Daryl Siedentop, Ohio State University-
Columbus 17th Edition
Deborah A Wuest, Ithaca College
Charles A Bucher, deceased
2012 / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780078095771
2012 / 576 pages
ISBN: 9780071086820 [IE]
ISBN: 9780078095788
Available: December 2011
Available: January 2011
www.mhhe.com/siedentop8e
www.mhhe.com/wuest17e
Introduction to Sport, Fitness, and Physical Education will help you
broaden your perspectives and test your opinions about the various Integrating the traditional presentation of the nature, scope,
issues raised in the text. This text is meant to emphasize quality philosophy, and history of physical education and sport with the
services by physical-activity professionals—physical-education growing career opportunities available within this dynamic field,
teachers, coaches, fitness trainers, athletic trainers, athletic this text addresses the challenges and the future of the discipline. It
administrators, and the like—both by emphasizing professionalism in emphasizes preparation for a diversity of careers, addressing areas
developing and sustaining good programs and by activism to ensure such as teaching, coaching, exercise leadership, athletic and personal
that programs become more widely available to those who need training, sport management, and sport media.
them. The various sections of the text provide you with up-to-date
information about the status of the physical-activity professions, the

10
Physical Education / Exercise Science

NEW TO THIS EDITION data about physical activity, more information about sport nutrition,
and guidance on how to address ethical situations are a few of the
v Presents updated information on the physical activity patterns enhancements of this new 8th edition.
of children, youth and adults as well as information on the obesity
epidemic confronting our society. CONTENTS
v Includes the most current statistics on race and gender in 1: Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport Studies-Dynamic
professional sports. Fields
2: Exercise and Sport Sciences
v Features new boxes and tables throughout the text that clarify 3: The Profession of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and
difficult concepts for students. Sport Studies
v Offers expanded coverage of European and American 4: Philosophy of Physical Education, Exercise Science, and Sport
contributions to the history of sport. 5: Selecting a Career
6: Preparation for a Career
v Provides updates on the progress of Healthy People 2010 7: Early Heritage in Sports and Gymnastics
objectives and No Child Left Behind as it pertains to physical 8: Early American Physical Education and Sport
education. 9: Twentieth and Twenty-First Century Physical Education and
v Discusses new technological advances and equipment in the Sport
Exercise Physiology chapter. 10: Opportunities and Challenges in Physical Education and Exercise
Science
v Offers new photos throughout. 11: Issues in Sports
12: Leadership for Active Living
v May be packaged with NASPE’s Moving into the Future:
Appendix A: Selected Physical Education, Exercise Science, and
National Standards for Physical Education, Second Edition, for
Sport Journals
a minimal fee.
Appendix B: Certifying Organizations
CONTENTS
Part I Nature and Scope of Physical Education, Exercise Science,
and Sport
1 Meaning and Philosophy
2 Objectives PERSPECTIVE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
3 Role in Society and Education AND SPORTS SCIENCES
Part II Foundations By Nick Aplin
4 Historical Foundations 2009 (January 2009) / 268 pages
5 Motor Behavior ISBN: 9780071281645
6 Biomechanical Foundations
7 Exercise Physiology
[An Asian Publication]
8 Sociological Foundations In 2008, Singapore secured the bid to host the first-ever Youth Olympic
9 Foundations of Sport and Exercise Psychology Games in 2010. The eyes of the world will be on Singapore as the
Part III Careers and Professional Considerations games - now a national concern - encompasses an initiative to invite
10 Career and Professional Development the international sporting youth to participate, not only in competitive
games, but also in educational and cultural activities. This event as
11 Teaching and Coaching Careers
well as Singapore’s silver medal in the 2008 Beijing Olympics and
12 Fitness- and Health-Related Careers the Singapore F1 Grand Prix - Formula One’s inaugural night race
13 Sport Careers - have acted as catalysts for more young Singaporeans to engage
Part IV Issues, Challenges, and the Future in sports.
14 Issues and Challenges
15 Future Trends This book addresses the
v concurrent need to apply new knowledge and develop a greater
understanding of meaningful sports and physical education
v contemporary needs in schools and within the community
INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL EDUCATION, v future developments in sports and physical education
EXERCISE SCIENCE AND SPORT STUDIES In addition, it
8th Edition v examines current pedagogical practices in schools
Angela Lumpkin, University of Kansas-Lawrence
2011 / 448 pages v evaluates attitudes towards health and fitness
ISBN: 9780073523781 v explains the relevance of talent identification
Available: February 2010
v reflects on the past and future development of the culture of
www.mhhe.com/lumpkin8e sports in Singapore
This accessible introductory text explores the history, philosophies, v identifies areas of concern and interest for educationalists and
and principles of today’s physical education programs within a scientists with a close affinity to physical activity
practical, career-oriented framework. Introduction to Physical
Education, Exercise Science, and Sport Studies explores the wide v explores areas in obesity management, character development,
variety of career opportunities available, and includes a greater focus and technology
on non-teaching related careers in physical education and sport. This
textbook emphasizes career preparation based on a foundational CONTENTS
knowledge of the heritage of these fields and an application of this 1. The Passage of Time: Laying the Foundations for Sports
information to help students learn how to make informed choices
2. Creating a Collective Memory: Pioneers of Physical Education in
about their majors and maximize their professional studies. Updated
information, three new individuals featured in career perspectives, Singapore
additional and timely web resources, expanded information and

11
Physical Education / Exercise Science

3. Should PE Teachers Promote Lifelong Physical Activity or Lifelong CONTENTS


Physical Fitness?: A Critical Analysis of the Scientific Evidence Unit 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change
4. School Physical Education Programmes: Health and Fitness Issues 1. Crimes of the Heart
and Challenges 2. The Perils of Higher Education
5. Managing Obesity in Schools: Holistic Approaches for the Future 3. Carrots, Sticks, and Health Care Reform—Problems with Wellness
6. A Holistic Approach to Managing Fitness and Obesity: The Raffles Incentives
Experience Unit 2: Stress and Mental Health
7. Enhancing Cultural Literacy in Students through Folk Dance 4. The Depressing News about Antidepressants
8. Character Development through Physical Education 5. “I Can’t Let Anything Go”: A Case Study with Psychological Testing
9. Enhancing Game Play in Physical Education and Sports: A Holistic of a Patient with Pathologic Hoarding
Approach 6. Internet Addiction
10. The Case for Small-sided Games in Physical Education and Sports Unit 3: Nutritional Health
in Singapore Primary Schools 7. Antioxidants: Fruitful Research and Recommendations
11. A Systematic Approach to Coach Appraisal in Singapore Schools 8. Keeping a Lid on Salt: Not So Easy
12. Sports in Singapore: The Path to “First-World” Status 9. Fruit Loopiness
13. How Coaches Coach: The Case of High Performance Basketball 10. F.D.A. Panel to Consider Warnings for Artificial Food Colorings
in Singapore Unit 4: Exercise and Weight Management
14. Sports Talent Identification: A Critical Review 11. Phys Ed: Why Wii Fit Is Best for Grandparents
15. Talent and Talent Identification in Singapore 12. Defeating Childhood Obesity
16. Consumption of Sports Products in Singapore 13. Eat Like a Greek
17. The Use of Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in 14. Dieting on a Budget
PE: A Singapore Case Study 15. In Obesity Epidemic, What’s One Cookie?
18. Identity and Expediency: Towards the Youth Olympic Games 2010 Unit 5: Drugs and Health
16. Great Drug, but Does It Prolong Life?
17. Caffeinated Alcohol in a Can, Four Loko Does the Job, Students
Agree
18. The New Quitter.

Introduction to Physical Unit 6: Sexuality and Relationships


19. The Thoroughly Modern Guide to Breakups
Education – Readers 20. The Conservative Case for Gay Marriage
21. Is Pornography Adultery?
Unit 7: Preventing and Fighting Disease
22. Sex, Drugs, Prisons, and HIV
23. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions
NEW *9780078051036*
24. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why
25. A Mandate in Texas: The Story of a Compulsory Vaccination and
What It Means
Unit 8: Health Care and the Health Care System
26. Pharmacist Refusals: A Threat to Women’s Health
27. The Cost Implications of Health Care Reform
ANNUAL EDITIONS: 28. Myth Diagnosis
HEALTH 12/13 29. The Case for Killing Granny
33rd Edition 30. Incapacitated, Alone and Treated to Death
Unit 9: Consumer Health
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
31. Vaccine Refusal, Mandatory Immunization, and the Risks of
Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
32. Medical Tourism: What You Should Know
2012 / 224 pages 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma
ISBN: 9780078051036 34. Is Your Food Contaminated?
Available: October 2011 35. Hazardous Health Plans
36. The Rough Road to Dreamland
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy
Unit 10: Contemporary Health Hazards
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the 38. The Warrior’s Brain
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 39. Discovering Teenagers’ Risky “Game” Too Late
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous 40. Chemical in Plastic Bottles Fuels Science, Concern—and
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are Litigation
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators 41. HIV Apathy
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have 42. MRSA: Hospitals Step Up Fight. Will It Be Enough?
a number of common organizational features designed to make 43. Post-Earthquake Public Health in Haiti
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an 44. Countering Radiation Fears with Just the Facts
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
com/annualeditions for more details.

12
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Kinesiology INTERNATIONAL EDITION

NEW *9780078022548*
INTERNATIONAL EDITION

NEW *9780078022517* KINESIOLOGY


Scientific Basis of Human
Motion, 12th Edition
Nancy Hamilton, University of Northern Iowa
Wendi Weimar, Auburn University-Auburn
MANUAL OF STRUCTURAL Kathryn Luttgens, Northern University-Emerita
KINESIOLOGY
18th Edition 2012 / 640 pages
R T Floyd, University of West Alabama and ISBN: 9780078022548
Clem W Thompson (Deceased) ISBN: 9780071086431 [IE]
Available: February 2011
2012 / 416 pages www.mhhe.com/hamilton12e
ISBN: 9780078022517
Since the 1950s, Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion has
ISBN: 9780071315142 [IE]
remained the definitive kinesiology text for college students. The
Available: July 2011 twelfth edition continues the text’s tradition of examining human motion
www.mhhe.com/floyd18e through the integrated presentation of anatomy and biomechanics and
applying that knowledge to a wide variety of motor skills. This edition
This book provides a straightforward look at human anatomy and its retains the text’s strong coverage of physiology combined with current
relation to movement. The text identifies specific muscles and muscle scholarship in biomechanics as applied to motor skills.
groups and describes exercises for strengthening and developing
those muscles. The Manual of Structural Kinesiology makes important NEW TO THIS EDITION
information readily available to students through a combination of
logical presentation and concise writing style. v Analysis examples are updated throughout the text to
help better explain anatomical and biomechanical concepts to
NEW TO THIS EDITION undergraduates.

v Fully updated. Several new illustrations and most photos v A new section on center of gravity and posture that covers
replaced with higher quality versions to improve clarity. Revised postural adaptation, dynamic posture, and the principles applied to
questions and exercises at the end of each chapter separated into posture as well as the factors that affect the stability and energy cost
a review section and a laboratory section for in-class practice or of erect posture.
homework assignments. Perforated worksheet exercises revised v New explanations about the effects that postural adaptations
and moved from the end of the text to end of each chapter. Appendix have on static and dynamic postures
added to assist in determining muscle contraction type.
v An expanded explanation and study of an effective stretching
CONTENTS program.
Preface
v Expanded and updated coverage on strength training and
1 Foundations of Structural Kinesiology
the types of exercises for muscle strength which teach students a
2 Neuromuscular Fundamentals
kinesiological approach to examining fitness exercises.
3 Basic Biomechanical Factors and Concepts
4 The Shoulder Girdle v Updated scholarship on obesity’s effect on walking gait.
5 The Shoulder Joint
v An expanded discussion on wheelchair propulsion and
6 The Elbow and Radioulnar Joints
wheelchairs built for specific tasks.
7 The Wrist and Hand Joints
8 Muscular Analysis of Upper Extremity Exercises v Updates on photoinstrumentation procedures.
9 The Hip Joint and Pelvic Girdle
10 The Knee Joint CONTENTS
11 The Ankle and Foot Joints Preface
12 The Trunk and Spinal Column 1 Introduction to the Study of Kinesiology
13 Muscular Analysis of Trunk and Lower Extremity Exercises Part I Anatomical and Physiological Fundamentals of Human
Appendix Motion
Worksheets 2 The Musculoskeletal System: The Skeletal Framework and Its
Glossary Movements
Credits 3 The Musculoskeletal System: The Musculature
Index 4 The Neuromuscular Basis of Human Motion
5 The Upper Extremity: The Shoulder Region
6 The Upper Extremity: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand
7 The Lower Extremity: The Hip Region
8 The Lower Extremity: The Knee, Ankle, and Foot
9 The Spinal Column and Thorax
Part II Fundamentals of Biomechanics
10 Terminology and Measurement in Biomechanics
11 The Description of Human Motion

13
Physical Education / Exercise Science

12 The Conditions of Linear Motion 2 Models of Human Development


13 The Conditions of Rotary Motion 3 Motor Development: A Theoretical Model
14 The Center of Gravity and Stability 4 Selected Factors Affecting Motor Development
Part III Motor Skills: Principles and Applications Unit 2 Infancy
15 Kinesiology of Fitness and Exercise 5 Prenatal Factors Affecting Development
16 Moving Objects: Pushing and Pulling 6 Prenatal and Infant Growth
17 Moving Objects: Throwing, Striking, and Kicking 7 Infant Reflexes and Rhythmical Stereotypies
18 Locomotion: Solid Surface 8 Rudimentary Movement Abilities
19 Locomotion: The Aquatic Environment 9 Infant Perception
20 Locomotion: When Suspended and Free of Support Unit 3 Childhood
21 Impact 10 Childhood Growth and Development
22 Instrumentation for Motion Analysis 11 Fundamental Movement Abilities
Appendices 12 Physical Development of Children
Glossary 13 Childhood Perception and Perceptual-Motor Development
Index 14 Childhood Self-Concept Development
Unit 4 Adolescence
15 Adolescent Growth, Puberty, and Reproductive Maturity
16 Specialized Movement Abilities
17 Fitness Changes During Adolescence

Motor Development
18 Adolescent Socialization
Unit 5 Adulthood
19 Physiological Changes in Adults
20 Motor Performance in Adults
21 Psychosocial Development in Adults
Unit 6 Programming
INTERNATIONAL EDITION 22 Assessing Motor Behavior
23 Programming for Developmental Physical Activity

NEW *9780073376509*
UNDERSTANDING MOTOR
DEVELOPMENT INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Infants, Children,
Adolescents, Adults, NEW
7th Edition
*9780078022494*
David L Gallahue, Indiana University-
Bloomington
John C Ozmun, Indiana Wesleyan University
2012 / 544 pages
HUMAN MOTOR
ISBN: 9780073376509 DEVELOPMENT
ISBN: 9780071086356 [IE] A Lifespan Approach,
Available: August 2011 8th Edition
www.mhhe.com/gallahue7e V Gregory Payne, San Jose State University
Larry D Isaacs, Wright State University-Dayton
Understanding Motor Development, a worldwide best-selling text,
provides students with both an explanatory and a descriptive basis 2012 / 608 pages
for the processes and products of motor development. Covering the ISBN: 9780078022494
entire life span, this text focuses on the phases of motor development
and provides a solid introduction to the biological, affective, cognitive, ISBN: 9780071086707 [IE]
and behavioral aspects within each developmental stage. The student Available: February 2011
is presented with the most up-to-date research and theory, while the
www.mhhe.com/payne8e
Triangulated Hourglass Model is used as a consistent conceptual
framework that brings clarity to understanding infant, childhood, Now in its Eighth Edition, this topically organized text provides a
adolescent, and adult motor development. comprehensive introduction to lifespan motor development and
includes the most current research findings available in the field.
NEW TO THIS EDITION The text takes a lifespan approach to development, with thorough
coverage of prenatal, childhood, adolescent, and adult development.
v New Co-Author Jackie Goodway thoroughly revised the Theoretical concepts are conveyed through language appropriate for
chapters on manipulative and locomotor skills. undergraduate students. This is the only lifespan motor development
v Developmental Dilemma and International Perspective text that presents both the component approach and the total body
approach for analyzing the basic fundamental and object control
Boxes in each chapter help students broaden and deepen their
skills of childhood.
understanding of human growth and development.
v Questions for Reflection ask students to critically consider NEW TO THIS EDITION
each chapter’s material. v A new chapter on Moral and Motor Development examines
CONTENTS moral development theories, factors that influence moral development
in movement settings, and sections on sportsmanship and fair play
Unit 1 Background
1 Understanding Motor Development: An Overview

14
Physical Education / Exercise Science

v Thoroughly updated, the text offers the latest research


throughout. In addition, the expanded photo program and Motor Learning
improved design help hold student interest.
v A new chapter on Developmental Motor Delays looks at
various types of motor delays and why some children experience
them INTERNATIONAL EDITION
v Thorough updates throughout the text provide the most
MOTOR LEARNING AND CONTROL
recent research in the field of motor development, including the role
technology can play in development and physical activity. Concepts and Applications, 9th Edition
Richard A Magill, New York University
v New Sidebar features throughout the text highlight important
2011 / 480 pages
points and further clarify key issues
ISBN: 9780073523804
CONTENTS ISBN: 9780071289405 [IE]
Preface Available: January 2010
Part I: An Overview Of Development www.mhhe.com/magill9e
1: Introduction to Motor Development
2: Cognitive and Motor Development The text provides an introductory study of motor learning and control
3: Social and Motor Development for students who aspire to become practitioners in exercise science,
4: Moral and Motor Development physical education, and other movement-oriented professions. Magill
opens with an introduction to motor skills and control, continues
Part II: Factors That Affect Development
through attention, memory, and learning, and ends with a discussion
5: Prenatal Development Concerns of instruction, feedback, and practice methods. The text’s strong
6: Effects of Early Stimulation and Deprivation research base, clear presentation and practical applications will help
Part III: Physical Changes Across The Lifespan students build a solid foundation in motor skills and prepare them for
7: Growth and Maturation further exploration on their own.
8: Physiological Changes: Health-Related Physical Fitness
9: Movement and the Changing Senses CONTENTS
Part IV: Movement Across The Lifespan Unit I: Introduction to Motor Skills and Abilities
10: Infant Reflexes and Stereotypes 1 The Classification of Motor Skills
11: Voluntary Movements of Infancy 2 The Measurement of Motor Performance
12: Fine Motor Development 3 Motor Abilities
13: Fundamental Locomotion Skills of Childhood Unit II: Introduction to Motor Control
14: Fundamental Object-Control Skills of Childhood 4 Neuromotor Basis for Motor Control
15: Youth Sports 5 Motor Control Theories
16: Development Motor Delays 6 Sensory Components of Motor Control
17: Movement in Adulthood 7 Performance and Motor Control Characteristics of Functional
Part V: Assessing Motor Development And Implementing A Skills
Program 8 Action Preparation
18: Assessment Unit III: Attention and Memory
19: Planning and Conducting Developmental Movement Programs 9 Attention as a Limited Capacity Resource
Appendix A: Growth Charts: National Center for Health Statistics 10 Memory Components, Forgetting, and Strategies
Appendix B: Body Mass Index Table Unit IV: Introduction to Motor Skill Learning
Appendix C: Summary of the Surgeon General’s Report on Physical 11 Defining and Assessing Learning
Activity and Health 12 The Stages of Learning
Appendix D: Summary of the CDC’s Guidelines for School and 13 Transfer of Learning
Community Programs Promoting Lifelong Physical Activity Unit V: Instruction and Augmented Feedback
Appendix E: Observation Plans 14 Demonstration and Verbal Instructions
Appendix F: List of Web Sites 15 Augmented Feedback
Unit VI: Practive Conditions
16 Practice Variability and Specificity
17 The Amount and Distribution of Practice
18 Whole and Part Practice
19 Mental Practice

,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK
0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU
WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP

9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK

15
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Psychology of Sport 12 Psychological Skills Training


Part V. Social Psychology of Sport
13 Aggression and Violence in Sport
14 Audience and Self-Presentation Effects in Sport
15 Team Cohesion in Sport
16 Leadership and Communication in Sport
INTERNATIONAL EDITION Part VI. Psychobiology of Sport and Exercise
17 Exercise Psychology
NEW *9780078022470*
18 The Psychology of Athletic Injuries and Career Termination
19 Drug Abuse in Sport and Exercise

SPORT PSYCHOLOGY
Concepts and Applications, INTERNATIONAL EDITION
7th Edition APPLIED SPORT PSYCHOLOGY
Richard H Cox, University of Missouri-Columbia
Personal Growth to Peak Performance,
6th Edition
2012 / 572 pages Jean M Williams, University of Arizona
ISBN: 9780078022470 2010 / Softcover / 672 pages
ISBN: 9780071086226 [IE] ISBN: 9780073376530
Available: March 2011 ISBN: 9780071267984 [IE]
Available: June 2009
www.mhhe.com/cox7e
www.mhhe.com/williams6e
Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications shows how concepts
supported by current scientific research can be used to address issues This is a comprehensive and practical guide to psychological concepts
and situations encountered everyday by physical activity specialists, and theories as well as to strategies and techniques designed to help
coaches, athletic trainers, and athletes. This introduction to sport and future coaches and sport psychologists cultivate peak performance
exercise psychology addresses practical issues, such as dealing with and personal growth through recent advances in sport psychology.
anxiety, arousal, and stress; developing coping, relaxation, motivation, The text’s five-part organization focuses on motivation and leadership,
and energizing strategies; understanding the effects of an audience on social interactions, mental training, program implementation, and
human performance; building team cohesion; and preventing burnout issues that go beyond performance enhancement. Contributing
and other negative effects. authors are experts in their topic, and each chapter has been written
specifically for this collection.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
CONTENTS
v Thoroughly updated content with an emphasis on cutting
1 Sport Psychology: Past, Present, Future
edge research, as indicated by approximately 800 new reference
Part I Learning, Motivation, and Effective Leadership
citations
2 Motor Skill Learning for Effective Coaching and Performance
v New or expanded practical content on such topics as parental 3 Positive Reinforcement, Performance Feedback, and Performance
involvement in youth sport, prosocial behavior, the probabilistic IZOF Enhancement of Control
model, integrative mind-body training, and negative effect of sport 4 Toward Optimal Motivation in Sport: Fostering Athletes Competence
and exercise and Sense of Control
5 The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy Theory: When Coaches’ Expectations
v Pedagogical aids in the form of key terms, concepts and
Become Reality
applications, a glossary, and critical thought questions provided in
6 Leadership Effectiveness
each chapter.
7 Styles of Decision Making in Coaching
v In-depth coverage of psychobiology of sport and exercise, Part II Social Interactions
the critical role of attention in sport, perfectionism in sport, and the 8 The Sport Team as an Effective Group
mindfulness-acceptance-commitment approach to psychological 9 Communicating Effectively
skills training. 10 Enhancing Coach-Parent Relationships in Youth Sports: Increasing
Harmony and Minimizing Hassle
CONTENTS Part III Mental Training for Performance Enhancement
Part I. Understanding Sport Psychology 11 Psychological Characteristics of Peak Performance
1 Foundations of Sport Psychology 12 Increasing Awareness for Sport Performance
2 Personality as a Core Characteristic of the Athlete 13 Goal Setting for Peak Performance
Part II. Motivation in Sport and Exercise 14 Arousal-Performance Relationships
3 Self-Confidence and Intrinsic Motivation 15 Relaxation and Energizing Techniques for Regulation of Arousal
4 Goal Perspective Theory 16 Seeing is Believing: Understanding and Using Imagery in Sport
5 Youth Sports 17 Cognitive Techniques for Building Confidence and Enhancing
Part III. Effects of Attention, Emotion, and Mood on Performance Performance
6 Attention and Concentration in Sport and Exercise 18 Concentration and Attention Control Training
7 Anxiety, Stress, and Mood Relationships 19 Strategies for Training
8 Alternatives to Inverted-U Theory Part IV Implementing Training Programs
Part IV. Cognitive and Behavioral Interventions 20 Integrating and Implementing a Psychological Skills Training Program
9 Coping and Intervention Strategies in Sport 21 Development and Implementation of Coach Training Programs:
10 Goal Setting in Sport Cognitive-Behavioral Principles and Techniques
11 Imagery and Hypnosis in Sport

16
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Part V Psychological Considerations: Referral, Drug Abuse, 11 Disc Sports: Ultimate and Disc Golf
Burnout, Injury, Termination from Athletics, and Exercise 12 Field Hockey
22 When to Refer Athletes for Counseling or Psychotherapy 13 Golf
23 Drug Abuse in Sport: Causes and Cures 14 Gymnastics and Tumbling
24 Burnout in Sport: Causes and Cures 15 In-Line Skating
25 Injury Risk and Rehabilitation: Psychological Considerations 16 Jogging and Walking
26 Career Transition Among Athletes: Is there Life After Sports? 17 Karate
27 Exercise Psychology 18 Kayaking and Canoeing
19 Lacrosse
20 Mountaineering
21 Orienteering
22 Pickle-ball

Recreational Activities
23 Racquetball, Paddleball, and Handball
24 Rugby
25 Self-Defense
26 Soccer
27 Softball (Slow Pitch)
28 Swimming
NEW *9780078022487* 29 Table Tennis
30 Team Handball
31 Tennis
32 Touch Football and Flag Football
SPORTS AND 33 Track and Field
RECREATIONAL 34 Volleyball
35 Water Polo
ACTIVITIES 36 Weight Training
15th Edition 37 Wrestling
Dale P Mood, University of Colorado-Boulder 38 Yoga
Frank F Musker, Peabody Public Schools Appendix A: Miscellaneous Field and Court Dimensions
Judith E Rink, University of South Carolina Appendix B: Metric and English Equivalents
Appendix C: Video Sources
2012 / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780078022487
Available: February 2011
www.mhhe.com/mood15e
Designed for teachers, future teachers, and participants, this Research Methods
comprehensive text provides fundamental information on 40 different
sports and recreational activities. The text prepares you for the playing
field and gym by covering teaching considerations, techniques,
lead-up games, drill activities, and information on teaching special
populations. Also included is an overview of all aspects of each sport,
including history, equipment, fundamental skills, rules, strategy,
NEW *9780078022555*
etiquette, and more. Hundreds of photos and drawings make it easy
to grasp the skills and rules of each sport.
CONDUCTING AND READING RESEARCH IN
HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
NEW TO THIS EDITION 5th Edition
v Rewritten chapters on self-defense and speedball and Ted A Baumgartner, University of Georgia
significantly revised chapters on fitness, bicycling, bowling, in-line Larry D Hensley, University of Northern Iowa
skating and weight training 2013 / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780078022555
v A new chapter on the increasingly popular activity of Yoga Available: July 2012
v Updated resource lists, including videos and web sites CONTENTS
v Coverage of topics of special interest, ranging from health-related Part I The Research Process
fitness to extreme sports 1 The Nature and Purpose of Research
2 The Research Problem
v Updated information in all chapters, including the latest rules 3 Searching the Literature
and regulations, new terminology and equipment, and current Olympic 4 Developing the Research Plan
information 5 Ethical Concerns in Research
6 Selection of Research Participants: Sampling Procedures
CONTENTS
7 Reading and Evaluating Research Reports
1 Introduction Part II Types of Research
2 Health-Related Physical Fitness 8 Experimental Research
3 Aerobic Dance (Group Exercise) 9 Descriptive Research
4 Archery 10 Qualitative Research
5 Backpacking 11 Meta-Analysis
6 Badminton 12 Additional Research Approaches
7 Basketball Part III Data Analysis
8 Bicycling 13 Descriptive Data Analysis
9 Bowling 14 Inferential Data Analysis
10 Dance: Concert and Recreational Forms

17
Physical Education / Exercise Science

15 Measurement in Research Part II: Types Of Research


Part IV The Research Report 8 Experimental Research
16 Developing the Research Proposal 9 Descriptive Research
17 Writing the Research Report 10 Qualitative Research
11 Meta-Analysis
12 Additional Research Approaches
Part III: Data Analysis
13 Descriptive Data Analysis
14 Inferential Data Analysis
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
15 Measurement in Research
Part IV: The Research Report
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO 16 Developing the Research Proposal
17 Writing the Research Report
SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond

Sociology of Sport
2007 / 96 pages
ISBN: 9780073126654
ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included]
Available: February 2006
CONTENTS
Preface INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS
Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive
Statistics NEW *9780078022524*
Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form
Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent SPORTS IN SOCIETY
Samples Issues and Controversies, 11th Edition
Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related
Jay Coakley, University of Colorado
Sampled
2013 / 672 pages
Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way
ANOVA ISBN: 9780078022524
Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA ISBN: 9780071086219 [IE]
Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two Available: June 2012
Variables www.mhhe.com/coakley11e
Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two
Variables Sports in Society is the definitive text for the sport sociology course.
Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical Taking a global, issues-oriented approach to the study of the role
Variables Appendix of sport in society, this text encourages the discussion of current
Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS sports-related controversies and helps students develop critical
thinking skills.

INTERNATIONAL EDITION
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
CONDUCTING AND READING RESEARCH IN
HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE SPORTS IN SOCIETY
4th Edition Issues and Controversies, 10th Edition
Ted A Baumgartner, University of Georgia Jay Coakley, University of Colorado
Clinton H Strong, Prof. Emertius, Indiana University—Bloomington
Larry D Hensley, University of Northern Iowa 2009 / Softcover / 704 pages
2006 / 480 pages ISBN: 9780073376547
ISBN: 9780072972900 ISBN: 9780071285285 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071255394 [IE] Available: November 2008
Available: July 2005 www.mhhe.com/coakley10e
www.mhhe.com/baumgartner4e Sports in Society is the definitive text for the sport sociology course.
Taking a global, issues-oriented approach to the study of the role
CONTENTS of sport in society, this text encourages the discussion of current
Part I: The Research Process sports-related controversies and helps students develop critical
1 The Nature and Purpose of Research thinking skills.
2 The Research Problem
3 Searching the Literature CONTENTS
4 Developing the Research Plan 1: The Sociology of Sport: What is it and why study it?
5 Ethical Concerns in Research 2: Producing Knowledge About Sports in Society: What is the Role
6 Selection of Research Participants: Sampling Procedures of Research and Theory?
7 Reading and Evaluating Research Reports 3: Studying the Past: Does It Help us Understand Sports Today?

18
Physical Education / Exercise Science

4: Sports and Socialization: Who Plays and What Happens to Them?


5: Sports and Children: Are Organized Programs Worth the Effort? Tests and Measurement
6: Deviance in Sports: Is It Out of Control?
7: Violence in Sports: How Does It Affect Our Lives?
8: Gender and Sports: Does Equity Require Ideological Changes?
9: Race and Ethnicity: Are They Important in Sports?
10: Social Class: Do Money and Power Matter in Sports? MEASUREMENT BY THE PHYSICAL
11: Sports and the Economy: What Are the Characteristics of EDUCATOR
Commercial Sports?
12: Sports and the Media: Could They Survive Without Each Why and How, 6th Edition
Other? David K Miller, University of NC-Wilmington
13: Sports and Politics: How Do Governments and Globalization 2011 / 320 pages
Influence Sports? ISBN: 9780073376554
14: Sports in High School and College: Do Varsity Sport Programs Available: January 2010
Contribute to Education?
15: Sports and Religion: Is It a Promising Combination?
www.mhhe.com/millermeasurement6e
16: Sports in the Future: What Can We Expect? Measurement and Evaluation by the Physical Educator: Why and
References How provides a clear, uncomplicated approach to the topic. Through
Name Index Miller’s straightforward explanations, the student will be able to
Subject Index develop the skills to use and interpret fundamental statistics; to
select and administer appropriate tests for measurement of physical
performances; to interpret the measurement results; and to prescribe
programs to meet the needs of the tested individuals. In addition,
the student will learn classroom skills and will be able to construct
effective objectives and knowledge tests, and evaluate the results.
Strength & Conditioning Study aids for reinforcement of chapter objectives are provided
throughout the text.

CONTENTS
1 Measurement, Evaluation, Assessment, and Statistics
NEW *9780078022623*
2 Describing and Presenting a Distribution of Scores
3 Investigating the Relationship of Scores
BASIC WEIGHT TRAINING FOR MEN AND 4 Investigating the Difference in Scores
5 What is a Good Test?
WOMEN 6 Construction of Knowledge Tests
8th Edition 7 Assessing and Grading the Students
Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico 8 Construction and Administration of Psychomotor Tests
2013 / 288 pages 9 Agility
10 Balance
ISBN: 9780078022623
11 Cardiorespiratory Fitness
Available: June 2012
12 Flexibility
This popular text is a comprehensive, practical guide to developing 13 Muscular Strength, Endurance, and Power
a personalized weight-training program with both free weights 14 Anthropometry and Body Composition
and machines. Weight training concepts and specific exercises 15 Physical Fitness
are grouped by body region, and many photographs, illustrations,
16 Older Adult
diagrams, and figures demonstrate proper technique and form.
17 Special-Needs Populations
18 Sports Skills
CONTENTS
19 Affective Behavior
1. Basic Weight Training Appendix A Square Root Example
2. Weight Training and Your Body Appendix B Values of the Correlation (r)
3. Weight Training Guidelines Appendix C Critical Values of t (Two-Tailed Test)
4. How Weight Training Improves Your Body Appendix D F-Distribution
5. Getting Started: The Basics Appendix E Values of the Studentized Range (q)
6. Developing the Lower Body
7. Developing the Back and Neck
8. Developing the Abdominal Muscles
9. Developing the Chest and Shoulders
10. Developing the Arms
11. Exercises to Develop Speed and Power
12. Nutrition for Weight Training
13. Ergogenic Aids: Drugs and Supplements 5(9,(:&23<   
Appendix 1: Muscular System (Available for course adoption only)
Appendix 2: Skeletal System To request for a review copy,
Appendix 3: Weight Training Exercises for Machines and Free ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
Weights representatives or,
Appendix 4: Norms and Test Procedures for Measuring Strength ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
Glossary in this catalog or,
References ƒ e-mail your request to
Index mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia

19
Physical Education / Exercise Science

testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general


INTERNATIONAL EDITION guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO com/annualeditions for more details.
SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
CONTENTS
2nd Edition
Unit 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond 1. Crimes of the Heart
2007 / 96 pages 2. The Perils of Higher Education
3. Carrots, Sticks, and Health Care Reform—Problems with Wellness
ISBN: 9780073126654
Incentives
ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included]
Unit 2: Stress and Mental Health
Available: February 2006 4. The Depressing News about Antidepressants
CONTENTS 5. “I Can’t Let Anything Go”: A Case Study with Psychological Testing
Preface of a Patient with Pathologic Hoarding
Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS 6. Internet Addiction
Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Unit 3: Nutritional Health
Statistics 7. Antioxidants: Fruitful Research and Recommendations
Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form 8. Keeping a Lid on Salt: Not So Easy
Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent 9. Fruit Loopiness
Samples 10. F.D.A. Panel to Consider Warnings for Artificial Food Colorings
Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related Unit 4: Exercise and Weight Management
Sampled 11. Phys Ed: Why Wii Fit Is Best for Grandparents
Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way ANOVA 12. Defeating Childhood Obesity
Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA 13. Eat Like a Greek
Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two 14. Dieting on a Budget
Variables 15. In Obesity Epidemic, What’s One Cookie?
Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Unit 5: Drugs and Health
Variables 16. Great Drug, but Does It Prolong Life?
Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical 17. Caffeinated Alcohol in a Can, Four Loko Does the Job, Students
Variables Appendix Agree
Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS 18. The New Quitter.
Unit 6: Sexuality and Relationships
19. The Thoroughly Modern Guide to Breakups
20. The Conservative Case for Gay Marriage
21. Is Pornography Adultery?
Unit 7: Preventing and Fighting Disease
Weight Management & 22. Sex, Drugs, Prisons, and HIV

Nutrition – Readers
23. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions
24. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why
25. A Mandate in Texas: The Story of a Compulsory Vaccination and
What It Means
Unit 8: Health Care and the Health Care System
26. Pharmacist Refusals: A Threat to Women’s Health
NEW *9780078051036* 27. The Cost Implications of Health Care Reform
28. Myth Diagnosis
29. The Case for Killing Granny
30. Incapacitated, Alone and Treated to Death
Unit 9: Consumer Health
ANNUAL EDITIONS: 31. Vaccine Refusal, Mandatory Immunization, and the Risks of
Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
HEALTH 12/13 32. Medical Tourism: What You Should Know
33rd Edition 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport 34. Is Your Food Contaminated?
35. Hazardous Health Plans
36. The Rough Road to Dreamland
37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy
2012 / 224 pages Unit 10: Contemporary Health Hazards
ISBN: 9780078051036 38. The Warrior’s Brain
Available: October 2011 39. Discovering Teenagers’ Risky “Game” Too Late
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, 40. Chemical in Plastic Bottles Fuels Science, Concern—and
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the Litigation
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 41. HIV Apathy
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous 42. MRSA: Hospitals Step Up Fight. Will It Be Enough?
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are 43. Post-Earthquake Public Health in Haiti
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators 44. Countering Radiation Fears with Just the Facts
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
a number of common organizational features designed to make
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with

20
Physical Education / Exercise Science

Wellness FIT & WELL


Core Concepts and Labs in Physical
Fitness and Wellness, 9th Edition
Thomas D Fahey, California State University-Chico
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford University
NEW *9780078022586* 2011 / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073523798
Available: January 2010

FIT & WELL www.mhhe.com/fahey9e


Core Concepts and Labs in
Motivate through knowledge
Motivate through application
Physical Fitness and Motivate through Connect Fit & Well
Wellness, 10th Edition Over 500,000 students have successfully used Fit & Well to
Thomas D Fahey, California State University- guide them thru the fitness & wellness course since the book 1st
Chico
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford published. Professors continue to choose Fit & Well over and
University over again for its scholarship & currency, strong labs & behavior
change tools, and student accessibility. The new 9th edition of Fit
2013 / 512 pages
& Well will be accompanied by Connect Fit & Well, a new learning
ISBN: 9780078022586 (Loose Leaf Edition) management system that makes assigning laboratory activities,
Available: January 2012 wellness worksheets, and videos easier and more effective than
ever. 15 chapters.
www.mhhe.com/fahey10e
[Details unavailable at press time] CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Wellness, Fitness, and Lifestyle Management
2 Basic Principles of Physical Fitness
3 Cardiorespiratory Endurance
4 Muscular Strength and Endurance
WELLNESS: CONCEPTS AND 5 Flexibility and Low-Back Health
APPLICATIONS 6 Body Composition
7 Putting Together a Complete Fitness Program
8th Edition 8 Nutrition
David J Anspaugh, Trine University 9 Weight Management
Michael H Hamrick, University of Memphis 10 Stress
Frank D Rosato, University of Memphis
11 Cardiovascular Health
2011 / 528 pages 12 Cancer
ISBN: 9780078022500 13 Substance Use and Abuse
Available: November 2010 14 Sexually Transmitted Diseases
www.mhhe.com/anspaugh8e 15 Wellness for Life
Appendix A Injury and Personal Safety A-1
Wellness: Concepts and Applications uses the basic precepts of the Appendix B Nutritional Content of Common Foods B-1
wellness movement— personal responsibility, behavior change and Appendix C Nutritional Content of Popular Items from Fast Food
risk reduction, and health-care consumer awareness—to introduce Restaurants C-1
students to the health- and wellness-related information they need Appendix D Monitoring Your Progress D-1
to thrive in today’s world. The authors provide accurate, scientifically Behavior Change Workbook W-1
based information on wellness topics as well as assessment
Index
activities and other tools for behavior change. The authors also
provide a balance among the seven dimensions of wellness while
at the same time emphasizing the central roles of physical fitness,
nutrition, avoidance of tobacco, and stress management as keys
to a healthy life. Other fitness and wellness topics include body
composition, flexibility, safety, drugs, STDs, chronic diseases, and
more. Accompanying the text are instructor and student resources A WELLNESS WAY OF LIFE WITH EXERCISE
on the Online Learning Center. BAND
9th Edition
CONTENTS
Gwen Robbins, Debbie Powers and Sharon Burgess of Ball State
1 Wellness and Fitness for Life University
2 Preventing Cardiovascular Disease 2011
3 Increasing Cardiorespiratory Endurance ISBN: 9780077476984
4 Building Muscular Strength and Endurance Available: December 2010
5 Improving Flexibility
6 Forming a Plan for Good Nutrition CONTENTS
7 Understanding Body Composition 1: Understanding Wellness
8 Achieving a Healthy Weight 2: Changing Behavior
9 Coping with and Managing Stress 3: Developing and Assessing Physical Fitness
10 Taking Charge of Your Personal Safety 4: Maximizing Cardiorespiratory Fitness
11 Taking Responsibility for Drug Use 5: Developing Flexibility
12 Preventing Sexually Transmitted Diseases 6: Developing Muscular Fitness
13 Understanding Cancer and Diabetes 7: Exploring Special Exercise Considerations
14 Becoming a Responsible Health Care Consumer 8: Preventing Common Injuries and Caring for the Lower Back
9: Maximizing Heart Health
10: Coping with Stress

21
Physical Education / Exercise Science

11: Eating for Wellness 15. In Obesity Epidemic, What’s One Cookie?
12: Achieving a Healthy Weight Unit 5: Drugs and Health
13: Preventing Cancer 16. Great Drug, but Does It Prolong Life?
14: Understanding Substance Abuse and Addictive Behavior 17. Caffeinated Alcohol in a Can, Four Loko Does the Job, Students
15: Preventing Sexually Transmitted Disease Agree
16: Exploring Lifetime Wellness Issues 18. The New Quitter.
Unit 6: Sexuality and Relationships
19. The Thoroughly Modern Guide to Breakups
20. The Conservative Case for Gay Marriage
21. Is Pornography Adultery?

Wellness – Supplements
Unit 7: Preventing and Fighting Disease
22. Sex, Drugs, Prisons, and HIV
23. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions
24. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why
25. A Mandate in Texas: The Story of a Compulsory Vaccination and
What It Means
NEW *9780078051036* Unit 8: Health Care and the Health Care System
26. Pharmacist Refusals: A Threat to Women’s Health
27. The Cost Implications of Health Care Reform
28. Myth Diagnosis
29. The Case for Killing Granny
ANNUAL EDITIONS: 30. Incapacitated, Alone and Treated to Death
HEALTH 12/13 Unit 9: Consumer Health
31. Vaccine Refusal, Mandatory Immunization, and the Risks of
33rd Edition Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport 32. Medical Tourism: What You Should Know
33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma
34. Is Your Food Contaminated?
35. Hazardous Health Plans
2012 / 224 pages
36. The Rough Road to Dreamland
ISBN: 9780078051036 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy
Available: October 2011 Unit 10: Contemporary Health Hazards
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions 38. The Warrior’s Brain
39. Discovering Teenagers’ Risky “Game” Too Late
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, 40. Chemical in Plastic Bottles Fuels Science, Concern—and Litigation
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the 41. HIV Apathy
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 42. MRSA: Hospitals Step Up Fight. Will It Be Enough?
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous 43. Post-Earthquake Public Health in Haiti
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
44. Countering Radiation Fears with Just the Facts
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
a number of common organizational features designed to make
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general
NEW *9780078050237*
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
com/annualeditions for more details.

CONTENTS TAKING SIDES: CLASHING


Unit 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change VIEWS IN HEALTH AND
1. Crimes of the Heart SOCIETY
2. The Perils of Higher Education
3. Carrots, Sticks, and Health Care Reform—Problems with Wellness 10th Edition
Incentives Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
Unit 2: Stress and Mental Health
4. The Depressing News about Antidepressants 2012 / 448 pages
5. “I Can’t Let Anything Go”: A Case Study with Psychological Testing ISBN: 9780078050237
of a Patient with Pathologic Hoarding Available: September 2011
6. Internet Addiction
Unit 3: Nutritional Health www.mhhe.com/takingsides
7. Antioxidants: Fruitful Research and Recommendations
Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a
8. Keeping a Lid on Salt: Not So Easy debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop
9. Fruit Loopiness critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an
10. F.D.A. Panel to Consider Warnings for Artificial Food Colorings issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge
Unit 4: Exercise and Weight Management questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of
11. Phys Ed: Why Wii Fit Is Best for Grandparents selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide
12. Defeating Childhood Obesity with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides
13. Eat Like a Greek in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.
14. Dieting on a Budget mhhe.com/takingsides for more details.

22
Physical Education / Exercise Science

NEW TO THIS EDITION The text’s five-part organization focuses on motivation and leadership,
social interactions, mental training, program implementation, and
v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/ issues that go beyond performance enhancement. Contributing
TS_Health_and_Society_10e.pdf authors are experts in their topic, and each chapter has been written
specifically for this collection.
v This convenient guide matches the issues in Taking Sides:
Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e with the corresponding
CONTENTS
chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Health textbooks by
Insel/Roth and Payne et al. 1 Sport Psychology: Past, Present, Future
Part I Learning, Motivation, and Effective Leadership
CONTENTS 2 Motor Skill Learning for Effective Coaching and Performance
Unit 1 The Health Care Industry 3 Positive Reinforcement, Performance Feedback, and Performance
Issue 1. Should the United States Adopt a Single-Payer Plan to Fund Enhancement of Control
National Health Insurance? 4 Toward Optimal Motivation in Sport: Fostering Athletes Competence
Issue 2. Should Health Care Be Rationed in the US? and Sense of Control
Issue 3. Should Prescription Drugs be Advertised Directly to 5 The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy Theory: When Coaches’ Expectations
Consumers? Become Reality
Unit 2 Health and Society 6 Leadership Effectiveness
Issue 4. Are We Winning the War on Cancer? 7 Styles of Decision Making in Coaching
Issue 5. Should marijuana be legalized for medicinal purposes? Part II Social Interactions
Issue 6. Should Doctors Prescribe Drugs Based on Race? 8 The Sport Team as an Effective Group
Issue 7. Should Embryonic Stem Cell Research Be Permitted? 9 Communicating Effectively
Unit 3 Mind-Body Relationship 10 Enhancing Coach-Parent Relationships in Youth Sports: Increasing
Issue 8. Should Addiction to Drugs Be Labeled a Brain Disease? Harmony and Minimizing Hassle
Issue 9. Do Religion and Prayer Benefit Health? Part III Mental Training for Performance Enhancement
Unit 4 Sexuality and Gender Issues 11 Psychological Characteristics of Peak Performance
Issue 10. Is It Necessary for Pregnant Women to Completely Abstain 12 Increasing Awareness for Sport Performance
from All Alcoholic Beverages? 13 Goal Setting for Peak Performance
Issue 11. Should Pro-Life Health Providers Be Allowed to Deny 14 Arousal-Performance Relationships
Prescriptions on the Basis of Conscience? 15 Relaxation and Energizing Techniques for Regulation of Arousal
Issue 12. Should the Cervical Cancer Vaccine for Girls Be 16 Seeing is Believing: Understanding and Using Imagery in Sport
Compulsory? 17 Cognitive Techniques for Building Confidence and Enhancing
Issue 13. Is There a Post-Abortion Syndrome? Performance
Issue 14. Do Ultra Thin Models and Actresses Influence the Onset 18 Concentration and Attention Control Training
of Eating Disorders? 19 Strategies for Training
Issue 15. Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male Part IV Implementing Training Programs
Circumcision? 20 Integrating and Implementing a Psychological Skills Training
Unit 5 Public Health Issues Program
Issue 16. Is There a Link Between Vaccination and Autism? 21 Development and Implementation of Coach Training Programs:
Issue 17. Do Cell Phones Cause Cancer? Cognitive-Behavioral Principles and Techniques
Issue 18. Will Global Warming Negatively Impact Human Health? Part V Psychological Considerations: Referral, Drug Abuse,
Issue 19. Is Breastfeeding the Best Way to Feed Babies? Burnout, Injury, Termination from Athletics, and Exercise
Unit 6 Consumer Health 22 When to Refer Athletes for Counseling or Psychotherapy
Issue 20. Is It Safe to Consume Genetically Engineered Foods? 23 Drug Abuse in Sport: Causes and Cures
Issue 21. Does Obesity Cause a Decline in Life Expectancy? 24 Burnout in Sport: Causes and Cures
25 Injury Risk and Rehabilitation: Psychological Considerations
26 Career Transition Among Athletes: Is there Life After Sports?
27 Exercise Psychology

Psychology of Coaching

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

APPLIED SPORT PSYCHOLOGY


Personal Growth to Peak Performance,
6th Edition
,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK
Jean M Williams, University of Arizona
2010 / Softcover / 672 pages 0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU
WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ
ISBN: 9780073376530
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
ISBN: 9780071267984 [IE]
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
Available: June 2009
www.mhhe.com/williams6e 9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK
This is a comprehensive and practical guide to psychological concepts
and theories as well as to strategies and techniques designed to help
future coaches and sport psychologists cultivate peak performance
and personal growth through recent advances in sport psychology.

23
Health

Addictions / Counseling of responses to alcohol problems: prevention, harm reduction, brief


treatment, engagement in treatment and aftercare, and addressing
high risk drinking. The book also includes information on alcohol
abuse, and alcohol dependence. Along with providing a historical
foundation for the discussion of substance use, the book explains
the facts about this complex issue in clear, engaging language.
Loosening the Grip is widely recognized as a useful resource for
NEW *9780078028502* future and current health care workers: substance abuse clinicians,
school counselors, mental health workers, community nurses, and
DRUGS IN PERSPECTIVE others. As noted on the website for the Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Services Administration (SAMHSA): “There are many helpful
8th Edition books on alcohol and alcoholism. Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of
Richards Fields, Private Counseling Practice Alcohol Information by Jean Kinney is a good place to start.”
2013 / 416 pages
ISBN: 9780078028502 NEW TO THIS EDITION
Available: February 2012 v Role of new media
CONTENTS The tenth edition discusses the impact of new media and technology
Section I: Understanding Substance Abuse on the field of addiction. Chapter 1 discusses the changes in alcohol
1 Putting Drugs in Perspective marketing via social media, such as Facebook and Twitter. Chapter
2 Why Do People Abuse Drugs? 4 identifies Internet addiction as a behavioral addiction. Chapter
3 Drug-Specific Information 9 reviews the growing number of websites with instruments for
self-assessment and interventions, the use of texting to promote
4 Definitions of Substance Abuse, Dependence, and Addiction
treatment compliance, and to Internet-based videoconferencing as
Section II: Family a technology for providing counseling. Finally, Chapter 13 identifies
5 Substance Abuse and Family Systems Internet pharmacies as a source of drugs.
6 Parents and Family: At-Risk Factors for Substance Abuse
7 Growing Up in an Alcoholic Family System v Harm reduction
Section III: Prevention, Intervention, and Treatment
8 Motivation to Change Harm reduction is rapidly gaining attention in the alcohol and
substance abuse field. In Chapter 1 harm reduction is discussed
9 Intervention
in the context of public policy. Chapters 5, 13, and 14 review past
10 Prevention of Substance Abuse Disorders reservations about harm reduction and include examples ranging
11 Disorders Co-occurring with Substance Abuse from prevention of individual harm to reducing harm to others and
12 Alcohol/Drug Treatment and Relapse Prevention the community. Clinical approaches that call upon harm reduction
Appendix A: Trends in Annual Prevalence of Use of Various Drugs philosophy are noted in Chapter 9, its use in special populations such
for Eight, Tenth, and Twelfth Graders as adolescents and college students is described Chapter 11, and its
Appendix B: Alcohol/Drug Screening Inventories application to drug use other than alcohol is featured in Chapter 13.
Appendix C: Medication Examples
Appendix D: At-Risk Factors For Substance Abuse v Evidenced-based practice

In Chapter 1 the relevance of evidence-based approaches is also


applied to the public policy and prevention initiatives. Chapter 10,
Treatment and Treatment Approaches, has been reorganized and
expanded to reflect the growing attention given to evidenced-based

Alcohol
treatment and its best practices. Chapter 14 goes beyond describing
specific clinical approaches into the requirements of agency practices
and the necessary educational and training opportunities for staff
clinicians.

v Looking to the past and to the future

Evolving views on the effects of alcohol problems on the family,


NEW *9780073404684* particularly the constructs of “enabling,” and “co-dependency ,” are
discussed in Chapter 8. Similarly, the question of alcoholism, now
called alcohol dependence, as a disease is reviewed in Chapters
1 and 4.

CONTENTS
LOOSENING THE GRIP
1 Alcohol
A Handbook of Alcohol 2 Alcohol and Its Costs
Information, 10th Edition 3 Alcohol and the Body
Jean Kinney, Dartmouth Medical School 4 Alcohol Abuse and Alcohol Dependence
5 Etiology of Alcohol Abuse and Dependence
6 Medical Complications
7 The Behavior of Dependence
2012 / 672 pages
8 Effects of Alcohol Problems on the Family
ISBN: 9780073404684
9 Evaluation and Treatment Overview
Available: April 2011 10 Treatment Techniques and Approaches
www.mhhe.com/kinney10e 11 Special Populations
12 Other Psychiatric Considerations
Accessible and comprehensive, Loosening the Grip remains an 13 Drugs of Abuse Other Than Alcohol
authoritative source for information about alcohol use and the problems 14 Odds ‘n Ends
associated with it, while also addressing the relationship between
alcohol use and other drug use. This text presents the physical and
psychological effects of alcohol alongside the impact of alcohol use on
family and society. Special attention is given to addressing the range

24
Health

Consumer Health Death and Dying

NEW *9780078028489* NEW *9780078051050*

CONSUMER HEALTH
ANNUAL EDITIONS:
A Guide to Intelligent
DYING, DEATH, AND
Decisions, 9th Edition
BEREAVEMENT 12/13
Stephen Barrett, Quackwatch Inc
William M London, Charles Drew University 13th Edition
Robert S Baratz, National Council against
Health Fraud George E Dickinson, College of Charleston
Manfred Kroger Michael R Leming, Saint Olaf College

2013 / 576 pages 2012 / 224 pages


ISBN: 9780078028489 ISBN: 9780078051050
Available: March 2012 Available: October 2011
The most comprehensive consumer health text available, Consumer www.mhhe.com/annualeditions
Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions offers a panoramic view of
the health marketplace. You’ll learn how to sharpen your critical The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
consumer skills so you can distinguish valid health claims from those inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the
that are fraudulent or misleading. By offering science-based facts and most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today.
guidelines, Consumer Health provides the tools you need to make Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous
smart decisions about health-care products and services for yourself monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
and your family. authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
CONTENTS a number of common organizational features designed to make
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
Part I: Dynamics of the Health Marketplace annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
01 Consumer health issues selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
02 Separating fact from fiction Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
03 Frauds and quackery testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general
04 Advertising and other marketing guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
Part II: Health-Care Approaches using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
05 Science-based care com/annualeditions for more details.
06 Mental health care
07 Dental care CONTENTS
08 The “CAM” movement Unit 1: Issues in Dying and Death
09 A close look at chiropractic 1. Grief in the Age of Facebook
Part III: Nutrition and Fitness 2. The Proliferation of Postselves in American Civic and Popular Cultures
10 Basic nutrition 3. Roadside Memorial Policies in the United States
11 Nutrition fads, fallacies, and scams 4. Brain Death Guidelines Vary at Top US Neurological Hospitals
12 Weight control 5. Criteria for a Good Death
13 Fitness concepts, products, and services Unit 2: Dying and Death across the Life Cycle
Part IV: Personal health concerns 6. Death in Disney Films: Implications for Children’s Understanding
14 Personal Health and Safety of Death
15 Cardiovascular disease 7. Teaching Children about Death and Grief: Children Can Learn
16 Cancer about Grief and Dying from Teachable Moments
Part V: Other Products and Services 8. Helping Military Kids Cope with Traumatic Death
17 Drug products 9. Needs of Elderly Patients in Palliative Care
18 Skin care and image enhancement 10. End-of-Life Concerns and Care Preferences: Congruence Among
19 Sexual and reproductive health Terminally Ill Elders and their Family Caregivers
20 Health devices Unit 3: The Dying Process
21 Coping with death 11. Dying on the Streets: Homeless Persons’ Concerns and Desires
22 Health-care facilities about End-of-Life Care
Part VI: Consumer Protection 12. Death and Dying across Cultures
23 Health insurance 13. Are They Hallucinations or Are They Real? The Spirituality of
24 Health care economics Deathbed and Near-Death Visions
25 Consumer laws and agencies 14. A Spreading Appreciation for the Benefits of Hospice Care
15. When Death Strikes without Warning
Unit 4: Suicide
16. Self-Harming Behavior and Suicidality: Suicide Risk Assessment
17. Effects of Race and Precipitating Event on Suicide Versus
Nonsuicide Death Classification in a College Sample
18. Ethical, Legal, and Practical Issues in the Control and Regulation
of Suicide Promotion and Assistance over the Internet
19. Why We Need Qualitative Research in Suicidology

25
Health

20. A Search for Death: How the Internet Is Used as a Suicide DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR
Cookbook
Unit 5: Animals and Death 14th Edition
21. Good Mourning Carl L Hart, Columbia University
Charles J Ksir, University of Wyoming-Laramie
22. When a Cherished Pet Dies Oakley S Ray (deceased)
23. An Examination of the Potential Role of Pet Ownership 2011 / 480 pages
24. Veterinary Hospice: Ways to Nurture Our Pets at the End of Life
ISBN: 9780073380902
Unit 6: Ethical Issues of Dying and Death
Available: October 2010
25. What Living Wills Won’t Do: The Limits of Autonomy
26. When Students Kill Themselves, Colleges May Get the Blame www.mhhe.com/hart14e
27. Cannabis Use in Long-Term Care: An Emerging Issue for Nurses
28. Ethics and Life’s Ending: An Exchange Designed for the introduction to drugs and substance abuse course
29. I Was a Doctor Accustomed to Death, but Not His as taught in departments of health education, psychology, biology,
sociology, and criminal justice, this full-color market-leading text
Unit 7: Funerals
provides the latest information on drugs and their effects on society
30. The Contemporary American Funeral and human behavior. For over thirty years, instructors and students
31. How Different Religions Pay Their Final Respects have relied on it to examine drugs and behavior from the behavioral,
32. Building My Father’s Coffin pharmacological, historical, social, legal, and clinical perspectives.
33. Dealing with the Dead
Unit 8: Bereavement CONTENTS
34. The Grieving Process Section One: Drug Use in Modern Society
35. Disenfranchised Grief 1: Drug Use: An Overview
36. Challenging the Paradigm: New Understandings of Grief 2: Drug Use as a Social Problem
37. Enhancing the Concept of Disenfranchised Grief 3: Drug Products and Their Regulation
38. We’ve Been Misled about How to Grieve Section Two: How Drugs Work
39. The Increasing Prevalence of Complicated Mourning: The 4: The Nervous System
Onslaught Is Just Beginning 5: The Actions of Drugs
40. Rituals of Unburdening Section Three: Uppers and Downers
41. 11 Ways to Comfort Someone Who’s Grieving 6: Stimulants
7: Depressants and Inhalants
8: Medication for Mental Disorders
Section Four: Alcohol
9: Alcohol

Drug & Substance Abuse Section Five: Familiar Drugs


10: Tobacco
11: Caffeine
12: Dietary Supplements and Over-the-Counter Drugs
Section Six: Restricted Drugs
13: Opioids
NEW *9780078028502*
14: Hallucinogens
15: Marijuana
DRUGS IN PERSPECTIVE 16: Performance-Enhancing Drugs
Section Seven: Prevention and Treatment
8th Edition 17: Preventing Substance Abuse
Richard Fields, Private Counseling Practice 18: Treating Substance Abuse and Dependence
2013 / 416 pages Appendix A Drug Names
ISBN: 9780078028502 Appendix B Resources for Information and Assistance
Available: February 2012 Glossary

CONTENTS
Section I: Understanding Substance Abuse
1 Putting Drugs in Perspective
2 Why Do People Abuse Drugs?
3 Drug-Specific Information
4 Definitions of Substance Abuse, Dependence, and Addiction
Section II: Family
5 Substance Abuse and Family Systems
6 Parents and Family: At-Risk Factors for Substance Abuse
7 Growing Up in an Alcoholic Family System
Section III: Prevention, Intervention, and Treatment
8 Motivation to Change 5(9,(:&23<   
9 Intervention (Available for course adoption only)
10 Prevention of Substance Abuse Disorders To request for a review copy,
11 Disorders Co-occurring with Substance Abuse ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
12 Alcohol/Drug Treatment and Relapse Prevention representatives or,
Appendix A: Trends in Annual Prevalence of Use of Various Drugs ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
for Eight, Tenth, and Twelfth Graders in this catalog or,
Appendix B: Alcohol/Drug Screening Inventories ƒ e-mail your request to
Appendix C: Medication Examples mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,
Appendix D: At-Risk Factors For Substance Abuse ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia

26
Health

Drug & Substance Abuse 19. Binge Drinking and Its Consequences Up Among American
College Students
– Readers 20. Public Lands: Cartels Turn U.S. Forests into Marijuana Plantations
Creating Toxic Mess
21. Pseudoephedrine Smurfing Fuels Surge in Large-Scale
Methamphetamine Production in California
Unit 4: Other Trends in Drug Use
22. Adolescent Painkiller Use May Increase Risk of Addiction, Heroin
NEW *9780078051234* Use
23. Extreme Barbarism,a Death Cult, and Holy Warriors in Mexico:
ANNUAL EDITIONS: DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND Societal Warfare South of the Border?
BEHAVIOR 12/13 24. College Students’ Cheap Fix
25. Methadone Rises as a Painkiller with Big Risks
27th Edition Unit 5: Measuring the Social Costs of Drugs
Mary H Maguire, California State University 26. The Problem with Drinking
Clifford Garoupa, Fresno City College 27. Newly Born, and Withdrawing from Painkillers
2013 / 224 pages 28. Oxycontin Abuse Spreads from Appalachia Across U.S.
ISBN: 9780078051234 29. Route of Administration for Illicit Prescription Opiods: A Comparison
Available: February 2012 of Rural and Urban Drug Users
Unit 6: Creating and Sustaining Effective Drug Control Policy
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions
30. Catch and Release
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, 31. Drugs: To Legalize or Not
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the 32. Do No Harm: Sensible Goals for International Drug Policy
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 33. New Drug Control Strategy Signals Policy Shift
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous 34. Beyond Supply and Demand: Obama’s Drug Wars in Latin
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are America
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators 35. Drug Courts: Conceptual Foundation, Empirical Findings, and
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
Policy Implications
a number of common organizational features designed to make
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an Unit 7: Prevention, Treatment, and Education
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of 36. Crime and Treatment: Overcrowded Prisons and Addicted Inmates
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section. Are a Tough Challenge for Lawmakers
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with 37. Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders: When Science, Medicine,
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general Public Policy and Laws Collide
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for 38. U.S. and Europe Split over Drugs Policy
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe. 39. Portugal’s Drug Policy Pays Off; U.S. Eyes Lessons
com/annualeditions for more details. 40. Transcending the Medical Frontiers: Exploring the Future of
Psychedelic Drug Research
NEW TO THIS EDITION
v Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of
each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.

CONTENTS
Unit 1: Living with Drugs NEW *9780078050220*
1. History of Alcohol and Drinking around the World
2. Can Sips at Home Prevent Binges? TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN
3. Tackling Top Teen Problem—Prescription Drugs DRUGS AND SOCIETY
4. When Booze was Banned But Pot Was Not
5. …Having a Great Detox 10th Edition
6. Scientists Are High on Idea That Marijuana Reduces Memory Raymond Goldberg, State University of NY-Cortland
Impairment 2012 / 512 pages
Unit 2: Understanding How Drugs Work—Use, Dependency, ISBN: 9780078050220
and Addiction Available: October 2011
7. Drug Addiction and Its Effects, Drug Abuse and Addiction
8. Family History of Alcohol Abuse Associated with Problematic
www.mhhe.com/takingsides
Drinking among College Students Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a
9. Adolescent Substance Abuse: America’s #1 Public Health debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop
Problem critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an
10. Medical Marijuana and the Mind issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge
11. Scripps Research Team Finds Stress Hormone Key to Alcohol questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of
Dependence selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide
12. The Genetics of Alcohol and Other Drug Dependence with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides
in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.
13. Understanding Recreational Ecstasy Use in the United States:
mhhe.com/takingsides for more details.
A Qualitative Inquiry
14. Examination of Over the Counter Drug Misuse Among Youth
15. A Framework to Examine Gateway Relations in Drug Use: An
Application of Latent Transition Analysis
16. Social Estrangement: factors Associated with Alcohol or Drug
Dependency among Homeless Street Involved Young Adults
Unit 3: The Major Drugs of Use and Abuse
17. Marijuana and Medical Marijuana
18. Officials Fear Bath Salts Becoming the Next Big Drug Menace

27
Health

Epidemiology – Graduate CONTENTS

Epidemiology
Introduction: The Study of Health and Aging
1: Our Nation’s Elders: The Facts
2: Biologic Aging Theories and Longevity
3: The Body and Its Age Changes
4: Chronic Illnesses: The Major Killers
5: Other Chronic Diseases and Conditions
INTERNATIONAL EDITION 6: Acute Illness and Accidents
7: Mental Health and Mental Disorders
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF 8: Medication Use
EPIDEMIOLOGY 9: Physical Activity
10: Nutrition
AN ENGAGED APPROACH 11: Sexuality
Annette M Rossignol, Oregon State University 12: Prevention and Health Promotion
2007 / 336 pages 13: Medical Care
ISBN: 9780072869392 14: Long-Term Care
ISBN: 9780071254359 [IE] 15: Dying, Death, and Grief
Available: December 2005
www.mhhe.com/rossignol1e
CONTENTS
1 Introduction Health & Aging /
Gerontology – Readers
2 Historical Development
3 What is an Epidemic?
4 Measuring Disease Frequency: Incidence Rate
5 Prevalence and Its Application to Screening Programs
6 Cumulative Incidence (Risk)
7 Design Strategies: Descriptive Studies
8 Causation
9 Design Strategies--Analytic Studies Part 1, The Intervention Studies NEW *9780078051203*
10 Design Strategies: The Analytic Studies Part 2: Observational
Studies ANNUAL EDITIONS: AGING 12/13
11 Simple Analysis of Epidemiologic Data: Effect Measures
25th Edition
12 Accuracy
Harold Cox, Indiana State University-Terre Haute
Epilogue: Engaged Epidemiology
2013 / 224 pages
ISBN: 9780078051203
Available: March 2012
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions

Health & Aging / The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,

Gerontology
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today.
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
a number of common organizational features designed to make
NEW *9780078028496*
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
HEALTH IN THE LATER YEARS Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
5th Edition testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
Armeda F Ferrini, California State University-Chico using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
Rebecca Ferrini, Edgemoor Hospital-County of San Diego
com/annualeditions for more details.
2013 / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780078028496 NEW TO THIS EDITION
Available: February 2012
v Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of
Health in the Later Years is designed for college students, both each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
undergraduate and undergraduate, in diverse fields of study,
particularly those planning a career in health and human services.
The text provides a comprehensive, scientific approach to health
related topics affecting elders and those who care for them. Included
are chapters that address the major influences on the health of older
persons: demography, chronic and acute illnesses, mental health and
disorders, medication use, physical activity and nutrition, sexuality,
health promotion, medical and long term care, and death and dying,
among others. The text takes a “whole person” approach to health
including ample attention to cultural differences, psycho-social,
economic, and cohort differences.

28
Health

16. Good News About Cancer


NEW *9780078050862* 17. Trust and Betrayal in the Golden Years
18. Alzheimer’s—The Case for Prevention
Unit 5: Retirement: American Dream or Dilemma?
19. Retire Right
20. Do-It-Yourself Financial Freedom
ANNUAL EDITIONS: 21. Keep Pace with Older Workers
22. Color Me Confident
AGING 11/12 23. Work/Retirement Choices and Lifestyle Patterns of Older
24th Edition Americans
Harold Cox, Indiana State University-Terre Haute Unit 6: The Experience of Dying
24. Development of Hospice and Palliative Care in the United
States
25. The Grieving Process
2012 / 192 pages
26. End-of-Life Concerns and Care Preferences: Congruence among
ISBN: 9780078050862
Terminally Ill Elders and Their Family Caregivers
Available: March 2011 27. The Myriad Strategies for Seeking Control in the Dying Process
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions Unit 7: Living Environment in Later Life
28. The Great Escape
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient, 29. Where to Live as We Age
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the 30. Seniors and the City
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 31. Declaration of Independents: Home Is Where You Want to Live
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous
Forever. Here’s How
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators Unit 8: Social Policies, Programs, and Services for Older
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have Americans
a number of common organizational features designed to make 32. Dignified Retirement: Lessons from Abroad
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an 33. Social Security’s 70th Anniversary: Surviving 20 Years of
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of Reform
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section. 34. Beyond Wisdom: Business Dimensions of an Aging America
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with 35. The New Face of Health Care
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general 36. Riding into the Sunset: The Geezer Threat
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
37. 7 Critical Maneuvers
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
com/annualeditions for more details. 38. As Good as It Gets
39. Population Aging, Entitlement Growth, and the Economy
NEW TO THIS EDITION Test-Your-Knowledge Form
Article Rating Form
v Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of
each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/
AE_Aging_1112 .pdf
v This convenient guide matches the units in Annual Editions: Health Education
Evaluation and
Aging 11/12 with the corresponding chapters in one of our best-selling
McGraw-Hill Aging textbooks by Quadagno.

CONTENTS Measurement
Preface
Correlation Guide
Topic Guide
Internet References
Unit 1: The Phenomenon of Aging INTERNATIONAL EDITION
1. Elderly Americans
2. You Can Stop “Normal” Aging
READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO
3. Living Longer: Diet and Exercise SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
4. More Good Years 2nd Edition
5. Will You Live to Be 100? Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
6. 100-Year-Olds’ Club, Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
Unit 2: The Quality of Later Life 2007 / 96 pages
7. The Secrets of Resilient People ISBN: 9780073126654
8. Overweight and Mortality among Baby Boomers—Now We’re ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included]
Getting Personal
Available: February 2006
9. We Can Control How We Age
10. Studies: Some Nursing Home Elderly Get Futile Care
Unit 3: Societal Attitudes toward Old Age CONTENTS
11. Society Fears the Aging Process Preface
12. The Law Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS
13. Research: Oldest Americans Happiest Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive
14. The Under-Reported Impact of Age Discrimination and Its Threat Statistics
to Business Vitality Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form
Unit 4: Problems and Potentials of Aging Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent
15. Never Have a Heart Attack Samples

29
Health

Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related


Sampled INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way
ANOVA READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO
Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two 2nd Edition
Variables
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
Variables 2007 / 96 pages
Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical ISBN: 9780073126654
Variables Appendix
ISBN: 9780071252973 [IE, CD not included]
Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
Available: February 2006

CONTENTS
Preface

Health Education
Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS
Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive

Research Methods Statistics


Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form
Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent
Samples
Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related
Sampled
Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way
NEW *9780078022555* ANOVA
Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA
CONDUCTING AND READING RESEARCH IN Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two
HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE Variables
5th Edition Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two
Ted A Baumgartner, University of Georgia Variables
Larry D Hensley, University of Northern Iowa Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical
2013 / 480 pages Variables Appendix
ISBN: 9780078022555 Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
Available: July 2012
CONTENTS
Part I The Research Process
1 The Nature and Purpose of Research
2 The Research Problem INTERNATIONAL EDITION
3 Searching the Literature
4 Developing the Research Plan CONDUCTING AND READING RESEARCH IN
5 Ethical Concerns in Research HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
6 Selection of Research Participants: Sampling Procedures
7 Reading and Evaluating Research Reports 4th Edition
Part II Types of Research Ted A Baumgartner, University of Georgia, Clinton H Strong, Prof.
8 Experimental Research Emeritus, Indiana University-Bloomington and Larry D Hensley,
University of Northern Iowa
9 Descriptive Research
10 Qualitative Research 2006 / 480 pages
11 Meta-Analysis ISBN: 9780072972900
12 Additional Research Approaches ISBN: 9780071255394 [IE]
Part III Data Analysis Available: June 2005
13 Descriptive Data Analysis www.mhhe.com/baumgartner4e
14 Inferential Data Analysis
15 Measurement in Research CONTENTS
Part IV The Research Report Part I: The Research Process
16 Developing the Research Proposal 1 The Nature and Purpose of Research
17 Writing the Research Report 2 The Research Problem
3 Searching the Literature
4 Developing the Research Plan
5 Ethical Concerns in Research
6 Selection of Research Participants: Sampling Procedures
7 Reading and Evaluating Research Reports
Part II: Types of Research
8 Experimental Research
9 Descriptive Research
10 Qualitative Research
11 Meta-Analysis
12 Additional Research Approaches
Part III: Data Analysis
13 Descriptive Data Analysis

30
Health

14 Inferential Data Analysis Common Ground?, and Additional Resources. Taking Sides readers
15 Measurement in Research also offer a Topic Guide and an annotated listing of Internet References
Part IV: The Research Report for further consideration of the issues. An online Instructor’s Resource
16 Developing the Research Proposal Guide with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking
Sides in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit
17 Writing the Research Report
www.mhhe.com/takingsides for more details.

NEW TO THIS EDITION


v Enhanced Pedagogy! New to this edition: Topic Guide;

Human Sexuality –
Expanded Introduction; Learning Outcomes; plus a new section
titled Exploring the Issue featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection

Readers questions, Is There Common Ground?, and Additional Resources.

NEW *9780078051173* NEW *9780078050961*


ANNUAL EDITIONS: HUMAN SEXUALITIES
12/13
34th Edition
Bobby Hutchison, Modesto Jr College ANNUAL EDITIONS: HUMAN
2013 / 256 pages SEXUALITIES, 11/12
ISBN: 9780078051173 33rd Edition
Available: February 2012 Bobby Hutchison, Modesto Jr College
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
2012 / 224 pages
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. ISBN: 9780078050961
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous Available: March 2011
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators www.mhhe.com/annualeditions
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
a number of common organizational features designed to make inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today.
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section. monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for a number of common organizational features designed to make
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe. them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
com/annualeditions for more details. annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
NEW TO THIS EDITION Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general
v Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article. using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
com/annualeditions for more details.

NEW TO THIS EDITION


v Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of
each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.
NEW *9780078050305* v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN AE_Human_Sexualities_1112.pdf
GENDER v This convenient guide matches the units in Annual Editions:
6th Edition Human Sexualities 11/12 with the corresponding chapters in two of
our best-selling McGraw-Hill Human Sexuality textbooks by Hyde/
Jacqueline W White, University of NC-Greensboro
DeLamater and Kelly.
2013 / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780078050305 CONTENTS
Available: March 2012 Annual Editions: Human Sexualities 11/12
www.mhhe.com/takingsides Preface
Correlation Guide
Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a Topic Guide
debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop Internet References
critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with Learning Unit 1: Social and Cultural Foundations
Outcomes, an Issue Summary, an Introduction, and an Exploring
1. Breastfeeding Is Not Obscene
the Issue section featuring Critical Thinking and Reflection, Is There

31
Health

2. Rise of the Desperate House Husband


3. Gendercide NEW *9780078050206*
4. Evulvalution: The Portrayal of Women’s External Genitalia and
Physique Across Time and the Current Barbie Doll Ideals
5. Estranged Spouses Increasingly Waiting out Downturn to Divorce
Unit 2: Biological Foundations
Part A. Reproductive Capacities TAKING SIDES:
6. Starting the Good Life in the Womb CLASHING VIEWS IN
7. Effects of Prenatal Social Stress on Offspring Development: HUMAN SEXUALITY
Pathology or Adaptation?
8. A Man’s Shelf Life 12th Edition
Part B. Attraction, Pleasure, and Desire William J Taverner, Fairleigh Dickinson
9. Scents and Sensibility University
10. The Orgasmic Mind
11. What Do Women Want? 2012 / 416 pages
Unit 3: Sexualities, Education, and Development ISBN: 9780078050206
12. At UC Santa Barbara, Sex as a Matter of Course Available: September 2011
13. Teenage Fatherhood and Involvement in Delinquent Behavior
www.mhhe.com/takingsides
14. Truth and Consequences at Pregnancy High
15. Religiosity and Teen Birth Rate in the United States Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a
16. No Kids, No Grief: The Case against Having Kids debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop
17. An Affair to Remember critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an
Unit 4: Intimacies and Relationships issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge
18. The Expectations Trap questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of
19. Making Relationships Work: A Conversation with Psychologist selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide
with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides
20. Contributing to the Debate over Same-Sex Marriage
in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.
21. The Polygamists mhhe.com/takingsides for more details.
22. Kinky Sex Makes for Happy People
Unit 5: Gender and Sexual Diversity CONTENTS
23. Gender Bender
24. Goodbye to Girlhood Unit 1 Sexual Expression
25. (Rethinking) Gender Issue 1. Is Sexting a Form of Safer Sex?
26. Progress and Politics in the Intersex Rights Movement: Feminist Issue 2. Has Sex Become Too Casual?
Theory in Action Issue 3. Can Sex Be Addictive?
27. Finding the Switch Issue 4. Does Sexual Medicine Benefit Society?
28. Children of Lesbian and Gay Parents Issue 5. Is Oral Sex Really Sex?
Unit 6: Sexual Health and Well-Being Issue 6. Is BDSM a Healthy Form of Sexual Expression?
Part A. Problems and Interventions Issue 7. Is “Gender Identity Disorder” an Appropriate Psychiatric
29. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions Diagnosis?
30. Health Behaviors, Prostate Cancer, and Masculinities: A Life Unit 2 Sex and Society
Course Perspective Issue 8. Should Sex Ed Teach about Abstinence?
31. Body Dissatisfaction in Adolescent Females and Males: Risk Issue 9. Is There Something Wrong with the Content of Comprehensive
and Resilience Sex Education Curricula?
Part B. Sexually Transmitted Infections and HIV Disease Issue 10. Is There Academic Merit to Students Viewing Live Sexual
32. Hooking Up and Sexual Risk Taking among College Students: A Acts in College Courses?
Health Belief Model Perspective Issue 11. Should Libraries and Other Places That Provide Public Wi-Fi
33. Rationing Antiretroviral Therapy in Africa—Treating Too Few, Restrict the Sexual Content?
Too Late Issue 12.Is Pornography Harmful?
34. HIV Plan B Issue 13. Should Prostitution Be Legalized?
35. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why Issue 14. Is Female Circumcision/FGM an Acceptable Practice?
Unit 7: Sexualities and Social Issues Issue 15. Should Same-Sex Marriage Be Legal?
36. Flower Grandma’s Secret Issue 16. Do Reality TV Shows Portray Responsible Messages About
37. Porn Panic! Teen Pregnancy?
38. Does Proximity to Schools Tempt Former Sex Offenders? Unit 3 Sex and Reproduction
39. Domestic Abuse Myths Issue 17. Should Pharmacists Have the Right to Refuse Contraceptive
40. Male Rape Myths: The Role of Gender, Violence, and Sexism Prescriptions?
41. Effects of Sexual Assaults on Men: Physical, Mental and Sexual Issue 18. Is Abortion Moral?
Consequences Issue 19. Should There Be Restrictions on the Number of Embryos
Test-Your-Knowledge Form Transferred during In-Vitro Fertilization?
Article Rating Form Issue 20. Should Parents Be Allowed to Select the Sex of Their
Baby?

32
Health

TAKING SIDES: CLASHING VIEWS IN


GENDER
AIDS Education
5th Edition
Jacquelyn W White
2011 / 432 pages
ISBN: 9780078049941
Available: March 2010
NEW *9780073527659*
www.mhhe.com/takingsides
Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a
debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop
critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an
issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge
AIDS UPDATE 2012
questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of 21st Edition
selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide Gerald Stine, University of South Florida
with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides
in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www.
mhhe.com/takingsides for more details.

CONTENTS 2012 / 512 pages


ISBN: 9780073527659
Unit 1 Definitions and Cultural Boundaries: A Moving Target
Issue 1. Is Anatomy Destiny? Available: December 2011
Issue 2. Is Sexual Orientation Innate? www.mhhe.com/specialtopics
Issue 3. Do Sex Differences in Careers in Mathematics and Sciences
Have a Biological Basis? AIDS UPDATE 2012 presents a balanced review of current research
Unit 2 Different Strokes: The Question of Difference and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS
UPDATE 2012 places discussion within a biological, medical,
Issue 4. Are Women and Men More Similar Than Different?
and social framework, helping readers more fully understand this
Issue 5. Is Culture the Primary Source of Sex Differences in devastating pandemic.
Communication Styles?
Issue 6. Do Nice Guys Finish Last? NEW TO THIS EDITION
Unit 3 Violence in the Daily Lives of Women and Men
Issue 7. Gender Symmetry: Do Women and Men Commit Equal Levels v Information on the first 31 years and counting of HIV/AIDS.
of Violence Against Intimate Partners?
v Estimated data and information out to years 2015 and 2025 is
Issue 8. Does Pornography Reduce the Incidence of Rape?
provided.
Issue 9. Is Cyberbullying Related to Gender?
Unit 4 From Ozzie and Harriet to My Two Dads: Gender in v Many photographs, figures, tables, highlighted or boxed ancillary
Childhood information, and line art are new, revised, or relocated.
Issue 10. Should Same-Sex Marriage Be Legal?
v New global data reduction in HIV/AIDS cases from the WHO/
Issue 11. Can Lesbian and Gay Couples Be Appropriate Parents
UNAIDS is presented. The increase in HIV case data for the United
for Children?
States from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
Issue 12. Are Fathers Necessary for Children’s Well-Being?
is also presented.
Issue 13. Should Parents Be Allowed to Choose the Sex of Their
Children? v Updated information and data in every chapter.
Unit 5 From 9 to 5: Gender in the World of Work
Issue 14. Does the “Mommy Track” (Part-Time Work) Improve v “Concepts in HIV Therapy” video available for instructors and
Women’s Lives? students.
Issue 15. Can Social Policies Improve Gender Inequalities in the v Excellent films are available for classroom use at cost. Contact:
Workplace? gstine@bellsouth.net
Issue 16. Is the Gender Wage Gap Justified?
Issue 17. Are Barriers to Women’s Success as Leaders Due to v A testbank is available for instructors.
Societal Obstacles?
Unit 6 Gender and Sexuality: Double Standards, Triple CONTENTS
Standards? About the Author
Issue 18. Should “Abstinence-Until-Marriage” Be the Only Message A Quarter Century of AIDS and Counting: A Humanitarian Crisis
for Teens? AIDS UPDATE 2010
Issue 19. Is “Gender Identity Disorder” an Appropriate Psychiatric Preface
Diagnosis? Introduction: Histories of Global Pandemics, AIDS, Its Place in History,
Issue 20. Should Transgendered Women Be Considered “Real” Overview of HIV/AIDS, International AIDS Conferences and Means
Women? of Remembering—the AIDS Quilt, Candlelight Memorial, and World
AIDS Day
Three Words Echo around the World: AIDS Crisis Worsens!
History of Global Pandemics and Epidemics
Fear, Ignorance, and Condemnation: Who Is to Blame?
Imagine a World without AIDS
Overview of HIV/AIDS
AIDS: A Unique Disease
AIDS: A Cause of Death
Another Anniversary
Other Anniversaries
International AIDS Conferences

33
Health

Means of Remembering Update 2010


The 27th Candlelight Memorial Summary
Walking to Change the Course of the HIV/AIDS Epidemic—United Disclaimer
States Some AIDS Therapy Information Hotlines
Bicycle Riding to Change the Course of the HIV/AIDS Epidemic— Review Questions
United States 5: The Immunology of HIV Disease/AIDS
World AIDS Day: An International Day of Coordinated Action: A Time The Immune System
to Recharge and Reconnect Human Lymphocytes: T Cells and B Cells
The Future Why CD4+ Cells Are Important in HIV Infection—What It Means
National AIDS Hotlines The CD4+ Cell Count—Why It Matters
Useful Internet Addresses Antibodies and HIV Disease
1: AIDS: Defining the Disease and Finding Its Cause Cellular MicroRNAs Contribute to HIV Latency in Resting Primary
The New Millennium CD4+ T Cells
AIDS: A Disease or a Syndrome? Immune System Dysfunction
First Reaction to AIDS: Denial Original Antigenic Sin
What Causes AIDS? The Search for Additional Receptors (Coreceptors) to CD4: Fusin
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Reports or CXCKR-4 (R-4)
Discovery of What Causes AIDS CCKR-5 (R-5) Receptor
Defining the Illness: AIDS and Surveillance Emergence of HIV Strains That Vary in Their Lethal Abilities
Summary In Search of Genetic Resistance to HIV Infection
Review Questions T4 Cell Depletion and Immune Suppression
2: What Causes AIDS: Origin of the AIDS Virus Impact of T4 Cell Depletion
The Cause of AIDS: The Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) Role of Monocytes and Macrophages in HIV Infection
HIV Does Not Cause AIDS: Dissidents and Their Cults: A Minority Where DO T4 or CD4+ Cells Become HIV Infected?
Point of View Summary
News Flash 2010—Leading HIV/AIDS Dissident Cleared of Review Questions
Misconduct Following Complaints Made After He and Others 6: Opportunistic Infections and Cancers Associated with HIV
Published a 2009 Paper Arguing That There Is “As Yet No Proof That Disease/AIDS
HIV Causes AIDS” What Is an Opportunistic Disease?
Dissidents (AIDS Doesn’t Exist or HIV Isn’t the Cause) The Prevalence of Opportunistic Diseases
Summary of HIV/AIDS Dissidents’ Viewpoints Opportunistic Infections in HIV-Infected People
Evidence that HIV Causes AIDS TB: The Leading Cause of Death among HIV-Positive People
Origin of HIV: The AIDS Virus Worldwide
Summary on the Origin of HIV Cancer or Malignancy in HIV/AIDS Patients
Summary Disclaimer
Review Questions Summary
3: Biological Characteristics of HIV Review Questions
Viruses Need a Host Cell in Order to Replicate 7: A Profile of Biological Indicators for HIV Disease and
Viruses Are Parasites Progression to AIDS
Viruses Specific to Cell Type What Is Known and What Is Missing from Our Understanding of
How Do Human T4 or CD4+ Lymphocytes Relate to HIV Infection HIV/AIDS
and AIDS? HIV Disease Defined
Description of HIV; How It Attaches to a Host Cell and Buds Out of Stages of HIV Disease (without Drug Therapy)
the Cell HIV Disease without Symptoms, with Symptoms, and AIDS
HIV Fitness Production of HIV-Specific Antibodies
The HIV Life Cycle Prognostic Biological Markers Related to AIDS Progression
Understanding How HIV Works HIV Infection of the Central Nervous System (CNS)
How HIV Escapes the Infected Cell Neuropathies (Nerve Tissue Damage) in HIV Disease/AIDS
Distinct Genotypes (Subtypes/Clades) of HIV-1 Worldwide Based on Patients
ENV and GAG Proteins Pediatric Clinical Signs and Symptoms
Summary Summary
Review Questions Review Questions
4: Anti-HIV Therapy 8 : E p i d e m i o l o g y a n d Tr a n s m i s s i o n o f t h e H u m a n
Better Drugs, Better Technologies, and Lingering Problems Immunodeficiency Virus
Anti-HIV Therapy Epidemic/Epidemiology
The Good News About ART We Must Stop HIV Transmission Now!
Antiretroviral Therapy (ART) Drugs with FDA Approval Epidemiology of HIV Infection
The HIV Medicine Chest: ART Drugs Receiving FDA Approval Transmission of Two Strains of HIV (HIV-1/HIV-2)
FDA-Approved Nucleoside/Non-Nucleoside Analog Reverse IS HIV Transmitted by Insects?
Transcriptase Inhibitors, Protease Inhibitors, Integrase Inhibitors, HIV Transmission
Entry Inhibitors, and Maturation Inhibitors HIV Transmission in Family/Household Settings
Use of Non-Nucleoside Analog Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors Noncasual Transmission
FDA-Approved Protease Inhibitors Gay Men Putting Themselves at High Risk for HIV Infection
Entry Inhibitors and Problems The Biological Factor
Integrase Inhibitors Injection-Drug Users and HIV Transmission
Development and Selection of HIV Drug-Resistant Mutants United States: Heterosexual Injection-Drug Use (IDU)
Development of HIV Drug Resistance to Protease Inhibitors Injection-Drug Use and HIV Infections in Other Countries
How Combination Drug Therapy Can Reduce the Chance of HIV Other Means of HIV Transmission
Drug Resistance Influence of Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs) on HIV
Viral Load: Its Relationship to HIV Disease and AIDS Transmission and Vice-Versa
Medical Complications Associated with Anti-HIV Drug Therapies Pediatric Transmission
(ART)

34
Health

Conclusion 11: Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS Cases among Women
National AIDS Resources and Children
Summary HIV/AIDS Is Defining the Lives of Millions of Women
Challenge Your Assumptions about the HIV Infected Female Vulnerability to HIV
Review Questions Every Day a Tragedy
9: Preventing the Transmission of HIV Triple Jeopardy
The AIDS Generation: “I Knew Everything about It, and I Still Got It!” Annual International Women’s Day—March 8
Prevention, Not Treatment, Is the Least Expensive and Most Effective Women: AIDS and HIV Infections Worldwide
Way to Reduce the Spread of HIV/AIDS Asia-Pacific Region, Over Five Million HIV Positive: 2010
Global Prevention Women: HIV-Positive and AIDS Cases—United States
Antiretroviral Drugs Have and Impact on Prevention, But We Can’t Childbearing Women: Worldwide
Treat Our Way Out of This Pandemic Internet Resources
Advancing HIV Prevention: New Strategies for a Changing Pediatric HIV-Positive and AIDS Cases—United States: A Fight We
Epidemic Can Win!
Preventing the Transmission of HIV Orphaned Children Due to HIV Infection and AIDS
Sexual Risk Taking Depends on Sexual Activity The Phenomenon of AIDS Orphans
New Rules to an Old Game: Promoting Safer Sex—Nobody Has a Summary
Body to Die For! Review Questions
The Male Condom 12: Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS among Young Adults,
The Female Condom or Femidom (Vaginal Pouch) Ages 13 to 24
An Alternative to Condoms: Vaginal Microbicides (MI-CRO-BA- Global HIV Infections in Young Adults
CIDES) and Circumcision Addressing the AIDS Pandemic among Young Adults
Update 2010—The CAPRISA 004 Study Results How Large Is the Young Adult Population in the United States?
Circumcision and the Prevention of HIV Transmission HIV/AIDS Won’t Affect Us!
Injection-Drug Use (IDU) and HIV Transmission: The Twin Estimate of HIV-Infected and AIDS Cases among Young Adults in the
Epidemics United States, Globally
HIV Prevention for Injection-Drug Users Summary
Prevention of Blood and Blood Product HIV Transmission Internet
Infection Control Procedures Other Useful Sources
Sexual Partner Notification: Disclosure Review Questions
The U.S. Federal Government Has Now Adopted Partner Notification 13: Testing for Human Immunodeficiency Virus
as Its Cornerstone in Its Effort to Help Control the Spread of HIV Determining the Presence of Antibody Produced When HIV Is
The First Human Vaccine: The Impact of Vaccines on Infectious Present
Diseases Requests for HIV Testing
HIV Vaccine Development and Its Role in Prevention Reasons for HIV Testing: I Know, I Took the Test
How These Two Neutralizing Antibodies Work Laboratory Methods for Detecting HIV
Types of Experimental HIV Vaccines ELISA HIV Antibody Test
DNA Vaccine Western Blot Assay
Problems in the Search for HIV Vaccine New ELISA Antibody Testing and Viral Load Procedures Reveal Early
September 2009—News Broken that a Partially Effective HIV Vaccine Versus Late HIV Infection
Was Found! Rapid Result HIV Testing
Summary FDA Approves Home HIV Antibody Test Kit
Review Questions Some Screening and Confirmatory Antigen-Detection Tests for HIV
10: Prevalence of HIV Infections, AIDS Cases, and Deaths among Deciding Who Should Get an HIV Test and When
Select Groups in the United States and in Other Countries Why Is HIV Test Information Necessary?
A Word about HIV/AIDS Data Immigration and Travel Ban into the United States Is Lifted
Year 2011 Testing, Privacy, Competency, and Informed Consent
Formula for Estimating HIV Infections Summary
Behavioral Risk Groups and Statistical Evaluation Review Questions
September 18: Annual National HIV/AIDS Aging Awareness Day 14: AIDS and Society: Knowledge, Attitudes, and Behavior
Estimates of AIDS Cases and HIV Infection HIV/AIDS Is a Story in Our Lifetime
Newly Infected The New Millennium and HIV/AIDS
Shape of the HIV Pandemic: United States HIV/AIDS Is an Unusual Social Disease
Estimates of Deaths and Years of Potential Life Lost Due to AIDS in Discrimination vs. Compassion and Support
the United States HIV/AIDS Is Here to Stay
Selected Nations/Countries Have Different Epidemics. Each Faces AIDS Comes to the United States
Its Own Reality Blame Someone, Déjà Vu
Canada’s Estimated HIV/AIDS Cases through 2009: Population 110 Fear: Panic and Hysteria over the Spread of HIV/AIDS in the United
Million States
United Kingdom’s (UK) Estimated HIV/AIDS Cases through 2009: Whom Is the General Public to Believe?
Population 61 Million AIDS Education and Behavior: Dissipating Fear with Education
Global Prevalence and Impact of HIV/AIDS The Character of Society
Connected but Separate: Each Country a Different Reality, Different Dealing with Discrimination: The Americans with Disabilities Act
Countries, Similar Questions, but Different Answers, Different Federal and Private Sector Financing: Creation of an AIDS Industry
Epidemics U.S. Government Believes HIV/AIDS Is a Threat to National
Workforce—South Africa: Some Examples Security
Education: Teachers and Students—South Africa and Some Countries Global HIV/AIDS Funding for Underdeveloped Nations
in Southern Africa Forms of U.S. Monetary Assistance for HIV/AIDS
Other HIV/AIDS Time Bombs in Asia: India, China, and Russia Summary
Summary Review Questions
Review Questions Answers to Review Questions

35
Health

Glossary 13 Testing for Human Immunodeficiency Virus 356


References 14 AIDS and Society: Knowledge, Attitudes, and Behavior 389
Index Review Questions 432
Answers to Review Questions 434
Glossary 442
References 453
Index 480
AIDS UPDATE 2011
20th Edition
Gerald J Stine, University of South Florida

Personal Health
2011 / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073527635
Available: December 2010
www.mhhe.com/specialtopics
AIDS UPDATE 2011 presents a balanced review of current research
and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS
UPDATE 2011 places discussion within a biological, medical,
NEW *9780073529738*
and social framework, helping readers more fully understand this
devastating pandemic.

CONTENTS
About the Author iii FOCUS ON HEALTH
A Quarter Century of AIDS and Counting: A Humanitarian Crisis x 11th Edition
AIDS UPDATE 2011 xx
Dale B Hahn, Wayne A Payne and Ellen B
Preface xxii Lucas of Ball State University
Introduction: Histories of Global Pandemics, AIDS, Its Place in History,
Overview of HIV/AIDS, International AIDS Conferences and Means
of Remembering-the AIDS Quilt, Candlelight Memorial, and World
AIDS Day 1 2013 / 512 pages
Three Words Echo around the World: AIDS Crisis Worsens! 1
ISBN: 9780073529738 (Loose Leaf Edition)
History of Global Pandemics and Epidemics 1
Available: January 2012
Fear, Ignorance, and Condemnation: Who Is to Blame? 2
Imagine a World without AIDS 2 www.mhhe.com/hahn11e
Overview of HIV/AIDS 4
[Details unavailable at press time]
AIDS: A Unique Disease 5
AIDS: A Cause of Death 5
Another Anniversary 6
Other Anniversaries 6
International AIDS Conferences 6
Means of Remembering 7
The 27th Candlelight Memorial 8 NEW *9780073529752*
Walking to Change the Course of the HIV/AIDS Epidemic-United
States 8 UNDERSTANDING YOUR HEALTH
Bicycle Riding to Change the Course of the HIV/AIDS Epidemic- 12th Edition
United States 10 Wayne A Payne, Dale B Hahn and Ellen B Lucas of Ball State University
World AIDS Day: An International Day of Coordinated Action: A Time
2013 / 672 pages
to Recharge and Reconnect 10
ISBN: 9780073529752 (Loose Leaf Edition)
The Future 11
National AIDS Hotlines 12 Available: January 2012
Useful Internet Addresses 13 www.mhhe.com/payne12e
1 AIDS: Defining the Disease and Finding Its Cause 15
2 What Causes AIDS: Origin of the AIDS Virus 26 NEW TO THIS EDITION
3 Biological Characteristics of HIV 44
v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/
4 Anti-HIV Therapy 62
TS_Health_and_Society_10e.pdf
5 The Immunology of HIV Disease/AIDS 98
6 Opportunistic Infections and Cancers Associated with HIV v This convenient guide matches the issues in Taking Sides:
Disease/AIDS 128 Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e with the corresponding
7 A Profile of Biological Indicators for HIV Disease and chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Health textbooks by
Progression to AIDS 148 Insel/Roth and Payne et al.
8 Epidemiology and Transmission of the Human Immunodeficiency
Virus 170
9 Preventing the Transmission of HIV 219
10 Prevalence of HIV Infections, AIDS Cases, and Deaths among
Select Groups in the United States and in Other Countries 269
11 Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS Cases among Women
and Children 314
12 Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS among Young Adults,
Ages 13 to 24 342

36
Health

v This convenient guide matches the issues in Taking Sides:


NEW *9780077496036* Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e with the corresponding
chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Health textbooks by
Insel/Roth and Payne et al.

CONTENTS

CORE CONCEPTS BIG Chapter 1: Taking Charge of Your Health


Chapter 2: Stress: The Constant Challenge
EDITION WITH CONNECT Chapter 3: Psychological Health
PLUS ACCESS CARD Chapter 4: Intimate Relationships and Communication
12th Edition Chapter 5: Sexuality, Pregnancy, and Childbirth
Chapter 6: Contraception and Abortion
Paul M Insel, Stanford University
Chapter 7: The Use and Abuse of Psychoactive Drugs
Chapter 8: Alcohol and Tobacco
2012 Chapter 9: Nutrition Basics
ISBN: 9780077496036 Chapter 10: Exercise for Health and Fitness
Available: April 2011 Chapter 11: Weight Management
[Details unavailable at press time] Chapter 12: Cardiovascular Health and Cancer
Chapter 13: Immunity and Infection
Chapter 14: Environmental Health
Chapter 15: Conventional and Complementary Medicine
Chapter 16: Personal Safety
Chapter 17: The Challenge of Aging
NEW *9780073404677*
Appendix: Nutrition Resources

CONNECT CORE FOCUS ON HEALTH


CONCEPTS IN HEALTH 10th Edition
Dale B Hahn, Wayne A Payne and Ellen B Lucas of Ball State University
12th Edition
2011 / 512 pages
Paul M Insel and Walton T Roth of Stanford
University ISBN: 9780073380896
Available: February 2010
www.mhhe.com/hahn10e
2012 / 464 pages
ISBN: 9780073404677 (Loose leaf Edition) This text offers an exciting and practical approach to the teaching of
the traditional content areas of personal health. Its two key themes--
Available: February 2011 the six dimensions of health and the five developmental tasks--help
www.mhhe.com/inselbrief12e students apply the text’s content to their own lives, by improving their
decision-making skills. The companion Online Learning Center offers
Connect Personal Health is now seamlessly and deeply integrated a wealth of pedagogical and assessment features, including quizzes,
with Blackboard and Blackboard related course management links, study aids, and more.
systems. Connect is an interactive online learning system that
provides interactive multimedia-driven activities and assessments, CONTENTS
such as interactive quizzes, video activities, health assessments,
Chapter 1: Shaping Your Health
Internet research activities, online behavior change workbook, a
fitness and nutrition log, and a multimedia ebook. Most activities Part One: The Mind
and assessments are auto graded, entered into the grade book, and Chapter 2: Achieving Psychological Health
automatically uploaded to blackboard. This saves saves you time, Chapter 3: Managing Stress
holds your students accountable, and allows for seamless Course Part Two: The Body
Management integration. Only one sign-on is needed for access to Chapter 4: Becoming Physically Fit
Blackboard and Connect, the grade book is integrated, and much Chapter 5: Understanding Nutrition and Your Diet
much more. To address today’s students’ need for more portable, more Chapter 6: Maintaining a Healthy Weight
relevant classroom tools, we are providing the Insel: Core Concepts Part Three: Preventing Drug Abuse and Dependence
in Health 12e in a three-hole punched, loose-leaf version. Ask your
Chapter 7: Making Decisions About Drug and Alcohol Use
rep for the correct ISBN to also provide each student full access to
Connect Plus and the multimedia e-book at no extra charge with each Chapter 8: Rejecting Tobacco Use
copy of the loose-leaf text. Part Four: Preventing Diseases
Chapter 9: Reducing Your Risk of Cardiovascular Disease
NEW TO THIS EDITION Chapter 10: Living with Cancer and Chronic Conditions
Chapter 11: Preventing Infectious Diseases
v Wellness Worksheets, Connect Plus, “Connect to your Choices” Part Five: Sexuality and Reproduction
Feature, LearnSmart Chapter 12: Understanding Sexuality
v Connect Plus and LearnSmart Chapter 13: Managing Your Fertility
Part Six: Consumer and Safety Issues
v “In the News” Features that show rigorous data and information Chapter 14: Becoming an Informed Health Care Consumer
on Personal Health, Connect Plus, and LearnSmart Chapter 15: Protecting Your Safety
Chapter 16: The Environment and Your Health
v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/
Part Seven: Completing Life’s Journey
TS_Health_and_Society_10e.pdf
Chapter 17: Accepting Dying and Death
Glossary

37
Health

Photo Credits iHEALTH WITH CONNECT PERSONAL


Index HEALTH ACCESS CARD
Phillip Sparling, Georgia Institute of Tech
Kerry Redican, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Steve Dion, Salem State College
2011
UNDERSTANDING YOUR HEALTH ISBN: 9780077381080
Available: January 2010
11th Edition
Wayne A Payne, Dale B Hahn and Ellen B Lucas of Ball State University www.mhhe.com/sparling1e
2011 / 672 pages Featuring 13 chapters of essential personal health content in a brief
ISBN: 9780073380889 handbook format, and accompanied by 66 online, assignable health
Available: February 2010 articles, iHealth offers a truly innovative approach to teaching the
personal health course. iHealth was designed to highlight visual
www.mhhe.com/payne11e appeal, brevity, portability, and function while focusing on the essential
topics in health that are most fundamental to overall wellness. The
This text offers an exciting and practical approach to the teaching of text covers the core principles and common language of personal
the traditional content areas of personal health. Its two key themes-- health and distills content down into small, manageable portions.
the six dimensions of health and the five developmental tasks--help The focus on core content gives instructors more time for exploring
students apply the text’s content to their own lives by improving their special topics or issues during class sessions, supported by 66 articles
decision-making skills. The companion Online Learning Center offers assignable via Connect Personal Health. Together, the concise text
a wealth of pedagogical and assessment features, including quizzes, and Connect give instructors ample opportunities to elicit and promote
links, study aids, and more. greater student engagement.
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Shaping Your Health Part I--Foundations of Personal Health
Part One: The Mind Chapter 1 Foundations of Personal Health
Chapter 2: Achieving Psychological Health Part II--Health Services
Chapter 3: Managing Stress Chapter 2 Choose a Healthy Diet
Part Two: The Body Chapter 3 Develop a Fitness Program
Chapter 4: Becoming Physically Fit Chapter 4 Understand Drugs Use, Misuse, and Abuse
Chapter 5: Understanding Nutrition and Your Diet Chapter 5 Respect Sexuality
Chapter 6: Maintaining a Healthy Weight Chapter 6 Manage Stress
Part Three: Preventing Drug Abuse and Dependence Part III--Medical Conditions
Chapter 7: Making Decisions About Drug Use Chapter 7 Mental Health and Disorders
Chapter 8: Taking Control of Alcohol Use Chapter 8 Heart Disease and Stroke
Chapter 9: Rejecting Tobacco Use Chapter 9 Cancers
Part Four: Preventing Diseases Chapter 10 Diabetes
Chapter 10: Enhancing Your Cardiovascular Health Chapter 11 Infections
Chapter 11: Living with Cancer Part IV--Navigating the Health Care System
Chapter 12: Managing Chronic Conditions Chapter 12 U.S. Health Care System: Fundamentals
Chapter 13: Preventing Infectious Diseases Chapter 13 Personal Health Care: Decision Making
Part Five: Sexuality and Reproduction Part V--Resources Connect Personal Health Online Articles
Chapter 14: Exploring the Origins of Sexuality Below is a list of the 66 health-related articles available via the
Chapter 15: Understanding Sexual Behavior and Relationships Connect Personal Health website.
Chapter 16: Managing Your Fertility
Chapter 17: Becoming a Parent
Part Six: Consumer and Safety Issues
Chapter 18: Becoming an Informed Health Care Consumer
Chapter 19: Protecting Your Safety
Chapter 20: The Environment and Your Health YOUR HEALTH TODAY
Part Seven: Completing Life’s Journey Choices in a Changing Society, 3rd Edition
Chapter 21: Accepting Dying and Death
Michael L Teague, University of Iowa-Iowa City
Appendix A: First Aid Sara L C Mackenzie, University of Washington
Glossary David M Rosenthal, Columbia University
Photo Credits 2011 / 480 pages
Index ISBN: 9780073380926
Available: November 2010
www.mhhe.com/teague3e

,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK For your classes in Personal Health McGraw-Hill introduces the


latest in its acclaimed M Series. The M Series started with your
students. McGraw-Hill conducted extensive market research with
0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU over 4,000 students to gain insight into their studying and buying
WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ behavior. Students told us they wanted more portable texts with
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU innovative visual appeal and content that is designed according to
the way they learn. We also surveyed instructors, and they told us
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
they wanted a way to engage their students without compromising
on high quality content.
9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK This exciting text presents personal health in the context of a changing
social and cultural environment. Going beyond behavior change and
individual responsibility, it offers a broadened view of health that

38
Health

includes the impact of family, community, and society. It’s a new way guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
of looking at health: “It’s not just personal...” using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
com/annualeditions for more details.
More current, more portable, more captivating, plus a rigorous and
innovative research foundation adds up to: more learning. When CONTENTS
you meet students where they are, you can take them where you
Unit 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change
want them to be.
1. Crimes of the Heart
2. The Perils of Higher Education
CONTENTS
3. Carrots, Sticks, and Health Care Reform—Problems with Wellness
1 Health in a Changing Society Incentives
2 Your Family Health History Unit 2: Stress and Mental Health
3 Mental Health and Stress 4. The Depressing News about Antidepressants
4 Spirituality 5. “I Can’t Let Anything Go”: A Case Study with Psychological Testing
5 Sleep of a Patient with Pathologic Hoarding
6 Nutrition 6. Internet Addiction
7 Fitness Unit 3: Nutritional Health
8 Body Weight and Body Composition 7. Antioxidants: Fruitful Research and Recommendations
9 Body Image 8. Keeping a Lid on Salt: Not So Easy
10 Alcohol and Tobacco 9. Fruit Loopiness
11 Drugs 10. F.D.A. Panel to Consider Warnings for Artificial Food Colorings
12 Relationships and Sexual Health Unit 4: Exercise and Weight Management
13 Reproductive Choices 11. Phys Ed: Why Wii Fit Is Best for Grandparents
14 Infectious Diseases 12. Defeating Childhood Obesity
15 Cardiovascular Health 13. Eat Like a Greek
16 Cancer 14. Dieting on a Budget
17 Injury and Violence 15. In Obesity Epidemic, What’s One Cookie?
Personal Health Portfolio Unit 5: Drugs and Health
Supplemental eBook chapters 16. Great Drug, but Does It Prolong Life?
18 Complementary and Alternative Medicine 17. Caffeinated Alcohol in a Can, Four Loko Does the Job, Students
19 Environmental Issues Agree
18. The New Quitter.
Unit 6: Sexuality and Relationships
19. The Thoroughly Modern Guide to Breakups
20. The Conservative Case for Gay Marriage

Personal Health – 21. Is Pornography Adultery?


Unit 7: Preventing and Fighting Disease
Readers 22. Sex, Drugs, Prisons, and HIV
23. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions
24. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why
25. A Mandate in Texas: The Story of a Compulsory Vaccination and
What It Means
NEW *9780078051036*
Unit 8: Health Care and the Health Care System
26. Pharmacist Refusals: A Threat to Women’s Health
27. The Cost Implications of Health Care Reform
28. Myth Diagnosis
29. The Case for Killing Granny
30. Incapacitated, Alone and Treated to Death
ANNUAL EDITIONS: Unit 9: Consumer Health
HEALTH 12/13 31. Vaccine Refusal, Mandatory Immunization, and the Risks of
33rd Edition Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
32. Medical Tourism: What You Should Know
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma
34. Is Your Food Contaminated?
35. Hazardous Health Plans
2012 / 224 pages 36. The Rough Road to Dreamland
ISBN: 9780078051036 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy
Available: October 2011 Unit 10: Contemporary Health Hazards
38. The Warrior’s Brain
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions 39. Discovering Teenagers’ Risky “Game” Too Late
40. Chemical in Plastic Bottles Fuels Science, Concern—and
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the Litigation
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 41. HIV Apathy
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous 42. MRSA: Hospitals Step Up Fight. Will It Be Enough?
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are 43. Post-Earthquake Public Health in Haiti
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators 44. Countering Radiation Fears with Just the Facts
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
a number of common organizational features designed to make
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general

39
Health

NEW Statistics for Health


*9780078050237* Education

TAKING SIDES: CLASHING


VIEWS IN HEALTH AND INTERNATIONAL EDITION
SOCIETY READY, SET, GO! A STUDENT GUIDE TO
10th Edition SPSS® 13.0 AND 14.0 FOR WINDOWS®
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
2nd Edition
Thomas Pavkov, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
2012 / 448 pages Kent Pierce, Purdue University—Calumet—Hammond
ISBN: 9780078050237 2007 / 96 pages
Available: September 2011 ISBN: 9780073126654
www.mhhe.com/takingsides ISBN: 9780071252973
[IE, CD not included]
Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a
Available: February 2006
debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop
critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an CONTENTS
issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge
Preface
questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide Assignment 1 Learning the Basics of SPSS
with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides Assignment 2 Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive
in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource. Visit www. Statistics
mhhe.com/takingsides for more details. Assignment 3 Presenting Data in Graphic Form
Assignment 4 Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent
NEW TO THIS EDITION Samples
Assignment 5 Testing Research Hypotheses About Two Related
v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/
Sampled
TS_Health_and_Society_10e.pdf
Assignment 6 Comparing Independent Samples with One-Way
v This convenient guide matches the issues in Taking Sides: ANOVA
Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e with the corresponding Assignment 7 Comparing Related Samples with One-Way ANOVA
chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Health textbooks by Assignment 8 Measuring the Simple Relationship Between Two
Insel/Roth and Payne et al. Variables
Assignment 9 Describing the Linear Relationship Between Two
CONTENTS Variables
Unit 1 The Health Care Industry Assignment 10 Assessing the Association Between Two Categorical
Issue 1. Should the United States Adopt a Single-Payer Plan to Fund Variables Appendix
National Health Insurance? Entering Data Using Programs Other Than SPSS
Issue 2. Should Health Care Be Rationed in the US?
Issue 3. Should Prescription Drugs be Advertised Directly to
Consumers?
Unit 2 Health and Society
Issue 4. Are We Winning the War on Cancer?
Issue 5. Should marijuana be legalized for medicinal purposes?
Issue 6. Should Doctors Prescribe Drugs Based on Race?
Issue 7. Should Embryonic Stem Cell Research Be Permitted?
Unit 3 Mind-Body Relationship
Issue 8. Should Addiction to Drugs Be Labeled a Brain Disease?
Issue 9. Do Religion and Prayer Benefit Health?
Unit 4 Sexuality and Gender Issues
Issue 10. Is It Necessary for Pregnant Women to Completely Abstain
from All Alcoholic Beverages?
Issue 11. Should Pro-Life Health Providers Be Allowed to Deny
Prescriptions on the Basis of Conscience?
Issue 12. Should the Cervical Cancer Vaccine for Girls Be Compulsory?
Issue 13. Is There a Post-Abortion Syndrome?
Issue 14. Do Ultra Thin Models and Actresses Influence the Onset
5(9,(:&23<   
of Eating Disorders?
(Available for course adoption only)
Issue 15. Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male
Circumcision? To request for a review copy,
Unit 5 Public Health Issues ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
Issue 16. Is There a Link Between Vaccination and Autism? representatives or,
Issue 17. Do Cell Phones Cause Cancer? ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
Issue 18. Will Global Warming Negatively Impact Human Health?
ƒ e-mail your request to
Issue 19. Is Breastfeeding the Best Way to Feed Babies?
mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,
Unit 6 Consumer Health
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Issue 20. Is It Safe to Consume Genetically Engineered Foods?
Issue 21. Does Obesity Cause a Decline in Life Expectancy?

40
Health

Stress Management COMPREHENSIVE STRESS MANAGEMENT


12th Edition
Jerrold S Greenberg, University of Maryland-College Park
2011 / 464 pages
ISBN: 9780073380919
NEW *9780073529714*
Available: December 2010
www.mhhe.com/greenberg12e
Comprehensive Stress Management helps students identify,
understand, and manage the stressors that most affect their lives.
Written in an informal, anecdotal style, the text presents the latest
COPING WITH STRESS IN A research findings on the physical, psychological, sociological,
and spiritual aspects of stress. The text also provides an in-depth
CHANGING WORLD discussion of a wide variety of coping skills, including relaxation
5th Edition techniques, behavior change interventions, and strategies for defusing
physiological arousal. This engaging, easy-to-read text gives students
Richard Blonna, William Paterson University the tools they need to cope with stress in an increasingly stressful
world. Accompanying the text are instructor and student resources
on the Online Learning Center.
2012 / 432 pages
ISBN: 9780073529714 CONTENTS
Available: May 2011 Part 1 : Scientific Foundations
1: What is Stress?
www.mhhe.com/blonna5e 2: Stress Psychophysiology
Stress doesn’t just happen. It is a dynamic process involving 3: Stress and Illness/Disease
you, a potential stressor, and a specific environment and set of Part 2: General Applications: Life Situation and Perception
circumstances. Coping with Stress in a Changing World will teach Interventions
you how to manage all three elements of this process. The book uses 4: Intervention
the very practical, easy-to-learn Five Rs of Coping Model to help 5: Life-Situation Interventions: Intrapersonal
you become more stress resistant. The Five Rs—Rethink, Reduce, 6: Life-Situation Interventions: Interpersonal
Relax, Release, and Reorganize—will empower you with a variety 7: Perception Interventions
of strategies across five different levels of coping. Manage stressors
8: Spirituality and Stress
with each strategy or in combination. These strategies alert you to
potential stressors before they become full-blown stressors. Part 3: General Applications: Relaxation Techniques
9: Meditation
NEW TO THIS EDITION 10: Autogenic Training, Progressive Relaxation and, Imagery
11: Other Relaxation Techniques
v State-of-the-art Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) Part 4:General Applications: Physiological Arousal and Behavior
principles and practices help students develop greater psychological Change Interventions
flexibility and coping abilities. 12: Physiological Arousal Interventions
13: Strategies for Decreasing Stressful Behaviors
v The 2008 Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans clearly
14: Diversity and Stress
outline how to use varying levels of physical activity to release the
Part 5: Specific Applications
muscle tension and energy associated with the stress response.
15: Occupational Stress
v A continued emphasis on spirituality and diversity, unique to this 16: Stress and the College Student
textbook, provides a wide spectrum of stressor examples and coping 17: Family Stress
methods for students. This edition presents new content drawn from 18: Stress and Older Adults
Asian philosophy, psychology, and spirituality.
v New strategies for helping reduce stress by rethinking “the
big picture” (values, goals, purposeful living) and “the little picture”
(cognitive techniques drawn from ACT) help students to use the power
of their minds to manage potential stressors.
Women’s Health
CONTENTS
Part I Stress & Wellness
1. What is Stress?
2. The Emotional and Intellectual Basis of Stress
3. The Environmental and Occupational Basis of Stress CONTEMPORARY WOMEN’S HEALTH
4. The Social and Spiritual Basis of Stress Issues for Today and the Future,
5. The Physical Basis of Stress
6. The Effects of Stress on the Body and Mind
4th Edition
Part II The Five Rs of Coping with Stress Cheryl A Kolander, University of Louisville
Danny Ramsey Ballard, Texas A&M Univesity
7. Rethinking the Big Picture Cynthia Kay Chandler, University of North Texas
8. Rethinking the Little Picture 2011 / 480 pages
9. Reduce: Finding Your Optimal Level of Stimulation ISBN: 9780073380841
10.Relax: Using Relaxation Techniques to Offset the Effects of
Available: January 2010
Stress
11. Release: Using Physical Activity to Dissipate the Effects of Stress www.mhhe.com/kolander4e
12. Reorganize: Becoming More Stress-Resistant by Improving
Your Health Contemporary Women’s Health provides a balanced, comprehensive
understanding of the health issues affecting women. Health
Epilogue
information is presented within the context of the social and political

41
Health

forces affecting women of all ages, races, and ethnicities. Prevention, Promoting and Protecting Health and Safety
health promotion and becoming a wise health care consumer are Chapter 3: The Comprehensive School Health Education Curriculum:
emphasized throughout the text, while the impact of lifestyle issues A Blueprint for Implementing the National Health Education
and relationships throughout the lifespan on women’s health are Standards
explored. Chapter 4: Instructional Strategies and Technologies: Motivating
Students to Learn
CONTENTS
Section 2: Health Content
Part 1: Foundations of Women’s Health Chapter 5: Mental and Emotional Health
1: Introducing Women’s Health Chapter 6: Family and Social Health
2: Becoming a Wise Consumer Chapter 7: Growth and Development
3: Developing a Healthy Lifestyle Chapter 8: Nutrition
Part 2: Mental and Emotional Wellness Chapter 9: Personal Health and Physical Activity
4: Enhancing Emotional Well-Being Chapter 10: Alcohol, Tobacco, and Other Drugs
5: Managing the Stress of Life Chapter 11: Communicable and Chronic Diseases
Part 3: Sexual and Relational Wellness Chapter 12: Consumer and Community Health
6: Preventing Abuse against Women Chapter 13: Environmental Health
7: Building Healthy Relationships Chapter 14: Injury Prevention and Safety
8: Examining Gynecological Issues Section 3: Totally Awesome Teaching Strategies
9: Designing Your Reproductive Life Plan Chapter 15: Using the Totally Awesome Teaching Strategies
Part 4: Contemporary Lifestyle and Social Issues Section 4: The Meeks Heit K-12 Health Education Curriculum
10: Eating Well Guide: A Model for Implementing the National Health Education
11: Keeping Fit Standards
12: Using Alcohol Responsibly Chapter 16: Using the Meeks Heit K-12 Health Education Curriculum
13: Making Wise Decisions about Tobacco, Caffeine, and Drugs Guide
Part Five: Communicable and Chronic Conditions Appendixes
14: Preventing Sexually Transmitted and Other Infectious Diseases A: National Health Education Standards: Teaching Masters
15: Managing Cardiovascular Health and Chronic Health B: The Teacher’s Encyclopedic Guide for Health Concerns of School-
Conditions Age Youth...from A-Z
16: Reducing Your Risk of Cancer C: Health Resources
Glossary
Index

Elementary & Secondary


School Health Methods NEW *9780073529684*
HEALTH EDUCATION
Elementary and Middle School
NEW Applications, 7th Edition
*9780078028519* Susan K Telljohann, University of Toledo
Cynthia W Symons, Kent State University
COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL HEALTH Beth Pateman, University of Hawaii-Manoa
EDUCATION 2012 / 480 pages
8th Edition ISBN: 9780073529684
Linda Meeks and Philip Heit of Ohio State University (Emeritius) and Available: October 2011
Randy M Page, Brigham Young University-Provo
www.mhhe.com/telljohann7e
2013 / 1024 pages
ISBN: 9780078028519 Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications is a
Available: March 2012 state-of-the art methods book that provides a broad introduction to
successful school health programming to reduce health risks and
The most widely used college health education text and teacher promote school success. Now in its Seventh Edition, the text continues
resource book, Comprehensive School Health Education provides to emphasize the skills needed to teach health, while providing
everything needed to teach health in grades in grades K-12. This background information on key health topics. This practical approach
text prepares teachers to design and implement a curriculum that prepares pre-service elementary and middle school teachers to
integrates the 2007 National Health Education Standards (NHES), provide quality health instruction. All the suggested teaching activities
the six categories of risk behavior identified by the CDC, and the are aligned with the National Health Education Standards and include
ten content areas of school health. Included are Totally Awesome sample assessment strategies.
Teaching Strategies™, reproducible Teaching Masters, and a
Curriculum Guide, all keyed to the NHES at age-appropriate grade NEW TO THIS EDITION
levels. With more than 120 teaching strategies to use as lesson plans,
Comprehensive School Health Education offers teachers and future v New Coverage of the Updated Health Education Curriculum
teachers a dynamic and empowering approach to teaching health Analysis Tool (HECAT). Coverage of HECAT has been completely
skills and promoting lifelong healthy behaviors in their students. revised to reflect the latest version available from the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention and includes new versions of the
CONTENTS listings of developmentally appropriate concepts and skills.
Section 1: Comprehensive School Health Education
v Updated and Expanded Topics. The Health Content Chapter
Chapter 1: A Nation at Risk: The Need for Comprehensive School
now includes the 2010 Guidelines for Americans, the “Let’s Move”
Health Education
Federal Initiative.
Chapter 2: School Health Services and Healthful School Environment:

42
Health

v Expanded Teaching Activities. The “Strategies for Learning the college student’s immediate and global environment such as
and Assessment” sections have been expanded to include many coping with stress, maintaining physical health, and making decisions
new activities (additional activities are provided at the text’s Online about alcohol and smoking. This edition contains clear descriptions of
Learning Center). current research into the prevention, treatment, and causes (social,
genetic, and biological) of specific health related disorders.
CONTENTS
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Section I
Foundations of Health Education v New Section on the History of health psychology has been
1 Coordinated School Health added to Chapter 1 to ground students in the origins and evolution
2 Comprehensive School Health Education of the field.
3 Standards-Based Planning, Teaching, and Assessment in
4 Building and Managing the Safe and Positive Learning v Expanded Coverage of Neuroscience has been added
Environment to Chapter 1 to help students understand the pathways whereby
Section II psychological and social factors affect health.
Helping Students Develop Skills for Positive Health Habits v Discussion of Genetics and genetic counseling in Chapter 2
5 Promoting Mental and Emotional Health has been expanded to further illustrate the increasing importance of
6 Promoting Healthy Eating research in the field of health psychology.
7 Promoting Physical Activity
8 Promoting Safety and Preventing Unintentional Injury v Influence of Social Networks—both real and online—on health
9 Promoting Personal Health and Wellness habits is discussed in Chapters 4, 5, and 11, demonstrating the variety
Section III of support networks available.
Helping Students Translate Their Skills to Manage Health Risks v Cultural Differences and Language Barriers that can affect
10 Preventing Intentional Injuries and Violence access to health services are covered in Chapter 9, showing students
11 Promoting a Tobacco-Free Lifestyle the possible complications of a multicultural society.
12 Promoting an Alcohol- and Other Drug–Free Lifestyle
13 Promoting Sexual Health v New Section on Type I Diabetes has been added to Chapter
14 Managing Loss, Death, and Grief 14 on autoimmune diseases to differentiate it from type II diabetes,
Appendices covered in Chapter 13.
A 2007 National Health Education Standards for Grades Pre-K–8
v Current Events such as the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina and
B RMC Rubrics for the National Health Education Standards
the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are featured in several chapters.
C Development Characteristics and Needs of Students in Elementary
and Middle Grades: A Foundation for Age-Appropriate Practice CONTENTS
D Activity Listings by Content Area, Grade Level, and NHES
PREFACE
Standard
Part One–Introduction To Health Psychology
Chapter 1–What Is Health Psychology?
Chapter 2–The Systems of the Body
Part Two–Health Behavior And Primary Prevention
Chapter 3–Health Behaviors
Mental Health Chapter 4–Specific Health-Related Behaviors
Chapter 5–Health-Compromising Behaviors: Alcoholism and
Smoking
Part Three–Stress And Coping
Chapter 6–Stress
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Chapter 7–Moderators of the Stress Experience
Part Four–The Patient In The Treatment Setting
Chapter 8–Using Health Services
NEW *9780078035197*
Chapter 9–Patient-Provider Relations
Chapter 10–The Management of Pain and Discomfort
Part Five–Management Of Chronic And Terminal Illness
Chapter 11–Management of Chronic Illness
Chapter 12–Psychological Issues in Advancing and Terminal
Illness
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY
Chapter 13–Heart Disease, Hypertension, Stroke, and Type II
Diabetes
8th Edition Chapter 14–Psychoneuroimmunology and Immune-Related
Shelley E Taylor, University of Disorders
California-Los Angeles Part Six–Toward The Future
Chapter 15–Health Psychology: Challenges for the Future
Glossary
2012 / 576 pages References
ISBN: 9780078035197 Credits
ISBN: 9780071086868 [IE] Name Index
Available: June 2011 Subject Index

www.mhhe.com/taylorhealth8e
The eighth edition of Health Psychology highlights health issues that
face the college student and his or her family through both accessible
research examples and profiles of interventions. Drawing on current,
cutting-edge research, the text highlights health issues relevant to

43
Health

Health Issues – Readers 22. Sex, Drugs, Prisons, and HIV


23. New Mammogram Guidelines Raise Questions
24. Who Still Dies of AIDS, and Why
25. A Mandate in Texas: The Story of a Compulsory Vaccination and
What It Means
NEW *9780078051036*
Unit 8: Health Care and the Health Care System
26. Pharmacist Refusals: A Threat to Women’s Health
27. The Cost Implications of Health Care Reform
28. Myth Diagnosis
29. The Case for Killing Granny
30. Incapacitated, Alone and Treated to Death
ANNUAL EDITIONS: Unit 9: Consumer Health
HEALTH 12/13 31. Vaccine Refusal, Mandatory Immunization, and the Risks of
Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
33rd Edition 32. Medical Tourism: What You Should Know
Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport 33. Bed Bugs: The Pesticide Dilemma
34. Is Your Food Contaminated?
35. Hazardous Health Plans
2012 / 224 pages 36. The Rough Road to Dreamland
ISBN: 9780078051036 37. The Surprising Reason Why Heavy Isn’t Healthy
Available: October 2011 Unit 10: Contemporary Health Hazards
38. The Warrior’s Brain
www.mhhe.com/annualeditions 39. Discovering Teenagers’ Risky “Game” Too Late
40. Chemical in Plastic Bottles Fuels Science, Concern—and
The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
Litigation
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the
most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today. 41. HIV Apathy
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous 42. MRSA: Hospitals Step Up Fight. Will It Be Enough?
monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are 43. Post-Earthquake Public Health in Haiti
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators 44. Countering Radiation Fears with Just the Facts
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
a number of common organizational features designed to make
them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section.
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general NEW *9780078050237*
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe.
com/annualeditions for more details.

CONTENTS
TAKING SIDES: CLASHING
Unit 1: Promoting Healthy Behavior Change
1. Crimes of the Heart VIEWS IN HEALTH AND
2. The Perils of Higher Education SOCIETY
3. Carrots, Sticks, and Health Care Reform—Problems with Wellness 10th Edition
Incentives Eileen L Daniel, Suny-Brockport
Unit 2: Stress and Mental Health
4. The Depressing News about Antidepressants
2012 / 448 pages
5. “I Can’t Let Anything Go”: A Case Study with Psychological Testing
of a Patient with Pathologic Hoarding ISBN: 9780078050237
6. Internet Addiction Available: September 2011
Unit 3: Nutritional Health www.mhhe.com/takingsides
7. Antioxidants: Fruitful Research and Recommendations
8. Keeping a Lid on Salt: Not So Easy Taking Sides volumes present current controversial issues in a
9. Fruit Loopiness debate-style format designed to stimulate student interest and develop
10. F.D.A. Panel to Consider Warnings for Artificial Food Colorings critical thinking skills. Each issue is thoughtfully framed with an
issue summary, an issue introduction, and a postscript or challenge
Unit 4: Exercise and Weight Management
questions. Taking Sides readers feature an annotated listing of
11. Phys Ed: Why Wii Fit Is Best for Grandparents selected World Wide Web sites. An online Instructor’s Resource Guide
12. Defeating Childhood Obesity with testing material is available for each volume. Using Taking Sides
13. Eat Like a Greek in the Classroom is also an excellent instructor resource.
14. Dieting on a Budget
15. In Obesity Epidemic, What’s One Cookie? NEW TO THIS EDITION
Unit 5: Drugs and Health
16. Great Drug, but Does It Prolong Life? v Correlation Guide: www.mhhe.com/mhcp/CorrelationGuides/
17. Caffeinated Alcohol in a Can, Four Loko Does the Job, Students TS_Health_and_Society_10e.pdf
Agree v This convenient guide matches the issues in Taking Sides:
18. The New Quitter. Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e with the corresponding
Unit 6: Sexuality and Relationships chapters in two of our best-selling McGraw-Hill Health textbooks by
19. The Thoroughly Modern Guide to Breakups Insel/Roth and Payne et al.
20. The Conservative Case for Gay Marriage
21. Is Pornography Adultery?
Unit 7: Preventing and Fighting Disease

44
Health

CONTENTS CONTENTS
Unit 1 The Health Care Industry NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Workbook
Issue 1. Should the United States Adopt a Single-Payer Plan to Fund Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency
National Health Insurance? Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission
Issue 2. Should Health Care Be Rationed in the US? Lesson 3 Check the Victim
Issue 3. Should Prescription Drugs be Advertised Directly to Lesson 4 Basic Life Support
Consumers? Lesson 5 Recovery Position
Unit 2 Health and Society Lesson 6 Choking
Issue 4. Are We Winning the War on Cancer? Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain
Issue 5. Should marijuana be legalized for medicinal purposes? Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care
Issue 6. Should Doctors Prescribe Drugs Based on Race? Lesson 9 Shock
Issue 7. Should Embryonic Stem Cell Research Be Permitted? Lesson 10 Burns
Unit 3 Mind-Body Relationship Lesson 11 Serious Injuries
Issue 8. Should Addiction to Drugs Be Labeled a Brain Disease? Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries
Issue 9. Do Religion and Prayer Benefit Health? Lesson 13 Sudden Illness
Unit 4 Sexuality and Gender Issues Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions
Issue 10. Is It Necessary for Pregnant Women to Completely Abstain Lesson 15 Poisoning
from All Alcoholic Beverages? Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies
Issue 11. Should Pro-Life Health Providers Be Allowed to Deny Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims
Prescriptions on the Basis of Conscience?
Issue 12. Should the Cervical Cancer Vaccine for Girls Be
Compulsory?
Issue 13. Is There a Post-Abortion Syndrome?

Adolescent Health
Issue 14. Do Ultra Thin Models and Actresses Influence the Onset
of Eating Disorders?
Issue 15. Is There a Valid Reason for Routine Infant Male
Circumcision?
Unit 5 Public Health Issues
Issue 16. Is There a Link Between Vaccination and Autism?
Issue 17. Do Cell Phones Cause Cancer?
Issue 18. Will Global Warming Negatively Impact Human Health? NEW *9780073519982*
Issue 19. Is Breastfeeding the Best Way to Feed Babies?
Unit 6 Consumer Health NSC PEDIATRIC FIRST AID, CPR & AED
Issue 20. Is It Safe to Consume Genetically Engineered Foods? 3rd Edition
Issue 21. Does Obesity Cause a Decline in Life Expectancy?
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 160 pages
ISBN: 9780073519982
Available: August 2011

CPR
[Details unavailable at press time]

Drug Education
NEW *9780073519951*
FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT
WORKBOOK
4th Edition NEW
National Safety Council NSC *9780078051234*
2012 / 64 pages ANNUAL EDITIONS: DRUGS, SOCIETY, AND
ISBN: 9780073519951 (Workbook) BEHAVIOR 12/13
Available: July 2011
27th Edition
Prepare your students to respond in an emergency Mary H Maguire, California State University
Clifford Garoupa, Fresno City College
Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until 2013 / 224 pages
professional help arrives is critical to saving lives. ISBN: 9780078051234
Available: February 2012
This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and
OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace. www.mhhe.com/annualeditions
What you will learn The Annual Editions series is designed to provide convenient,
inexpensive access to a wide range of current articles from some of the
v Recognize an emergency most respected magazines, newspapers, and journals published today.
Annual Editions are updated on a regular basis through a continuous
v Act appropriately monitoring of over 300 periodical sources. The articles selected are
authored by prominent scholars, researchers, and commentators
v Sustain life until professional help arrives
writing for a general audience. The Annual Editions volumes have
a number of common organizational features designed to make

45
Health

them particularly useful in the classroom: a general introduction; an Unit 7: Prevention, Treatment, and Education
annotated table of contents; a topic guide; an annotated listing of 36. Crime and Treatment: Overcrowded Prisons and Addicted Inmates
selected World Wide Web sites; and a brief overview for each section. Are a Tough Challenge for Lawmakers
Each volume also offers an online Instructor’s Resource Guide with 37. Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders: When Science, Medicine,
testing materials. Using Annual Editions in the Classroom is a general
Public Policy and Laws Collide
guide that provides a number of interesting and functional ideas for
using Annual Editions readers in the classroom. Visit www.mhhe. 38. U.S. and Europe Split over Drugs Policy
com/annualeditions for more details. 39. Portugal’s Drug Policy Pays Off; U.S. Eyes Lessons
40. Transcending the Medical Frontiers: Exploring the Future of
NEW TO THIS EDITION Psychedelic Drug Research

v Enhanced Pedagogy! Learning Outcomes at the beginning of


each unit. Critical Thinking questions at the end of each article.

CONTENTS
Unit 1: Living with Drugs
1. History of Alcohol and Drinking around the World
2. Can Sips at Home Prevent Binges?
3. Tackling Top Teen Problem—Prescription Drugs
4. When Booze was Banned But Pot Was Not
5. …Having a Great Detox
6. Scientists Are High on Idea That Marijuana Reduces Memory
Impairment
Unit 2: Understanding How Drugs Work—Use, Dependency,
and Addiction
7. Drug Addiction and Its Effects, Drug Abuse and Addiction
8. Family History of Alcohol Abuse Associated with Problematic
Drinking among College Students
9. Adolescent Substance Abuse: America’s #1 Public Health
Problem
10. Medical Marijuana and the Mind
11. Scripps Research Team Finds Stress Hormone Key to Alcohol
Dependence
12. The Genetics of Alcohol and Other Drug Dependence
13. Understanding Recreational Ecstasy Use in the United States:
A Qualitative Inquiry
14. Examination of Over the Counter Drug Misuse Among Youth
15. A Framework to Examine Gateway Relations in Drug Use: An
Application of Latent Transition Analysis
16. Social Estrangement: factors Associated with Alcohol or Drug
Dependency among Homeless Street Involved Young Adults
Unit 3: The Major Drugs of Use and Abuse
17. Marijuana and Medical Marijuana
18. Officials Fear Bath Salts Becoming the Next Big Drug Menace
19. Binge Drinking and Its Consequences Up Among American
College Students
20. Public Lands: Cartels Turn U.S. Forests into Marijuana Plantations
Creating Toxic Mess
21. Pseudoephedrine Smurfing Fuels Surge in Large-Scale
Methamphetamine Production in California
Unit 4: Other Trends in Drug Use
22. Adolescent Painkiller Use May Increase Risk of Addiction, Heroin
Use
23. Extreme Barbarism,a Death Cult, and Holy Warriors in Mexico:
Societal Warfare South of the Border?
24. College Students’ Cheap Fix
25. Methadone Rises as a Painkiller with Big Risks
Unit 5: Measuring the Social Costs of Drugs
26. The Problem with Drinking
27. Newly Born, and Withdrawing from Painkillers
28. Oxycontin Abuse Spreads from Appalachia Across U.S.
29. Route of Administration for Illicit Prescription Opiods: A Comparison
of Rural and Urban Drug Users
Unit 6: Creating and Sustaining Effective Drug Control Policy
30. Catch and Release
31. Drugs: To Legalize or Not
32. Do No Harm: Sensible Goals for International Drug Policy
33. New Drug Control Strategy Signals Policy Shift
34. Beyond Supply and Demand: Obama’s Drug Wars in Latin
America
35. Drug Courts: Conceptual Foundation, Empirical Findings, and
Policy Implications

46
Allied Health

Advanced First Aid www.mhhe.com/moini4e


Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA
Exams, Fourth Edition provides example questions for students to
prepare for certification exams. This reference prepares students to
take the exam with easy-to-read essential material summaries that
highlight key areas of the major clinical and administrative parts of a
NEW *9780073519999* Medical Assistant’s program. Each of the chapters includes a series
of 20 to 30 multiple choice quiz questions and a concise outline of
ADVANCED FIRST AID, CPR AND AED key information. CONNECT PLUS provides more than 1600 sample
review questions as well as a PowerPoint presentation for additional
TEXTBOOK student review. The review questions include rationales for answers
2nd Edition and correlations to certification competencies.
National Safety Council NSC
NEW TO THIS EDITION
2012 / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073519999 v Incorporates the 2010 ABHES and the 2008 CAAHEP
Available: August 2011 competencies. The preface includes correlations to the chapters in
[Details unavailable at press time] this review text for AAMA (CMA), AMT (RMA), NHA, NOCTI, CAAHEP,
and ABHES.
v Connect Plus is an interactive learning platform that provides
auto-graded assessments, LearnSmart: Medical Assisting, a
searchable e-book, and power reporting against learning outcomes

BLS/CPR for the and level of difficulty. Connect Plus for medical assisting review
includes interactive and assignable e-book, 1600+ multiple-choice

Professional Rescuer questions designed in CMA, RMA, and CCMA style and each tied to
ABHES and CAAHEP competencies, complete practice exams with
feedback, and PowerPoint presentations for exam review.

CONTENTS
Part I Theory Review
NEW *9780073519975*
Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge
Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting
BASIC LIFE SUPPORT FOR HEALTHCARE Chapter 2 Medical Terminology
Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology
AND PROFESSIONAL RESCUERS Chapter 4 Pathophysiology
2nd Edition Chapter 5 Microbiology
National Safety Council NSC Chapter 6 General Psychology
2012 / 128 pages Chapter 7 Nutrition
ISBN: 9780073519975 Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics
Available: August 2011 Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge
Chapter 9 General Office Duties
[Details unavailable at press time] Chapter 10 Communication in the Medical Office
Chapter 11 Keyboarding and Computer Applications
Chapter 12 Financial Management
Chapter 13 Medical Insurance
Chapter 14 Basic Coding

Certification Exam Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge


Chapter 15 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis
Review for Medical Chapter 16 Preparing the Patient

Assisting
Chapter 17 Vital Signs and Measurement
Chapter 18 Pharmacology
Chapter 19 Administration of Medication
Chapter 20 Electrocardiography
Chapter 21 Radiology
Chapter 22 Physical Therapy
Chapter 23 Medical Emergencies and First Aid
NEW *9780073374581* Chapter 24 Laboratory Procedures
Part II Self-Evaluation Tests
Test 1
Test 2
Index
MEDICAL ASSISTING
REVIEW:
Passing the CMA, RMA, and
CCMA Exams, 4th Edition
Jahangir Moini, Everest University

2012 / 560 pages


ISBN: 9780073374581 (with Student CD)
Available: January 2011

47
Allied Health

Computers in the exercises as well as independent exercises for students to apply the
skills they have learned throughout the text.
Medical Office CONTENTS
Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle
Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter
Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records
Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical
NEW *9780073402130* Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters
Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification
COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures
Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I
8th Edition Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II
Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprises Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation
2013 / 416 pages Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters
ISBN: 9780073402130 Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement
[Details unavailable at press time] Chapter 10 Claims Management
Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements
Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up
Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office
Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections
Part 5 Simulation
NEW *9780073374949*

CASE STUDIES FOR USE WITH


PRACTICE MANAGEMENT COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
AND EHR 6th Edition
A Total Patient Encounter Susan Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprises
for Medisoft Clinical 2011 / 304 pages
By Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise ISBN: 9780073374895
Available: July 2010

2012 / 736 pages www.mhhe.com/casestudies6e


ISBN: 9780073374949 This capstone simulation using Medisoft Patient Billing Software,
Available: February 2011 Version 16, gives students enhanced training that fosters superior
qualifications for a variety of medical office jobs. Extensive hands-on
www.mhhe.com/pmehr
practice with realistic source documents teaches students to input
Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter information, schedule appointments, and handle billing, reports, and
for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to other essential tasks. The simulation is recommended for students
teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice who have completed the study of Medisoft Advanced Version 16 using
management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR Computers in the Medical Office.
and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive
picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take “With the CourseSmart eTextbook, students can save up to 50%
place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit. off the cost of a print book, reduce their impact on the environment,
It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical and access powerful web tools for learning. Faculty can review and
positions in a medical office. compare the full text online without having to wait for a print desk copy.
CourseSmart is an online eTextbook, which means users access and
FEATURES view their textbook online when connected to the Internet. Students
can also print sections of the book for maximum portability.”
v Students learn transferable concepts and skills that can easily
be adapted for any patient management/EHR software program. CONTENTS
Students will understand the “why” behind what they do in the Part 1 Introduction to Polaris Medical Group
software, not just the steps of how to do it. Part 2 Polaris Medical Group Policy and Procedure Manual
v The text provides an integrated understanding of patient Part 3 On the Job
management and EHR software solutions. It follows the sequence of Part 4 Source Documents
a typical patient encounter during an office visit. It begins with making Glossary
the appointment, checking in at the office, the insurance claim process, Index
and claim payment and follow-up.
v The applications simulate all front and back office roles. Students
gain hands-on practice performing computer-based tasks based on
job roles in the medical office.
v The exercises are completed in a simulated version of Medisoft
Clinical: A Practice Management and EHR solution. Using CONNECT
Plus, it offers an easy-to-implement instructional solution.
v Engaging hands-on activities hold the students’ interest
throughout the text. Early chapters begin with simple exercises with
extra assistance. In later chapters, students face more challenging

48
Allied Health

COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE Entering Other Information


Editing Case Information
7th Edition Applying Your Skills 2: Creating a Case for a New Patient
Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprises Chapter 6 Entering Charge Transactions and Patient Payments
2011 / 528 pages Understanding Charges, Payments, and Adjustments
ISBN: 9780073374604 Selecting a Patient and Case
Available: July 2010 Entering Charge Transactions
Entering Payments Made at the Time of an Office Visit
www.mhhe.com/cimo7e
Printing Walkout Receipts
Computers in the Medical Office 7e is the best-selling text for training Processing a Patient Refund
students using full-featured and current Medisoft Version 16 Patient Processing a Nonsufficient Funds (NSF) Check
Billing software. McGraw-Hill publishes the most titles to train students Applying Your Skills 3: Enter Procedure Charge and a Patient
on Medisoft software. Our publishing relationship with Medisoft has Payment
been ongoing for 15 years. Computers in the Medical Office 7e Chapter 7 Creating Claims
offers medical office training using current, realistic medical office The Role of Claims in the Billing Process
cases while building transferable computerized medical billing and
Claim Management in Medisoft
scheduling skills. Students who complete this course will learn the
appropriate terminology and skills to use any patient billing software Creating Claims
program with minimal additional training. As students progress Locating Claims
through Medisoft, they learn to gather patient information, schedule Editing Claims
appointments and enter transactions. The practical, systematic Changing the Status of Claims
approach is based on real-world medical office activities. Go with Submitting Electronic Claims
the best. Go with the tried and true. Go with the Medisoft titles that Applying Your Skills 4: Create Insurance Claims
will give you and your students the training and support you need Chapter 8 Posting Insurance Payments and Creating Patient
to be successful. Go with McGraw-Hill’s Computers in the Medical Statements
Office 7e.
Third-Party Reimbursement Overview
Remittance Advice (RA) Processing
CONTENTS
Entering Insurance Payments
Part 1 Introduction To Computers In The Medical Office Applying Insurance Payments to Charges
Chapter 1 The Medical Office Billing Process Entering Capitation Payments
Step 1 Preregister Patients Creating Statements
Step 2 Establish Financial Responsibility for Visit Editing Statements
Step 3 Check in Patients Printing Statements
Step 4 Check Out Patients Applying Your Skills 5: Enter Insurance Payments
Step 5 Review Coding Compliance Applying Your Skills 6: Create Statements
Step 6 Check Billing Compliance Chapter 9 Creating Reports
Step 7 Prepare and Transmit Claims Types of Reports in Medisoft
Step 8 Monitor Payer Adjudication Selecting Data for a Report
Step 9 Generate Patient Statements Day Sheets
Step 10 Follow up Patient Payments and Handle Collections Analysis Reports
Chapter 2 The Use of Health Information Technology in Physician Patient Ledger Reports
Practices Standard Patient Lists
Functions of Practice Management Programs Navigating in Medisoft Reports
Functions of Electronic Health Record Programs Aging Reports
Advantages of Electronic Health Records Custom Reports
The Impact of HIT on Documentation and Coding Using Report Designer
HIPAA Legislation and Its Impact on Physician Practices Applying Your Skills 7: Print a Patient Day Sheet
The HITECH Act’s Impact on Privacy and Security Applying Your Skills 8: Print an Insurance Payment by Type Report
Part 2 Medisoft Advanced Training Chapter 10: Collections in the Medical Office
Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Laws Governing Timely Payment of Insurance Claims
The Medisoft Databases The Importance of a Financial Policy
The Medisoft Menus Working with Collection Agencies
The Medisoft Toolbar Writing Off Uncollectible Accounts
Entering, Editing, Saving, and Deleting Data in Medisoft Using a Patient Aging Reports for Collections
Changing the Medisoft Program Date Adding an Account to the Collection List
Using Medisoft Help Creating Collection Letters
Creating and Restoring Backup Files Printing a Collection Tracer Report
Medisoft’s File Maintenance Utilities Applying Your Skills 9: Print a Patient Aging Report
Using Medisoft Security Features to Ensure HIPAA and HITECH Applying Your Skills 10: Add a Patient to the Collection List
Compliance Applying Your Skills 11: Create a Collection Letter
Chapter 4 Entering Patient Information Chapter 11 Scheduling
How Patient Information is Organized in Medisoft The Office Hours Window
Entering New Patient Information Entering Appointments
Searching for Patient Information Booking Follow-Up Appointments
Editing Patient Information Searching for Available Time Slots
Applying Your Skills 1: Entering a New Patient Entering Appointments for New Patients
Chapter 5 Working with Cases Booking Repeated Appointments
Understanding Cases Rescheduling and Canceling Appointments
Navigating Cases in Medisoft Creating a Patient Recall List
Entering Patient and Account Information Creating Provider Breaks
Entering Insurance Information Printing Schedules
Entering Health Information Creating an Overdue Balance Report for Patients with Appointments

49
Allied Health

Applying Your Skills 12: Enter an Appointment


Applying Your Skills 13: Reschedule an Appointment NEW *9780073519944*
Applying Your Skills 14: Print a Physician’s Schedule
Part 3 Applying Your Knowledge CPR AND AED STUDENT WORKBOOK
Chapter 12 Handling Patient Records and Transactions
Exercise 12-1: Inputting Patient Information 4th Edition
Exercise 12-2: An Emergency Visit By National Safety Council NSC
Exercise 12-3: Inputting Transaction Data 2012 / 32 pages
Exercise 12-4: Entering a New Patient and Transactions ISBN: 9780073519944
Exercise 12-5: Entering and Applying an Insurance Carrier Payment Available: August 2011
Chapter 13 Setting Up Appointments This 3.5 hour CPR and AED course prepares the student to respond
Exercise 13-1: Scheduling Appointments to choking, breathing and cardiac emergencies—and how to use
Exercise 13-2: Making an Appointment Change an automated external defibrillation unit in conjunction with CPR.
Exercise 13-3: Juggling Schedules This NSC® course meets the latest 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines
Exercise 13-4: Adding Patients to the Recall List using a combination of instructor, Video-Self-Instruction and hands-
Exercise 13-5: Diane Hsu and Michael Syzmanski on training.
Exercise 13-6: Changing a Transaction Record
Chapter 14 Printing Lists and Reports What you will learn
Exercise 14-1: Finding a Patient’s Balance
v Taking action in an emergency
Exercise 14-2: Printing a Schedule
Exercise 14-3: Printing Day Sheet Reports v Assessing the victim
Exercise 14-4: Creating a Patient Aging Report
Exercise 14-5: Adding Items to the Collection List v Provide basic life support, including airway management,
Exercise 14-6: Creating a Practice Analysis Report breathing and circulation
Exercise 14-7: Stewart Robertson v Using an AED
Exercise 14-8: Michael Syzmanski
Chapter 15 Putting it all Together CONTENTS
Exercise 15-1: Scheduling Appointments Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency
Exercise 15-2: Creating Cases Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission
Exercise 15-3: Entering Transactions Lesson 3 Check the Victim
Exercise 15-4: Creating Claims Lesson 4 Basic Life Support
Exercise 15-5: Entering Insurance Payments Lesson 5 Recovery Position
Exercise 15-6: Creating Patient Statements Lesson 6 Choking
Exercise 15-7: Printing Reports Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain
Exercise 15-8: Entering Patient Payments and Reviewing Overdue Appendix: Quick Guide
Accounts
Exercise 15-9: Adding Patients to the Collection List and Creating
Collection Letters
Part 4 Source Documents
Glossary
Index
NEW *9780073519951*
FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT
WORKBOOK

CPR and AED 4th Edition


National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 64 pages
ISBN: 9780073519951 (Workbook)
Available: July 2011
Prepare your students to respond in an emergency
NEW *9780073519975* Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until
BASIC LIFE SUPPORT FOR HEALTHCARE professional help arrives is critical to saving lives.
AND PROFESSIONAL RESCUERS
This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and
2nd Edition OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace.
National Safety Council NSC
2012 / 128 pages What you will learn
ISBN: 9780073519975
v Recognize an emergency
Available: August 2011
[Details unavailable at press time] v Act appropriately
v Sustain life until professional help arrives

FEATURES
v Course content
v Acting in an emergency
v Preventing disease transmission

50
Allied Health

v Checking the victim


EKG/ECG/
Electrocardiology
v Basic life support
v Recovery position
v Choking
v Heart attack and chest pain
v Bleeding and wound care NEW *9780077485276*
v Shock
v Burns
v Serious injuries
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY
v Bone, joint and muscle injuries
3rd Edition
v Sudden illness
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming
v Allergic reactions Thomas Edward O’Brien,
Central Florida Institute
v Poisoning
v Cold and heat emergencies
2012 / 352 pages
v Rescuing and moving victims ISBN: 9780077485276 (with Student CD)
Available: January 2011
CONTENTS
NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Workbook www.mhhe.com/boothecg3e
Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency NEW TO THIS EDITION
Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission
Lesson 3 Check the Victim v New! 12-Leand Interpretation in a simple step-by-step format.
Lesson 4 Basic Life Support The how-to on ischemia, injury & infarction, axis deviation, left
Lesson 5 Recovery Position ventricular hypertrophy, bundle branch block, and action potential.
Lesson 6 Choking
v New! Coverage detailing attaching a patient to a Cardiac Monitor.
Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain
This skill reinforces the 3 limbs referenced in Einthoven’s Triangle and
Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care
gives the Lead II view referenced for Rhythm Interpretation.
Lesson 9 Shock
Lesson 10 Burns v New! Quick reference cards at the end of the text to include the
Lesson 11 Serious Injuries 5-step Process and dysrhythmia categories, plus common 12-Lead
Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries connection locations and more!
Lesson 13 Sudden Illness
Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions v New! Connect Plus for Allied Health Connect Plus Allied Health
Lesson 15 Poisoning makes online assignments even more convenient for your students.
Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies Connect Plus Allied Health provides students with online assignments
Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook- an online
edition of your McGraw-Hill textbook- to aid them in successfully
completing their work, wherever, and whenever they choose.
v Updated! Einthoven Triangle definition in PPT files and within
the student CD activities

Electronic Medical
Records

,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK
0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU NEW *9780073402147*
WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP 3rd Edition
Byron Hamilton and Leesa Hamilton of Med-Soft National Training
9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD Institute
:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK 2013 / 352 pages
ISBN: 9780073402147
Available: July 2012
[Details unavailable at press time]

51
Allied Health

NEW *9780073374949* NEW *9780077508722*

INTEGRATED ELECTRONIC
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT HEALTH RECORDS
AND EHR A Worktext for Greenway
A Total Patient Encounter Medical Technologies’
for Medisoft Clinical PrimeSUITE
By Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise By M. Beth Shanholtzer, Lord Fairfax
Community College

2012 / 736 pages 2012 / 288 pages


ISBN: 9780073374949 ISBN: 9780077508722
Available: February 2011 Available: October 2011
www.mhhe.com/pmehr www.mhhe.com/greenway
Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter Developed as a comprehensive learning resource, this hands-on
for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to course is offered through McGraw-Hill’s Connect Plus. Connect Plus
teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice uses the latest technology and adaptive learning techniques to better
management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR connect professors to their students, and students to the information
and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive and customized resources they need to master a subject. It includes
picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take a variety of digital learning tools that enable professors to easily
place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit. customize courses and allow students to learn and master content
It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical and succeed in the course.
positions in a medical office.
Here’s what you can expect from the Worktext:
FEATURES v A book meant to complement the online Connect Plus course,
v Students learn transferable concepts and skills that can easily written by an author with an extensive HIM/HIT background—Beth
be adapted for any patient management/EHR software program. Shanholtzer, MAEd, RHIA.
Students will understand the “why” behind what they do in the v Coverage of Greenway Medical Technologies’ PrimeSUITE,
software, not just the steps of how to do it. an ONC-ATCB-Certified, fully-integrated, online EHR, PM and
v The text provides an integrated understanding of patient interoperability solution. The book is not meant to be an extensive
management and EHR software solutions. It follows the sequence of user manual for PrimeSUITE, but rather it covers the key topics for
a typical patient encounter during an office visit. It begins with making EHR, with PrimeSUITE as the vehicle to demonstrate those topics.
the appointment, checking in at the office, the insurance claim process, Attention is paid to providing the “why” behind each task so that the
and claim payment and follow-up. reader can accumulate transferable skills.

v The applications simulate all front and back office roles. Students v Content that will be appealing to HIM programs, HIT programs,
gain hands-on practice performing computer-based tasks based on MIBC programs and more. All exercises are designated with PM,
job roles in the medical office. EHR, HIM tags, or some combination of those three. Instructors can
access a correlation of the Worktext’s Learning Outcomes to the key
v The exercises are completed in a simulated version of Medisoft accrediting bodies such as CAHIIM, ABHES and CAAHEP via the
Clinical: A Practice Management and EHR solution. Using CONNECT book’s website, www.mhhe.com/greenway.
Plus, it offers an easy-to-implement instructional solution.
FEATURES
v Engaging hands-on activities hold the students’ interest
throughout the text. Early chapters begin with simple exercises with v Chapter Openers that include: Learning Outcomes—written to
extra assistance. In later chapters, students face more challenging reflect Bloom’s Taxonomy and to establish the key points the student
exercises as well as independent exercises for students to apply the should focus on in the chapter. The major chapter heads are structured
skills they have learned throughout the text. to reflect the LOs and are numbered accordingly. Key Terms that are
defined in the chapter and the end-of-book glossary.
CONTENTS
v The Big Picture starts off the content for each chapter and sets
Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle the stage for what the student needs to know and why they need to
Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter know it.
Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records
Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical v Marginal Tips include: FYI Tips highlight information that may of
Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters interest to the reader, not related to the software. PrimeSUITE Tips
Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification highlight key things related to PrimeSUITE to which the reader should
Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures pay special attention.
Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I
v Check Your Understanding Exercises appear in Chapters
Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II
1, 2 and 10 at the end of each section to reinforce the reader’s
Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation
understanding of the material.
Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters
Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement v PrimeSUITE Exercises appear in Chapters 3-9: All background
Chapter 10 Claims Management information and data needed to complete the exercises in Connect
Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements Plus is provided, along with a complete listing of the steps for each
Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up exercise. Each exercise is tagged with HIM (Health Information
Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office Management), PM (Practice Management, EHR (Electronic Health
Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections Records), or some combination of those tags so that the instructor
Part 5 Simulation

52
Allied Health

can easily determine which exercises to assign based on their course 5.6 Voice (Speech) Recognition Technology
needs. 5.7 Electronic Prescribing (ePrescribing)
Exercise 5.3: Using ePrescribe [EHR]
v End-of-Chapter Material includes: Chapter Summary—laid out
5.8 Computerized Physician Order Entry (CPOE)
in a tabular, step-by-step format organized by learning outcomes,
5.9 Tracking Physicians’ Orders
with page references to help the reader review the material; Chapter
Exercise 5.4: Locate the status of an order [EHR]
Review—all questions are tagged with Learning Outcomes: Matching
5.10 The Problem List
Questions, Multiple Choice Questions, Short Answer Questions, and
Exercise 5.5: Utilizing the Problem List [EHR]
Applying Your Knowledge.
Chapter 6: Financial Management: Insurance And Billing
v PrimeSUITE Exercises in Connect Plus include the following Functions
parts: Demo—watch a demonstration of the exercise; Practice—try 6.1 Claims Management – Why and How
the exercise yourself with guidance; Test—complete the exercise on 6.2 Use of a Superbill
your own; and Assessment—answer 3-4 conceptual questions about 6.3 The Claims Process Using PrimeSUITE
the exercise you just completed. Exercise 6.1: Post a copayment to an account [PM]
Exercise 6.2: Given a scenario, look up the status of an insurance
CONTENTS claim [PM]
Chapter 1: An Overview Of Primesuite’s Practice Management 6.4 Diagnosis and Procedure Coding Using PrimeSUITE
And Electronic Health Record Software 6.5 The Relationship Between Documentation and Coding
1.1 Practice Management Applications Exercise 6.3: Enter diagnoses and procedures to locate ICD-9 and
1.2 Why Adopt Electronic Health Record Applications? CPT codes [PM, EHR, HIM]
1.3 Electronic Health Record Applications 6.6 The Conversion to ICD-10-CM/PCS
1.4 The Flow of Information from Registration Through Processing 6.7 Accounts Receivable—Getting Paid
of the Claim 6.8 Managing Accounts Receivable in PrimeSUITE
1.5 The Use of the Help Feature Exercise 6.4: Post an insurance payment to an account [PM]
Chapter 2: Health Data Structure, Collection And Standards 6.9 Compliance
2.1 The Professionals Who Maintain and Use Health Information Chapter 7: Privacy, Security, Confidentiality And Legal Issues
2.2 Data Versus Information 7.1 The HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards
2.3 Computer-Based Health Information Media 7.2 Evaluating an EHR System for HIPAA Compliance
2.4 Screen-Based Data Collection Tools 7.3 The Role of Certification EHR Implementation
2.5 Collecting Data Elements 7.4 Applying Security Measures
2.6 Electronic Health (Medical) Records (EHR) (EMR) Exercise 7.1: Add new clinical users and assign password [PM,
2.7 Laws, Regulations, and Standards HIM]
2.8 The Similarities and Differences Between a Physician’s Office Exercise 7.2: Set up a care provider [PM, HIM]
and Hospital Information Systems Exercise 7.3: Assign user rights to an MA [PM, HIM]
Chapter 3: Content Of The Health Record – Administrative Exercise 7.4: Assign user rights to an office manager [PM, HIM]
Data Exercise 7.5: Create a group [PM, HIM]
3.1 Administrative Data Elements Exercise 7.6: Set general security [PM, HIM]
3.2 Administrative Uses of Data Exercise 7.7: Run an audit trail report [PM, HIM]
3.3 The Master Patient (person) Index (MPI) 7.5 Data Integrity
3.4 Registering a New Patient in PrimeSUITE Exercise 7.8: Amend a chart entry [PM, EHR, HIM]
Exercise 3.1: Register a new patient [PM] Exercise 7.9: Hide a chart entry[PM, EHR, HIM]
3.5 Scheduling an Appointment Exercise 7.10: Recover a hidden chart entry [PM, EHR, HIM]
Exercise 3.2: Schedule an appointment [PM] 7.6 Apply Policies and Procedures to Release Health Information
3.6 Editing Demographic Data using PrimeSUITE
Exercise 3.3: Edit demographic information [PM, EHR] Exercise 7.11: Compose a correspondence letter to accompany the
3.7 Checking in a Patient release of a patient’s immunization record [EHR, HIM]
Exercise 3.4: Check in a patient who has arrived [PM] 7.7 Accounting of Information Disclosures
3.8 Capture Insurance Information Exercise 7.12: Run a report of information disclosures for a particular
Exercise 3.5: Capture insurance information of a patient [PM, EHR] patient [EHR, HIM]
3.9 Utilize the Help Feature 7.8 Information Exchange
Exercise 3.6: Use the help feature [PM, EHR] Exercise 7.13: Exchange of information for continuity of care [EHR,
Chapter 4: Content Of The Health Record – The Past Medical, HIM]
Surgical, Family, And Social History 7.9 Compliance Plans
4.1 Forms as Data Collection Tools 7.10 Safeguarding Your System and Contingency Planning
4.2 The Past Medical, Surgical, Family, and Social Histories Chapter 8: Management Of Information And Communication
Exercise 4.1: Enter a patient’s past medical history [EHR] 8.1 Internal Communications
Exercise 4.2: Enter a patient’s list of current medications [EHR] Exercise 8.1: Send an electronic message using PrimeSUITE
Exercise 4.3: Enter a patient’s known drug allergies [EHR] messaging [PM, EHR, HIM]
4.3 Handling Inconsistent or Unclear Information 8.2 Importing Documents to the EHR
4.4 Documenting Vital Signs Exercise 8.2: Scan an insurance card into a patient’s record [PM,
Exercise 4.4: Enter a patient’s vital signs [EHR] EHR, HIM]
Chapter 5: Content Of The Health Record – The Care Provider’s 8.3 Master Files and Templates
Responsibility Exercise 8.3: Build a master file in PrimeSUITE [PM, EHR, HIM]
5.1 The SOAP Note 8.4 Customization
Exercise 5.1: Look up the patient’s plan of care [EHR] Exercise 8.4: Customize a facesheet screen [PM, EHR, HIM]
5.2 The History of Present Illness (HPI) Exercise 8.5: Customize a clinical desktop [PM, EHR, HIM]
Exercise 5.2: Locate Juan Ortega’s blood pressure [EHR] 8.5 Using Software to Organize Your Work--Task Lists
5.3 The Review of Systems (ROS) Exercise 8.6: Create a task for the receptionist [PM, EHR, HIM]
5.4 The Physical Exam 8.6 Using Software as a Reminder
5.5 Medical Dictation and Transcription Exercise 8.7: Assign a flag to a patient’s chart [PM, EHR, HIM]

53
Allied Health

Chapter 9: Decision And Compliance Support: Utilizing The


Database First Aid
9.1 Using the Dashboard in PrimeSUITE to meet Meaningful Use
standards
Exercise 9.1: View a practice’s dashboard [PM, EHR, HIM]
9.2 Data and Information Used in Decision Support
Exercise 9.2: Build a clinical alert, Part A [PM, EHR, HIM]
NEW *9780073519968*
Exercise 9.3: Build a clinical alert, Part B [PM, EHR, HIM]
9.3 Use of Report-Writer for System Reports
FIRST AID STUDENT WORKBOOK
Exercise 9.4: Run a report of all patients between the ages of 60 and 3rd Edition
80 [PM, EHR, HIM] National Safety Council NSC
9.4 Custom Report Writing 2012 / 64 pages
Exercise 9.5: Build a custom report of all patients with a diagnosis ISBN: 9780073519968
of 428.0 who are female and over the age of 60, Part A [PM, EHR,
HIM] CONTENTS
Exercise 9.6: Build a custom report of all patients with a diagnosis NSC First Aid Workbook
of 428.0 who are female and over the age of 60, Part B [PM, EHR, Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency
HIM] Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission
9.5 Uses of Indexes Lesson 3 Check the Victim
9.6 Uses of Registries Lesson 4 Recovery Position
9.7 The Credentialing Process Lesson 5 Choking
Chapter 10: Looking Ahead – The Future Of Health Information Lesson 6 Heart Attack and Chest Pain
And Informatics Lesson 7 Bleeding and Wound Care
10.1 Health Information versus Health Informatics Lesson 8 Shock
10.2 Barriers to Adopting an Electronic Health Record Lesson 9 Burns
10.3 Emerging Technologies and Models Lesson 10 Serious Injuries
10.4 Making the World of Health Informatics User Friendly and Lesson 11 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries
Convenient Lesson 12 Sudden Illness
10.5 Virtual Private Networks – Advancing the Use of EHRs Remotely Lesson 13 Allergic Reactions
Yet Securely Lesson 14 Poisoning
Lesson 15 Cold and Heat Emergencies
Lesson 16 Rescuing and Moving Victims

ELECTRONIC HEALTH RECORDS


2nd Edition
Byron Hamilton, Med-Soft National Training Institute Massage Therapy
2011 / 320 pages
ISBN: 9780077477554
Available: January 2010
www.mhhe.com/hamiltonehr2e NEW *9780073402222*
The availability of complete medical information when needed brought
the innovation of storing the patient’s information electronically.
Improvement of patient medical care was and is the catalyst for the
electronic health record. Electronic Health Records 2e provides the
conceptual theory and hands-on application students need to work in ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY,
today’s medical office. Hands-on practice uses fully-functional demo AND DISEASE FOR THE
version of SpringCharts EHR software, downloadable from the Online HEALTH PROFESSIONS
Learning Center at no charge, is available for students to use.
3rd Edition
CONTENTS Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming,
Terri D Wyman and Virgil Stoia
Part 1: An Introduction to Electronic Health Records
Chapter 1 – An Introduction To Electronic Health Records
Chapter 2 – Standards For Electronic Health Records 2013 / 512 pages
Part 2: Spring Charts Advanced Training ISBN: 9780073402222
Chapter 3 – Introduction & Setup Available: January 2012
Chapter 4--The Clinic Administration Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for Health Professions connects
Chapter 5--The Patient’s Chart human diseases and disorders to anatomy and physiology through
Chapter 6--The Office Visit application and clinical-based approaches. This edition offers a
Chapter 7 – Clinical Tools completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more
Chapter 8--Customizing Templates And Popup Text focused art and expanded table of contents. Students will feel a new
Chapter 9--Tests, Procedures, And Diagnosis Codes sense of engagement and motivation through Chapter Opening Case
Chapter 10--Productivity Center And Utilities Studies that unfold as they move through each chapter. Updated
Chapter 11--Applying Your Knowledge learning objectives and a wider variety and quantity of questions and
exercises for have also been included with this edition.
Chapter 12--Electronic Recording
Appendix A – Sample Documents
CONTENTS
Appendix B--Source Documents
Glossary Chapter 1 Concepts of the Human Body
Index Chapter 2 Concepts of Chemistry
Chapter 3 Concepts of Cells and Tissues

54
Allied Health

Chapter 4 Concepts of Disease


Chapter 5 Concepts of Microbiology Massage / Clinical
Chapter 6 Concepts of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid Base Balance
Chapter 7 The Integumentary System
Chapter 8 The Skeletal System
Chapter 9 The Muscular System
Chapter 10 Blood and Circulation STRUCTURAL BALANCING
Chapter 11 The Cardiovascular System
Chapter 12 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
A Clinical Approach
Chapter 13 The Respiratory System Kyle C Wright, Keiser Career College
Chapter 14 The Nervous System 2011 / 416 pages
Chapter 15 The Urinary System ISBN: 9780073373928
Chapter 16 The Male Reproductive System Available: January 2010
Chapter 17 The Female Reproductive System www.mhhe.com/wright
Chapter 18 Human Development
Chapter 19 The Digestive System Founder of “The Wright Centers of Advanced Bodywork, Inc.”;
Chapter 20 Metabolic Function and Nutrition which are healthcare facilities devoted to the treatment and ongoing
Chapter 21 The Endocrine System clinical research of myofascial imbalances and soft tissue pain. Kyle
Chapter 22 Special Senses graduated in 1984 from the Suncoast School of Massage Therapy,
Appendix I Diseases and Disorders Inc., located in Tampa, Florida. He was certified by the St. John’s
Clinical Institute in Neuromuscular Therapy one year later. He has
Appendix II Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots in Commonly Used
assisted on a national level with leading teachers in the field of
Medical Terms Neuromuscular Therapy from 1986 through 1991. Kyle is on the
Appendix III Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical teaching rotation of the Complimentary / Alternative Medicine (CAM)
Notations curriculum at the University of North Florida, located in Jacksonville,
Florida. He teaches proper posture, myofascial imbalances and their
relation to musculoskeletal pain. He has been a speaker at:
• The National Convention for Osteopathic Medicine
• The Florida Chiropractic Convention
MASSAGE THERAPY REVIEW: PASSING • Mayo Clinic, Physical Therapy Department, Jacksonville, Florida
THE NCETMB, NCETM, AND MBLEX • National Certification Courses for Strength and Conditioning
Specialists
2nd Edition
Laura A Abbott, Georgia State University CONTENTS
2011 / 256 pages Welcome Value of Soft Tissue Therapy
ISBN: 9780077396329 Section I: Foundations
Available: January 2010 Chapter 1: Components of Structure: Bones and Landmarks
Chapter 2: Structural Analysis and Postural Assessment
www.mhhe.com/massagereview2e Chapter 3: Muscle Tension and Causes
Chapter 4: Symptoms and Conditions of Muscle Tension
Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB, NCETM, and
MBLEx Exams is designed to help massage therapists prepare for the Chapter 5: Principles of Reversing Muscle Tension
National Certification Exam for Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Chapter 6: Posterior Lower Extremity Compartment
(NCETMB), the National Certification Exam for Therapeutic Massage Section II: Clinical Massage Therapy and Structural Bodywork
(NCETM), and the Massage & Bodywork Licensing Examination Chapter 7: Anterior Torso Compartment
(MBLEx). The exam reviews are a thorough study of a broad range Chapter 8: Anterior Lower Extremity Compartment
of material. New graduates find the exams stressful, as they must Chapter 9: Posterior Torso Compartment
pass in order to practice as a licensed professional in most states. Chapter 10: Upper Extremity Compartment
This is the only review text that offers questions, answers, and Appendix A- Muscles of the Body
explanations in the same form and organization as the exam itself. 7
Appendix B- Receptor Tonus Principles and Neuro-Physiological Laws
full practice exams of 150 questions are available online, 2 of which
are timed to simulate the real testing environment. A high first time Appendix C- Agonists, Synergist, and Antagonist
fail rate combined with the fact that graduates must pass this exam Appendix D- Chiropractic and Massage: Symbiotic Health Care- Dr.
in order work as a professional, makes Massage Therapy Review: Kelly Huber
Passing the NCETMB, NCETM, and MBLEx Exams the right choice. Appendix E- Mind- Body Connection- Robert J. Rotella, Ph.D.
The text is richly illustrated and includes pneumonic devices to aid Appendix F- Proper Stages of Rehabilitation of Injured Soft Tissues
the learning process, test taking tips, a Prep Course Outline, a 200- References and Resources
page Anatomy and Physiology Outline, and a CD containing 980 test Credits
questions provides a comprehensive review presented in a clearly Glossary
written style.
Muscle Index
Index
CONTENTS
Test Taking Tips
Chapter 1: General Knowledge of Body Systems
Chapter 2: Detailed Knowledge of Anatomy, Physiology, and
Kinesiology
Chapter 3: Pathology
Chapter 4: Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Assessment
Chapter 5: Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Application
Chapter 6: Professional Standards, Ethics, Business, and Legal Practices
Chapter 7: Eastern Modalities (NCETMB Only) NCETM, NCETMB
and MBLEx Test Details Resource List Glossary

55
Allied Health

Massage / Review CONTENTS


Part One: Introduction to Structural Kinesiology
Chapter 1: Foundations of Structural Kinesiology
Chapter 2: Neuromuscular Fundamentals
Chapter 3: Basic Biomechanical Factors and Concepts
Part Two: Upper Extremities
MASSAGE THERAPY REVIEW WITH Chapter 4: The Shoulder Girdle
PASSCODE CARD Chapter 5: Dimensional Massage Techniques for the Shoulder Girdle
Laura A. Abbott, Georgia State University Chapter 6: The Shoulder Joint
2011 Chapter 7: Deep Tissue Techniques for the Shoulder Joint Muscles
ISBN: 9780077396329 Chapter 8: The Elbow and Radioulnar Joints C
Available: January 2010 hapter 9: The Radioulnar Riddle: Techniques for Repetitive Action
Chapter 10: Hand and Wrist
www.mhhe.com/massagereview2e Chapter 11: Unwinding the Forearm – Dimensional Massage
Techniques for the Hand and Wrist
Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB, NCETM, and the
MBLEx Exams, Second Edition, is designed to help massage therapy Chapter 12: Concepts of Muscular Analysis and Clinical Flexibility of
students prepare for the National Certification Exam for Therapeutic the Upper Extremities
Massage and Bodywork (NCETMB), the National Certification Exam Part Three: Trunk
for Therapeutic Massage (NCETM), and the Massage & Bodywork Chapter 13: The Trunk and Spinal Column
Licensing Examination (MBLEx). This is the only review text that offers Chapter 14: The Balancing Act: Structural Perspectives of the Head
questions in the same format and organization as the exams while and Neck and Dimensional Techniques
also supplying the student with explanations of the correct answers. Part Four: Lower Extremities
Abbott provides a focus on areas of competency and clear thinking Chapter 15: The Hip Joint and Pelvic Girdle
processes for successful test taking.
Chapter 16: Deep Tissue of the Trunk, Lower Back, and Posterior Pelvis
Contents Chapter 17: The Knee Joint
Test-Taking Tips Chapter 18: Techniques for the Muscles of the Knee Joint
Chapter 1: General Knowledge of Body Systems Chapter 19: The Ankle and Foot Joints
Chapter 2: Detailed Knowledge of Anatomy, Physiology, and Chapter 20: Techniques for the Muscles of the Leg, Ankle and Foot
Kinesiology Chapter 21: Concepts of Muscular Analysis and Clinical Flexibility of
Chapter 3: Pathology Trunk and Lower Extremity
Chapter 4: Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Assessment References & Resources
Chapter 5: Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork Applications Appendix
Chapter 6: Professional Standards, Ethics, Business, and Legal Worksheets
Practices Glossary
Chapter 7: Traditional Chinese Medicine Modalities only on the Index
NCETMB and MBLEx exams Appendix A NCETM, NCETMB, and
MBLEx Test Details Appendix B Resource List Glossary Index

Math for Health


Massage / Kinesiology Professions

KINESIOLOGY FOR MANUAL THERAPIES NEW *9780077460389*


WITH MUSCLE CARDS
Nancy W Dail, Downeast School of Massage
Tim Agnew, Intent Publications
R T Floyd, University of West Alabama
MATH AND DOSAGE
2011 / 480 pages CALCULATIONS FOR
ISBN: 9780077382285 HEALTH CARE
Available: January 2010 PROFESSIONALS WITH
www.mhhe.com/dailkinesiology STUDENT CARE
4th Edition
Kinesiology for Manual Therapies introduces the philosophy of
Dimensional Massage Therapy as well as Clinical Flexibility. . This Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming
James Whaley, Baker College
text connects techniques to individual joints and body areas based Susan Sienkiewicz and Jennifer Palmunen of
on the structural foundation of the muscular skeletal system. Learning Community College of Rhode Island—Lincoln
intensive guides help students develop palpation skills, understand
2012 / 720 pages
anatomy from a functional stand point, and build a toolbox of
techniques for individualized treatments. This text can be used in a ISBN: 9780077460389
multitude of manual therapies, from physical therapy, occupational Available: January 2011
therapy, athletic training to yoga and massage therapy. Clinical Notes
and Muscle Specific Flashcards are included for additional study
www.mhhe.com/mathanddosage4e
resources; as well as summaries, and review questions. McGraw-Hill has a clear digital advantage in math & dosage
calculations with ALEKS Prep, to prepare students with a strong math
foundation, and Connect Plus, which includes math, terminology,
dosage calculations, interactive exercises and an eBook- a complete

56
Allied Health

course solution. 3D Animations covering pathophysiology and Chapter 11: Safe Medication Administration
pharmacology as well as a newly filmed Medication Administration Unit Four:
Video series are also in Connect Plus with pre-, during- and post- Chapter 12: Methods of Dosage Calculations
assessment. The 4th edition of Booth has a redesigned table of Chapter 13: Oral Dosages
contents, adding a new chapter of safe medication administration, and Chapter 14: Parenteral Dosages and Other Medication Administration
breaking larger chapters into smaller, more manageable chapters.
Forms
Chapter 15: Intravenous Calculations
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Unit Five:
v Newly updated table of contents! The text is now comprised of Chapter 16: Preparation of Noninjectable Solutions
19 chapters to make content more manageable for students. Chapter 17: Calculations for Special Populations
Chapter 18: High-Alert Medications
v Booth now presents 3 methods for students learn calculations:
Chapter 19: Critical Care IV Calculations
Proportion, Dimensional Analysis, and Formula Method.
Appendix A: Comprehensive Evaluation
v ALEKS Prep for Math & Dosage Calculations! Students navigate Appendix B: Answer Key
learning paths based on their level of readiness. ALEKS Prep will build Glossary
your student’s knowledge so all students are at the same prepared Credits
level for your course; instructors will spend less time reviewing math Index
and more time teaching dosage calculations. Reference Cards

v Connect Plus Allied Health makes online assignments even more


convenient for your students. Connect Plus Allied Health provides
students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online
access to an eBook- an online edition of your McGraw-Hill textbook-
to aid them in successfully completing their work, wherever, and SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS
whenever they choose. FOR NURSES
By Larry Stephens, University of Nebraska
v New! Cumulative review and end-of-chapter summaries added
2003
to the 4th edition!
ISBN: 9780071400220
v NEW! A 3-step process for problem solving has been added to A Professional Reference Title
each example, asking students to “Convert. Calculate. Think about
it!... Is it reasonable?” A review of basic arithmetic precedes clear explanations of how nurses
need to apply mathematics in modern clinical practice. This study
v BODY ANIMAT3D! guide teaches an especially easy approach to solving the proportion
problems key to converting medication orders and passing nursing
v Animations covering the most difficult concepts in anatomy, licensing exams. The profusion of problems with detailed solutions,
physiology, pathophysiology and pharmacology are available through and hundreds more with answers, gives students ample opportunities
Connect Plus for Booth, Math & Dosage 4e. This series, created in to test their skills as they learn them--leading to quicker mastery.
a partnership with Nucleus Medical Media, offers more minutes of
animated content than a typical Hollywood feature-length movie.
Nucleus Medical Media is the Internet’s leading creator of 3D medical
animations In addition to enabling students to learn and visualize
difficult concepts, the Body ANIMAT3D series features pre-, during-,
and post-assessment with every animation. These assessments
Medical Assisting
– Administrative
are leveled to the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy. Several animations
feature built-in interactive exercises to further reinforce particularly

and Clinical
challenging concepts.
v NEW! Medication Administration Video Series. A strong emphasis
on safe medication administration is realized in this series of 12 videos.
Current techniques of administration are demonstrated via various
routes. Offered in Connect Plus.
v New Chapter! Safe Medication Administration – includes NEW *9780073402222*
information on transcription, TJC steps to receiving and writing
verbal orders, error-prone abbreviations, three checks in medication
administration, Rights of medication administration, all information
relevant to and important for nursing students.
ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY,
CONTENTS AND DISEASE FOR THE
Unit One: HEALTH PROFESSIONS
Chapter 1: Fractions
3rd Edition
Chapter 2: Decimals
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming,
Chapter 3: Relationships of Quantities: Percents, Ratios, and Terri D Wyman and Virgil Stoia
Proportions
Unit Two:
2013 / 512 pages
Chapter 4: Metric System
ISBN: 9780073402222
Chapter 5: Other Systems of Measurement
Chapter 6: Converting Units Available: January 2012
Chapter 7: Temperature and Time Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for Health Professions connects
Unit Three: human diseases and disorders to anatomy and physiology through
Chapter 8: Equipment for Dosage Measurement application and clinical-based approaches. This edition offers a
Chapter 9: Interpreting Medication Orders completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more
Chapter 10: Interpreting Medication Labels and Package Inserts focused art and expanded table of contents. Students will feel a new

57
Allied Health

sense of engagement and motivation through Chapter Opening Case


Studies that unfold as they move through each chapter. Updated
learning objectives and a wider variety and quantity of questions and
NEW *9780073374550*
exercises for have also been included with this edition.

NEW TO THIS EDITION


v Specific learning outcomes give the student concrete PHLEBOTOMY:
expectations. Case studies, illustrations, and tables always attempt A COMPETENCY BASED
to keep the focus on the learning outcomes. APPROACH
v Case studies are presented at the beginning of each chapter 3rd Edition
and are revisited in the text and then are found in the review at the Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming
end of the chapter with appropriate questions. Lilian Mundt

v Critical thinking questions are included as part of the chapter


2013 / 416 pages
review questions in every chapter. This avoids mere memorization
ISBN: 9780073374550
that often is cumbersome for students.
Available: January 2012
v Focus on Clinical Applications make the connection between
anatomy, physiology, and disease concepts and applications in
www.mhhe.com/phlebotomy3e
health professions. The third edition of Phlebotomy: A Competency-Based Approach
was designed to provide a complete introduction to the practice of
v Focus on Genetics relates the genetics to anatomy, physiology,
phlebotomy, with complete coverage of safety procedures, equipment,
and Pathophysiology point-of-care testing, and other skills. The textbook speaks directly
v From the Perspective of… applies the content to the skills needed to students and encourages them to identify and apply the concepts
in a related healthcare profession. learned. The text focuses on “need-to-know” information, and explains
the reasoning behind the clinical information for a well-rounded and
v From the Perspective of… applies the content to the skills needed practical learning experience. It is suitable for phlebotomy certification
in a related healthcare profession. programs, medical laboratory technician programs, medical assistant
programs, and even independent and distance learning courses.
v Focus on Wellness relates the study of anatomy, physiology,
and disease to the learner’s personal health. NEW TO THIS EDITION
v Warning icons alert the student to possible mistakes and v Expanded and updated content, with six all-new chapters:
misconceptions. Most students come to the course with preconceived Infection Control & Safety, Understanding Medical Terms and
notions of how the body works. These warnings help to dispel common Abbreviations, Introduction to Body Systems and Laboratory Tests, The
misconceptions. Cardiovascular System, Quality Assurance, and Professionalism
v Connect© for Anatomy, Physiology & Disease http://connect. v Lifespan Considerations: Integrated throughout the book, this
mcgraw-hill.com feature highlights how a patient’s age can affect the phlebotomist’s
approach to the patient, equipment selection, special circumstances,
v Workbook
and test results.
v The Online Learning Center that comes included with this text
v Case Studies: Located at the end of each chapter, the case
contains a host of teaching resources at your disposal
studies help bring key concepts to life by introducing real-life
CONTENTS circumstances to promote critical thinking.
Chapter 1 Concepts of the Human Body v Exam Prep: Twenty certification exam-style multiple choice
Chapter 2 Concepts of Chemistry questions are included in each chapter review to help prepare the
Chapter 3 Concepts of Cells and Tissues student to pass their certification test.
Chapter 4 Concepts of Disease
v Chapter Summary: The summary table at the end of each
Chapter 5 Concepts of Microbiology
chapter restates the learning outcomes and provides corresponding
Chapter 6 Concepts of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid Base Balance
summary points for each.
Chapter 7 The Integumentary System
Chapter 8 The Skeletal System v Critical Thinking: This feature identifies problems and situations
Chapter 9 The Muscular System that may arise when you are caring for patients or performing a
Chapter 10 Blood and Circulation procedure.
Chapter 11 The Cardiovascular System
Chapter 12 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems v Text has been updated throughout to reflect most up-to-date
Chapter 13 The Respiratory System NAACLS and CLSI guidelines
Chapter 14 The Nervous System v Each chapter is matched up to its related NAACLS competencies,
Chapter 15 The Urinary System which are listed in every chapter opener. Each section heading is
Chapter 16 The Male Reproductive System linked to its corresponding learning outcome.
Chapter 17 The Female Reproductive System
Chapter 18 Human Development v New interior design with vibrant photos and new line art
Chapter 19 The Digestive System
CONTENTS
Chapter 20 Metabolic Function and Nutrition
Chapter 21 The Endocrine System Chapter 1 The Delivery of Healthcare
Chapter 22 Special Senses Chapter 2 Infection Control & Safety
Appendix I Diseases and Disorders Chapter 3 Understanding Medical Terms and Abbreviations
Appendix II Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots in Commonly Used Chapter 4 Introduction to Body Systems and Laboratory Tests
Medical Terms Chapter 5 The Cardiovascular System
Appendix III Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical Chapter 6 Patient Identification and Specimen Requirements
Notations Chapter 7 Blood Collection Equipment
Chapter 8 Routine Blood Collection

58
Allied Health

Chapter 9 Blood Specimen Handling questions are tagged to learning Outcomes, and Chapter Summary
Chapter 10 Special Phlebotomy Procedures in a tabular, step-by-step format with page references.
Chapter 11 Quality Assurance
v Soft skills are emphasized throughout the text, including new Soft
Chapter 12 Waived Testing and Collection of Non-blood Specimens
Skills Tips and new content on the communication cycle, nonverbal
Chapter 13 Professionalism
communication, stress and time management, and best practices
Appendix A: Standard Precautions
for safe mail handling.
Appendix B: Transmission-Based Precautions
Appendix C: Medical Terms: Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots v New information has been added about Electronic Health
Appendix D: Medical Abbreviations Records, updated CMS-1500 forms, Red Flag requirements, ICD-
Appendix E: Laboratory Tests 10-CM, and payroll.
Appendix F: Competency Checklists
Appendix G: Historically-Relevant Phlebotomy Information CONTENTS
Appendix H: Answer Key Part 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant
Chapter 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant
Chapter 2 Medical Law and Ethics, HIPAA, and Compliance
Part 2 Administrative Responsibilities
Chapter 3 Concepts of Effective Office Communications
Chapter 4 Managing Health Information
NEW *9780073401980* Chapter 5 Office Management
Part 3 Practice Financials
Chapter 6 Insurance and Coding
Chapter 7 Billing, Reimbursement, and Collections
Chapter 8 Practice Finances
MEDICAL OFFICE Part 4 Preparing for Employment
Chapter 9 Sources of Opportunities, Application, Application Letter,
PROCEDURES Resume, Interview, Follow-Up Letter
7th Edition
Nenna L Bayes
Karonne Becklin
Bonnie J Crist

2012 / 480 pages NEW *9780077485276*


ISBN: 9780073401980
Available: January 2011
www.mhhe.com/bayes7e
New four-color interior. Thoroughly revised and updated, Medical ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY
Office Procedures is a text-workbook that introduces and describes
the tasks of a medical assistant’s career; teaches records 3rd Edition
management, medical communications, and scheduling skills; and Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming
describes procedures for preparing patients’ charts and bills. Practice Thomas Edward O’Brien,
management and finances are also addressed. Multi-day simulations Central Florida Institute
provide real-world experience with physician dictation. Managerial
skills have been added for this edition.
2012 / 352 pages
Two new authors, Nenna L. Bayes, B.A., M.Ed, and Bonnie J. Crist,
B.S., CMA (AAMA), add valuable currency to the text’s content and ISBN: 9780077485276 (with Student CD)
instruction. Bayes and Crist offer a wealth of instructional experience. Available: January 2011
They have used this product for many editions.
www.mhhe.com/boothecg3e
NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW TO THIS EDITION
v Updated exercises for Medisoft Advanced Version 16 patient v New! 12-Leand Interpretation in a simple step-by-step format.
billing software, a full-featured software program, which is available The how-to on ischemia, injury & infarction, axis deviation, left
to adopters. Contact your McGraw-Hill representative to request ventricular hypertrophy, bundle branch block, and action potential.
software.
v New! Coverage detailing attaching a patient to a Cardiac Monitor.
v Correspondence, scheduling, financial, and records projects This skill reinforces the 3 limbs referenced in Einthoven’s Triangle and
in each chapter provide hands-on practice with concepts and gives the Lead II view referenced for Rhythm Interpretation.
skills. Files for letterheads, patient information forms, and statements
for chapter projects and simulations are delivered online via CONNECT v New! Quick reference cards at the end of the text to include the
Plus and the Online Learning Center. Simulation recordings, also 5-step Process and dysrhythmia categories, plus common 12-Lead
available online via CONNECT PLUS, contain recordings for the connection locations and more!
3 simulations of medical office conversations, instructions from the
v New! Connect Plus for Allied Health Connect Plus Allied Health
doctor, incoming and outgoing phone calls, interruptions, and the
makes online assignments even more convenient for your students.
doctor’s dictation for transcription.
Connect Plus Allied Health provides students with online assignments
v Instructor’s Manual contains teaching notes and resources, and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook- an online
AAMA/AMT/NHCSSP correlation charts, and answer keys. EZ Test edition of your McGraw-Hill textbook- to aid them in successfully
test generator and PowerPoint presentations are available online completing their work, wherever, and whenever they choose.
through CONNECT Plus and at the Online Learning Center.
v Updated! Einthoven Triangle definition in PPT files and within
v Improved Learning Outcomes, including: revised to reflect new the student CD activities
terminology for Bloom’s Taxonomy, all end-of-chapter and test bank

59
Allied Health

Chapter 17 Drugs for the Nervous and Sensory Systems


NEW *9780073374376* Chapter 18 Psychotropic Drugs
Chapter 19 Antineoplastic Drugs
Chapter 20 Drugs for the Pediatric Patient
Chapter 21 Drugs for the Geriatric Patient
Appendix A Abbreviations
ADMINISTERING Appendix B Checklist Practice Procedures
Glossary
MEDICATIONS Index
7th Edition
Donna Gauwitz

2012 / 704 pages


ISBN: 9780073374376
NEW *9780073402154*
Available: January 2011
www.mhhe.com/gauwitz7e
Administering Medications: Pharmacology for Healthcare Professionals
is designed to teach the safe administration of medications to ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL
healthcare students entering nursing, medical assisting, and other ASSISTING A WORKFORCE
allied healthcare professions. This textbook speaks directly to students READINESS APPROACH
and encourages students to identify and apply the concepts learned.
By Helen Houser, Kathryn A Booth, Total
The organization of the chapters allows students and instructors to Care Programming, Terri D Wyman, Sanford
build a knowledge base that starts with the fundamentals of medication Brown Institute and Sandra Moaney-Wright
administration and progresses through the drugs frequently used to
treat most common diseases. Most chapters are organized around a
body system to help students fully understand drug actions. For easy 2012 / 672 pages
identification, the 50 most frequently prescribed drugs are boldfaced ISBN: 9780073402154
in the Representative Drug table at the end of most chapters. The Available: January 2011
Patient Education, Healthcare for Today and Tomorrow, and Legal
and Ethical Issues boxes continue to be highlighted features in this www.mhhe.com/houseradminmedassist
edition. The Patient Education boxes contain important information for
the healthcare professional to communicate to the patient. This feature Students entering today’s medical office as employees must be ready
also includes cultural diversity and pediatric and geriatric implications to work. Administrative Medical Assisting by Houser prepares students
where appropriate. The Healthcare for Today and Tomorrow boxes to be workforce ready—prepared to work, understand and project
alert the healthcare professional to issues or problems that may be professional behavior, and perform both technical and soft skills.
encountered today or in the future. The Legal and Ethical Issues boxes Students will understand the most up-to-date information, such as
illustrate the role of the healthcare professional in actual legal and EHRs, Red Flag Rule, conversion from ICD-9-CM to ICD-10-CM, and
ethical situations pertinent to the content of each chapter. be workforce ready. Using a one-column design with a larger typeface,
Houser is more engaging and easier to read and comprehend. Houser
also includes more procedures that provide more detail for completing
NEW TO THIS EDITION day-to-day activities required in the medical office.
v Now includes Procedures Checklists!
Workforce Readiness! Houser prepares students to enter the
v Age Consideration Boxes have been added. workforce as quality professionals. Features throughout the text
include EHR Readiness, Practice Readiness, Professional Readiness,
v Every section heading is linked by number to the Learning and Exam Readiness. A professional behavior rubric is available
Outcomes addressed by the section topic. An additional Learning for instructors to assess students’ professionalism, including attire,
Outcome addresses drug calculations in pertinent chapters. etiquette, and ethics. Houser not only focuses on passing the exam,
but being a quality and valued employee.
v The Case Studies in each Chapter Review provides two
scenarios in which students respond to patient situations. Readability and Engagement! Using a one-column design with a larger
v Five NCLEX questions per chapter, found at the conclusion typeface, Houser is more engaging and easier for students to read
and comprehend. The text includes numerous illustrations and photos
of the Chapter Review, focus primarily on medication action, side
to reinforce chapter content. Houser also includes more procedures
effects, and nursing care. that provide more detail for completing day-to-day activities required
in the medical office.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Orientation to Medications Electronic Health Records Activities! Included within Connect Plus
Chapter 2 Principles of Drug Action and linked to specific chapters in the text are 33 EHR activities.
Chapter 3 Measurement and Dosage Calculations Students need to have electronic documentation skills in order to get
Chapter 4 Administering Parenteral Medications a job. Instructors and Medical Assisting Programs need to train their
Chapter 5 Medication Therapy students to be prepared after certification
Chapter 6 Vitamins, Minerals, and Herbs
Totally Up-to-Date Content! Houser includes the most up-to-date
Chapter 7 Antibiotics and Antifungals
information in health care. It includes such hot topics as Electronic
Chapter 8 Drugs for the Eye and Ear Health Records, the Red Flag Rule (avoiding identity theft),
Chapter 9 Drugs for the Skin transitioning from ICD-9-CM coding to ICD-10-CM coding, and
Chapter 10 Drugs for the Cardiovascular System valuable information on professional behavior. There is an entire
Chapter 11 Drugs for the Respiratory System chapter on asepsis.
Chapter 12 Drugs for the Gastrointestinal System
Chapter 13 Drugs for the Urinary System and Fluid Balance Working with the Health Care Team Boxes: introduction of various
Chapter 14 Drugs for the Reproductive System health care team roles and their interface with the administrative
Chapter 15 Drugs for the Endocrine System medical assistant
Chapter 16 Drugs for the Musculoskeletal System

60
Allied Health

Major emphasis on professional behaviors in each chapter and a Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA
behavioral assessment rubric for instructors and students. Exams, Fourth Edition provides example questions for students to
prepare for certification exams. This reference prepares students to
An entire chapter on the ICD-10 take the exam with easy-to-read essential material summaries that
highlight key areas of the major clinical and administrative parts of a
Appointment to Payment chapter, helps students to understand their Medical Assistant’s program. Each of the chapters includes a series
many functions as an administrative medical assistant and how they of 20 to 30 multiple choice quiz questions and a concise outline of
“fit” in the integration and flow of the medical office. key information. CONNECT PLUS provides more than 1600 sample
review questions as well as a PowerPoint presentation for additional
Student Success Story: unit openers based on true experiences of student review. The review questions include rationales for answers
graduates and their advice to current administrative medical assisting and correlations to certification competencies.
students
NEW TO THIS EDITION
CONTENTS v Incorporates the 2010 ABHES and the 2008 CAAHEP
Unit I Foundations and Principles of Administrative Medical competencies. The preface includes correlations to the chapters in
Assisting 1 this review text for AAMA (CMA), AMT (RMA), NHA, NOCTI, CAAHEP,
Chapter 1 Medical Assisting as a Career 3 and ABHES.
Chapter 2 Professional Behaviors 20
Chapter 3 The Health Care Team 34 v Connect Plus is an interactive learning platform that provides
Chapter 4 Professional Communication 59 auto-graded assessments, LearnSmart: Medical Assisting, a
Chapter 5 Patient Education 62 searchable e-book, and power reporting against learning outcomes
Unit II The Medical Office 71 and level of difficulty. Connect Plus for medical assisting review
Chapter 6 Law and Ethics in the Medical Office 73 includes interactive and assignable e-book, 1600+ multiple-choice
Chapter 7 The Medical Office Environment 83 questions designed in CMA, RMA, and CCMA style and each tied to
Chapter 8 Asepsis for Administrative Areas 89 ABHES and CAAHEP competencies, complete practice exams with
Chapter 9 Administrative Technologies 91 feedback, and PowerPoint presentations for exam review.
Unit III Administrative Practices 95
CONTENTS
Chapter 10 Patient Flow 99
Chapter 11 Telecommunications in the Health Care Setting 110 Part I Theory Review
Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments 112 Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge
Chapter 13 Written Communications 115 Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting
Unit IV Medical Records 121 Chapter 2 Medical Terminology
Chapter 14 Medical Records Management 123 Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 15 The Health Record 132 Chapter 4 Pathophysiology
Chapter 16 Reports and Prescriptions 139 Chapter 5 Microbiology
Unit V Financial Practices 145 Chapter 6 General Psychology
Chapter 17 Insurance and Billing 147 Chapter 7 Nutrition
Chapter 18 Medical Coding 156 Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics
Chapter 20 CPT/HCPCS 159 Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge
Chapter 21 Accounting Practices 189 Chapter 9 General Office Duties
Unit VI Practice Management 201 Chapter 10 Communication in the Medical Office
Chapter 22 The Role of the Practice Manager 217 Chapter 11 Keyboarding and Computer Applications
Chapter 23 Human Resources 233 Chapter 12 Financial Management
Unit VII Risk Management 221 Chapter 13 Medical Insurance
Chapter 24 Quality Assurance 223 Chapter 14 Basic Coding
Chapter 25 Emergency Readiness 233 Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge
Unit VIII Workforce Readiness 235 Chapter 15 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis
Chapter 26 The Externship 237 Chapter 16 Preparing the Patient
Chapter 27 Employment Search 245 Chapter 17 Vital Signs and Measurement
Chapter 18 Pharmacology
Chapter 19 Administration of Medication
Chapter 20 Electrocardiography
Chapter 21 Radiology
Chapter 22 Physical Therapy
Chapter 23 Medical Emergencies and First Aid
NEW *9780073374581* Chapter 24 Laboratory Procedures
Part II Self-Evaluation Tests
Test 1
Test 2
Index
MEDICAL ASSISTING
REVIEW:
Passing the CMA, RMA, and
NHA Exams, 4th Edition
Jahangir Moini, Everest University

2012 / 560 pages


ISBN: 9780073374581 (with Student CD)
Available: January 2011
www.mhhe.com/moini4e

61
Allied Health

MEDICAL ASSISTING:
NEW *9780073374949* Administrative Procedures with Student
CD, 4th Edition
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming
Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute
Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Community College
PRACTICE MANAGEMENT Sandra Moaney-Wright
AND EHR 2011 / 536 pages
ISBN: 9780077399986
A Total Patient Encounter Available: February 2010
for Medisoft Clinical
By Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
www.mhhe.com/medicalassisting4e
Respected for its inclusive coverage of AAMA, AMT, NHA, RMA,
NOCTI, CAAHEP and SCANS, Booth’s fourth edition now provides
2012 / 736 pages
the 2010 ABHES and 2008 CAAHEP standards in each chapter!
ISBN: 9780073374949 Preparation for Certification Boxes have been added to this edition
Available: February 2011 to focus students on the specific exam they will take. 18 Electronic
www.mhhe.com/pmehr Health Record activities are incorporated into the text and available
online through SpringCharts, simulating real patient encounters.
Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter Emergency Preparedness and a completely revised workbook that
for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to now includes competency work products have been added for the 4th
teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice edition. ACTIVSim™, LearnSmart™, and Connect Plus+™ digitally
management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR enhance learning with Booth’s Medical Assisting!
and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive
picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take CONTENTS
place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit.
PART ONE: Introduction to Medical Assisting
It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical
positions in a medical office. SECTION 1: Foundations and Principles
Chapter 1: The Profession of Medical Assisting
FEATURES Chapter 2: Types of Medical Practice
Chapter 3: Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including
v Students learn transferable concepts and skills that can easily HIPAA
be adapted for any patient management/EHR software program. Chapter 4: Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers
Students will understand the “why” behind what they do in the PART TWO: Administrative Medical Assisting
software, not just the steps of how to do it. SECTION 1: Office Work
Chapter 5: Using and Maintaining Office Equipment
v The text provides an integrated understanding of patient
Chapter 6: Using Computers in the Office
management and EHR software solutions. It follows the sequence of
Chapter 7: Managing Correspondence and Mail
a typical patient encounter during an office visit. It begins with making
Chapter 8: Managing Office Supplies
the appointment, checking in at the office, the insurance claim process,
Chapter 9: Maintaining Patient Records
and claim payment and follow-up.
Chapter 10: Managing the Office Medical Records
v The applications simulate all front and back office roles. Students SECTION 2: Interacting with Patients
gain hands-on practice performing computer-based tasks based on Chapter 11: Telephone Techniques
job roles in the medical office. Chapter 12: Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician’s
Schedule
v The exercises are completed in a simulated version of Medisoft
Chapter 13: Patient Reception
Clinical: A Practice Management and EHR solution. Using CONNECT
Chapter 14: Patient Education
Plus, it offers an easy-to-implement instructional solution.
SECTION 3: Financial Responsibilities
v Engaging hands-on activities hold the students’ interest Chapter 15: Health Insurance Billing Procedures
throughout the text. Early chapters begin with simple exercises with Chapter 16: Medical Coding
extra assistance. In later chapters, students face more challenging Chapter 17: Patient Billing and Collections
exercises as well as independent exercises for students to apply the Chapter 18: Accounting for the Medical Office
skills they have learned throughout the text. Appendix I: Prefixes, Suffixes and Word Roots In
Commonly-Used Medical Terms
CONTENTS Appendix II: Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical
Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle Notations
Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter Glossary
Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records Index
Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical
Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters
Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification
Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures
Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I
Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II
Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation
Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters
Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement
Chapter 10 Claims Management
Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements
Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up
Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office
Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections
Part 5 Simulation

62
Allied Health

MEDICAL ASSISTING: MEDICAL ASSISTING:


Clinical Procedures For Medical Assisting Administrative and Clinical Procedures
4th Edition 4th Edition
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming
Leesa Whicker, Central Pidemont Community College Leesa Whicker, Central Piedmont Comm College
Terri D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute Terri. D Wyman, Sanford Brown Institute
2011 / 832 pages Sandra Moaney-Wright
ISBN: 9780077399993 (with Student CDs) 2011 / 1520 pages
Available: January 2010 ISBN: 9780077399979 (with Student CDs)
Available: January 2010
www.mhhe.com/medicalassisting4e
www.mhhe.com/medicalassisting4e
Respected for its inclusive coverage of AAMA, AMT, NHA, RMA,
NOCTI, CAAHEP and SCANS, Booth’s fourth edition now provides Respected for its inclusive coverage of AAMA, AMT, NHA, RMA,
the 2010 ABHES and 2008 CAAHEP standards in each chapter! NOCTI, CAAHEP and SCANS, Booth’s fourth edition now provides
Preparation for Certification Boxes have been added to this edition the 2010 ABHES and 2008 CAAHEP standards in each chapter!
to focus students on the specific exam they will take. 15 Electronic Preparation for Certification Boxes have been added to this edition to
Health Record activities are incorporated into the text and available focus students on the specific exam they will take. Over 30 Electronic
online through SpringCharts simulating real patient encounters. Health Record activities are incorporated into the text and available
A completely revised workbook now includes competency work online through SpringCharts, simulating real patient encounters.
products. ACTIVSim™, LearnSmart™, and Connect Plus+™ digitally Emergency Preparedness, additional administrative coverage and
enhance learning with Booth’s Medical Assisting! a completely revised workbook that now includes competency
work products have been added for the 4th edition. ACTIVSim™,
CONTENTS LearnSmart™, and Connect Plus+™ digitally enhance learning with
Booth’s Medical Assisting!
SECTION 1: The Medical Office Environment
Chapter 1: Principles of Asepsis CONTENTS
Chapter 2: Infection Control Techniques
PART ONE: Introduction to Medical Assisting
Chapter 3: HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens
SECTION 1: Foundations and Principles
Chapter 4: Preparing the Exam and Treatment Areas
Chapter 1: The Profession of Medical Assisting
SECTION 2: Assisting with Patients
Chapter 2: Types of Medical Practice
Chapter 5: Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and
Chapter 3: Legal and Ethical Issues in Medical Practice, Including HIPAA
Documentation
Chapter 4: Communication with Patients, Families, and Coworkers
Chapter 6: Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements
PART TWO: Administrative Medical Assisting
Chapter 7: Assisting with a General Physical Examination
SECTION 1: Office Work
SECTION 3: Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies
Chapter 5: Using and Maintaining Office Equipment
Chapter 8: Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties
Chapter 6: Using Computers in the Office
Chapter 9: Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations
Chapter 7: Managing Correspondence and Mail
Chapter 10: Assisting with Minor Surgery
Chapter 8: Managing Office Supplies
Chapter 11: Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation
Chapter 9: Maintaining Patient Records
Chapter 12: Emergency Preparedness and First Aid
Chapter 10: Managing the Office Medical Records
Chapter 13: Complementary and Alternative Medicine
SECTION 2: Interacting with Patients
SECTION 4: Physician’s Office Laboratory Procedures
Chapter 11: Telephone Techniques
Chapter 14: Laboratory Equipment and Safety
Chapter 12: Scheduling Appointments and Maintaining the Physician’s
Chapter 15: Introduction to Microbiology
Schedule
Chapter 16: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Urine Specimens
Chapter 13: Patient Reception
Chapter 17: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens
Chapter 14: Patient Education
SECTION 5: Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic
SECTION 3: Financial Responsibilities
Equipment
Chapter 15: Health Insurance Billing Procedures
Chapter 18: Nutrition and Special Diets
Chapter 16: Medical Coding
Chapter 19: Principles of Pharmacology
Chapter 17: Patient Billing and Collections
Chapter 20: Drug Administration
Chapter 18: Accounting for the Medical Office
Chapter 21: Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing
PART THREE: Clinical Medical Assisting
Chapter 22: X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology
SECTION 1: Anatomy & Physiology
SECTION 6: Externship
Chapter 19: Organization of the Body
Chapter 23: Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a
Chapter 20: The Integumentary System
Position Appendix I: Prefixes, Suffixes and Word Roots In Commonly-
Chapter 21: The Skeletal System
Used Medical Terms Appendix II: Abbreviations and Symbols
Chapter 22: The Muscular System
Commonly Used in Medical Notations Glossary
Chapter 23: The Cardiovascular System
Chapter 24: The Respiratory System
Chapter 25: The Nervous System
Chapter 26: The Urinary System
Chapter 27: The Reproductive Systems
Chapter 28: The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
Chapter 29: The Digestive System
Chapter 30: The Endocrine System
Chapter 31: Special Senses
SECTION 2: The Medical Office Environment
Chapter 32: Principles of Asepsis
Chapter 33: Infection Control Techniques
Chapter 34: HIV, Hepatitis, and Other Blood-Borne Pathogens
Chapter 35: Preparing the Exam and Treatment Areas

63
Allied Health

SECTION 3: Assisting with Patients NEW TO THIS EDITION


Chapter 36: Interviewing the Patient, Taking a History, and
v Specific learning outcomes give the student concrete
Documentation
expectations. Case studies, illustrations, and tables always attempt
Chapter 37: Obtaining Vital Signs and Measurements
to keep the focus on the learning outcomes.
Chapter 38: Assisting with a General Physical Examination
SECTION 4: Specialty Practices and Medical Emergencies v Case studies are presented at the beginning of each chapter
Chapter 39: Assisting with Examinations in the Basic Specialties and are revisited in the text and then are found in the review at the
Chapter 40: Assisting with Highly Specialized Examinations end of the chapter with appropriate questions.
Chapter 41: Assisting with Minor Surgery
Chapter 42: Assisting with Cold and Heat Therapy and Ambulation v Critical thinking questions are included as part of the chapter
Chapter 43: Emergency Preparedness and First Aid review questions in every chapter. This avoids mere memorization
Chapter 44: Complementary and Alternative Medicine that often is cumbersome for students.
SECTION 5: Physician’s Office Laboratory Procedures v Focus on Clinical Applications make the connection between
Chapter 45: Laboratory Equipment and Safety anatomy, physiology, and disease concepts and applications in
Chapter 46: Introduction to Microbiology health professions.
Chapter 47: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Urine Specimens
Chapter 48: Collecting, Processing, and Testing Blood Specimens v Focus on Genetics relates the genetics to anatomy, physiology,
SECTION 6: Nutrition, Pharmacology, and Diagnostic Equipment and Pathophysiology
Chapter 49: Nutrition and Special Diets
v From the Perspective of… applies the content to the skills needed
Chapter 50: Principles of Pharmacology
in a related healthcare profession.
Chapter 51: Drug Administration
Chapter 52: Electrocardiography and Pulmonary Function Testing v From the Perspective of… applies the content to the skills needed
Chapter 53: X-Rays and Diagnostic Radiology in a related healthcare profession.
SECTION 7: Externship
v Focus on Wellness relates the study of anatomy, physiology,
Chapter 54: Medical Assisting Externships and Preparing to Find a
and disease to the learner’s personal health.
Position
Appendix I: Prefixes, Suffixes and Word Roots In Commonly-Used v Warning icons alert the student to possible mistakes and
Medical Terms misconceptions. Most students come to the course with preconceived
Appendix II: Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical notions of how the body works. These warnings help to dispel common
Notations misconceptions.
Glossary
Index v Connect© for Anatomy, Physiology & Disease http://connect.
mcgraw-hill.com
v Workbook
v The Online Learning Center that comes included with this text

Medical Billing
contains a host of teaching resources at your disposal

and Coding
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Concepts of the Human Body
Chapter 2 Concepts of Chemistry
Chapter 3 Concepts of Cells and Tissues
Chapter 4 Concepts of Disease
Chapter 5 Concepts of Microbiology
NEW *9780073402222* Chapter 6 Concepts of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid Base Balance
Chapter 7 The Integumentary System
Chapter 8 The Skeletal System
Chapter 9 The Muscular System
Chapter 10 Blood and Circulation
ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, Chapter 11 The Cardiovascular System
AND DISEASE FOR THE Chapter 12 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
HEALTH PROFESSIONS Chapter 13 The Respiratory System
Chapter 14 The Nervous System
3rd Edition Chapter 15 The Urinary System
Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming, Chapter 16 The Male Reproductive System
Terri D Wyman and Virgil Stoia
Chapter 17 The Female Reproductive System
Chapter 18 Human Development
2013 / 512 pages Chapter 19 The Digestive System
ISBN: 9780073402222 Chapter 20 Metabolic Function and Nutrition
Available: January 2012 Chapter 21 The Endocrine System
Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for Health Professions connects Chapter 22 Special Senses
human diseases and disorders to anatomy and physiology through Appendix I Diseases and Disorders
application and clinical-based approaches. This edition offers a Appendix II Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots in Commonly Used
completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more Medical Terms
focused art and expanded table of contents. Students will feel a new Appendix III Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical
sense of engagement and motivation through Chapter Opening Case Notations
Studies that unfold as they move through each chapter. Updated
learning objectives and a wider variety and quantity of questions and
exercises for have also been included with this edition.

64
Allied Health

Coding Diseases, Chapters 7-8


NEW *9780073374987* Chapter 7: Diseases of the Circulatory System (390-459)
Chapter 8: Diseases of the Respiratory System (460-519)
Coding Diseases, Chapters 9-10
Chapter 9: Diseases of the Digestive System (520-579)
Chapter 10: Diseases of the Genitourinary System (580-629)
Chapter 4: ICD-9-CM Chapter-Specific Guidelines, Part II:
Chapters 11-19
MEDICAL CODING Coding Conditions and Complications of Pregnancy, Chapter 11
FUNDAMENTALS Chapter 11: Pregnancy, Childbirth and the Puerperium (630-679)
Susan Goldsmith and Marc Leib Coding Diseases, Chapters 12-13
Chapter 12: Diseases of Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue (680-709)
Chapter 13: Diseases of the Musculoskeletal System and Connective
Tissue (710-739)
2013 / 512 pages Coding Abnormalities and Unusual Conditions, Chapters 14-17
ISBN: 9780073374987 Chapter 14: Congenital Anomalies (740-750)
www.mhhe.com/goldsmith Chapter 15: Certain Conditions Originating in the Perinatal Period
(760-779)
Medical Coding Fundamentals provides a fresh approach to medical Chapter 16: Symptoms, Signs, and Ill-Defined Conditions (780-799)
coding that reflects the way real medical coders succeed in their jobs. Chapter 17: Injury and Poisoning (800-999)
An introductory chapter refreshes students on the basics of A&P and V-Codes and E-Codes, Chapters 18-19
medical terminology. Authentic examples clearly illustrate key areas, Chapter 18: Supplemental Classification of Factors Influencing Health
from the basics of CPT, ICD and HCPCS through complex topics such Status and Contact With Health Services (V01-V91)
as modifiers and E/M. In order to train students to become proficient,
Chapter 19: Supplemental Classification of External Causes of Injury
accurate coders who are well-prepared to take the steps towards
coding c2ertification, exercises throughout each chapter and the and Poisoning (E000-E030, E800-E999)
entire final chapter provide plenty of coding practice, as well as critical Chapter 5: Introduction To ICD-10-CM
thinking to prepare the next generation of coders. Don’t worry about Part II: CPT and HCPCS
ICD-10, either. Medical Coding Fundamentals tackles the transition Chapter 6: Introduction To CPT
head on, providing you with just the right blend of coverage. Chapter 7: Modifiers
Chapter 8: Evaluation And Management Services, Part I: Structure
FEATURES And Guidance
Chapter 9: Evaluation And Management Services, Part II: Code
v Both diagnostic coding (ICD-9-CM, ICD-10-CM) and procedural
Selection
coding (CPT, HCPCS) are covered in one volume for seamless
Chapter 10: Anesthesia Services
learning.
Chapter 11: Radiology Services
v Dedicated chapters on ICD-10-CM/PCS and HCPCS offer Chapter 12: Surgical Procedures
specialized, in-depth coverage to prepare coders for every aspect Chapter 13: Pathology And Laboratory Services
of medical coding. Chapter 14: Medicine Services
Chapter 15: HCPCS
v Throughout each chapter, Coding Examples walk through clinical Part III: Practicum
scenarios and describe how to select codes to describe the cases, Chapter 16: Putting It All Together
including such complex factors as modifiers and components of E/M.
To take learning to the next level, exercises at the end of each section
and chapter provide opportunities to practice coding each type of
diagnosis or procedure.
v Skills can’t be learned in a vacuum. Throughout each chapter,
From the Perspective of... features emphasize the links between NEW *9780073402215*
topics covered and real-world coding careers. These features also
highlight the point-of-view of healthcare providers and payers,
supplying a well-rounded, complete picture of medical coding.
v Approach the transition to ICD-10 with confidence. Each
diagnosis-coding chapter in Medical Coding Fundamentals includes MEDICAL CODING
options to assign ICD-10-CM codes in addition to ICD-9-CM. Understanding ICD-10-CM
CONTENTS and ICD-10-PCS
Chapter 1: Medical Terminology, Anatomy, And Physiology Leah Grebner, Midstate College and Angela
Suarez, National College
PART I: ICD-9-CM AND ICD-10-CM
Chapter 2: Introduction To ICD-9-CM
Chapter 3: ICD-9-CM Chapter-Specific Guidelines, Part I: 2013 / 480 pages
Chapters 1-10
ISBN: 9780073402215
Coding Diseases and Disorders, Chapters 1-3
Available: February 2012
Chapter 1: Infectious and Parasitic Diseases (001-139)
Chapter 2: Neoplasm (140-239) www.mhhe.com/grebner
Chapter 3: Endocrine, Nutritional, and Metabolic Diseases and
Immunity Disorders (240-279) Don’t fear the transition to ICD-10. Understand it.
Coding Diseases and Disorders, Chapters 4-6
Chapter 4: Diseases of Blood and Blood-forming Organs (280-289) Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS is a
comprehensive walkthrough of the new ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS
Chapter 5: Mental Disorders (290-319)
coding systems for coders in every part of healthcare. It covers the
Chapter 6: Diseases of Nervous System and Sense Organs (320- fundamentals of medical coding, billing, and documentation, essential
389) to understanding the importance of code selection. In-depth chapters

65
Allied Health

on body systems, signs and symptoms, injuries, and health status 28. ICD-10-PCS Sections, Part I: Sections 0-4
provide the full picture of diagnosis coding, preparing coders for ICD- 29. ICD-10-PCS Sections, Part II: Sections 5-9
10’s new guidelines, terminology, and sequencing. Chapters on the 30. ICD-10-PCS Sections, Part III: Sections B-H
brand-new format of ICD-10-PCS have you covered for the evolution
in hospital coding. Looking for even more practice? Don’t miss the
Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities:
ICD-10 Edition (Newby). It spotlights the basics of ICD-10 coding and
provides many opportunities for practice and mastery.

FEATURES NEW *9780073374932*


v Exercises at the end of each section prompt critical thinking about
each topic and allow for coding practice. A wide variety of exercises
at the end of each chapter allows students to apply what they have
learned, from straightforward diagnosis coding to more complex
activities and case studies. ETHICS IN MEDICAL
CODING
v Medical Coding provides a comprehensive, career-focused
approach to medical coding, bolstered by the dual coding certifications Theory and Practice
of its authors. Brad Hart
v Get comprehensive coverage of both ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-
PCS in one book and one consistent format with Medical Coding.
2013 / 352 pages
v The book describes both physician/outpatient coding and
ISBN: 9780073374932
hospital/inpatient coding, with multiple chapters on procedural coding
Available: January 2012
systems and the specifics of ICD-10-PCS.
www.mhhe.com/codingethics
v Medical Coding describes ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS in clear,
readable language that demystifies the coding process, making Ethics in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice addresses the
learning easy for both new and experienced coders. challenging topics of ethics and compliance in medical coding, billing,
and health information management. From choosing a diagnosis or
v Spotlights on anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, and medical procedure code to navigating payer requirements and installing an
terminology build foundational knowledge and prepare coders to EHR system, this text’s down-to-earth style explains potential ethical
address clinical needs in ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS. dilemmas and offers practical methods for solving them. Case studies
and exercises throughout each chapter provide opportunities to go
CONTENTS beyond the theory. Chapters on compliance programs, health care
Part I: Introduction to Medical Coding reform, EHR, and ICD-10 ensure that you’ll be prepared to navigate
1. History and Evolution of the International Classification of the ethical challenges ahead.
Diseases
2. Diagnosis Coding System Formats and Conventions FEATURES
3. Data and Billing Basics v Case studies at the beginning and end of each chapter
4. Elements of Medical Documentation emphasize the real-life relevance of ethical challenges in medical
5. Translating Documentation to Codes billing and coding.
Part II: ICD-10-CM
6. Signs, Symptoms, and Abnormal Clinical and Laboratory v Exercises at the end of each section prompt critical thinking
Findings about each topic. A wide variety of exercises at the end of each
7. Factors Influencing Health Status and Contact with Health chapter allows students to go beyond theory by applying what they
Service have learned, making ethics relevant.
8. Infectious and Parasitic Diseases v Dedicated coverage of compliance programs, health care reform,
9. Neoplasms EHR, and ICD-10 goes beyond the buzz words to provide timely
10. Endocrine, Nutritional, and Metabolic Diseases knowledge and preparation for upcoming ethical challenges.
11. Blood and Blood Forming Organs Plus Certain Disorders Involving
the Immune Mechanism v The text provides tools for ethical actions by all medical office
12. Mental and Behavioral Disorders professionals. It addresses the ethical challenges that may arise
13. Nervous System and Sense Organs during any part of a typical patient encounter, from physician
14. Circulatory System documentation to code selection to reimbursement.
15. Respiratory System
16. Digestive System CONTENTS
17. Genitourinary System Chapter 1: Defining Coding: The Accurate Reporting of Medical
18. Pregnancy, Childbirth, and the Puerperium Services
19. Conditions Originating in the Newborn (Perinatal) Period 1.1 The Definition of Medical Coding
20. Congenital Malformations, Deformations, and Chromosomal 1.2 The Coder’s Tools
Abnormalities 1.3 Methods of Reporting Codes
21. Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue 1.4 The Fundamentals of Coding
22. Musculoskeletal and Connective Tissue PART 1: THE FUNDAMENTALS OF ETHICS
23. Injury, Poisoning, and Certain Other Consequences of External Chapter 2: Ethics and the Importance of Ethical Systems
Causes 2.1 Definitions and Views of “Ethics”
24. External Causes of Injury, Poisoning, and Morbidity 2.2 Methods of Determining Ethical Norms
Part III: Introduction to Medical Procedure Coding 2.3 The Importance of Ethics for Individuals, Business, and Society
25. Procedural Coding System Formats and Conventions 2.4 Factors That Influence Business Ethics
26. ICD-9-CM Volume 3 2.5 The Relationship Between Law and Ethics
Part IV: ICD-10-PCS Coding 2.6 The Range of Ethical Approaches to Individual and Corporate
27. ICD-10-PCS Structure, Format, and Table Conventions Behavior
2.7 The Ethics System That Best Serves Billing and Coding

66
Allied Health

Chapter 3: Why Ethical Dilemmas Occur 12.1 Strategies for Avoiding Ethical Problems in Medical Billing and
3.1 Defining Ethical Dilemma Coding
3.2 The Reasons Why People Behave Unethically 12.2 Implementing Effective Corporate Ethics Policies
3.3 The Roots of Unethical Behavior in Business 12.3 Avoiding Ethical Dilemmas by Developing Business Department
3.4 Why Unethical Behavior Continues to Occur Protocols
3.5 Practical Tools for Analyzing and Resolving Ethical Dilemmas 12.4 Constructing Strategies for Communicating with Patients to
3.6 Case Studies of Ethical Dilemmas in Billing and Coding Avoid Ethical Problems
PART 2: ETHICS IN CODING Chapter 13: Resolving Ethical Problems When They Occur
Chapter 4: Coding, Ethics, and Third-Party Financing 13.1 Options Available to Those Facing Ethical Dilemmas Caused
4.1 The Unique Elements of the U.S. Health Care Payment System by Their Employer
4.2 The Stakeholders in Business Transactions and the Medical 13.2 Methods That Employees Can Use When Ethical Dilemmas Occur
Coding Process 13.3 Practical Tips and Resources for Dealing with Ethical Problems
4.3 Evaluate the Role Played by Each Stakeholder in the Medical in Medical Billing and Coding
Coding Process 13.4 The Value of Adhering to Ethical Principles
4.4 Thoughts and Behaviors of Stakeholders in Healthcare
Chapter 5: Evaluation and Management Services
5.1 Factors to Consider in Selecting an E/M Code
5.2 Elements of History Documentation and the Occurrence of Ethical
Problems in Relationship to History
5.3 Examination Documentation Guidelines and the Opportunity for
Ethical Problems
NEW *9780073511047*
5.4 The Role of Medial Decision Making in Code Assignment and
Ethical Problems
5.5 Time as the Determining Factor in E/M Code Selection
5.6 Common Opportunities for Ethical Dilemmas in Billing and Coding MEDICAL CODING
for E/M Services WORKBOOK FOR
5.7 Summarizing the E/M Coding Process PHYSICIAN PRACTICES
Chapter 6: Surgical and Procedural Services
AND FACILITIES
6.1 Services Included in the Global Surgical Package
6.2 Bundling and Unbundling ICD-10 Edition
6.3 The Use of Modifiers and Ethical Procedural Coding Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises Inc
6.4 Ethical Choices Regarding Procedure Methods and Unlisted
Codes 2013 / 256 pages
6.5 Separate Billing of Supplies and Procedures ISBN: 9780073511047
Chapter 7: Diagnosis Codes Available: January 2012
7.1 The Basics of Diagnosis Coding
7.2 Guidelines for ICD-9-CM Coding and Reporting
www.mhhe.com/codingwkbkICD10
7.3 Ethical Issues: Intentional Misuse of Diagnosis Codes Master the coding skills needed to pass coding certification exams
7.4 Ethical Dilemmas: Omitting or Misleading Information with this precise and tightly focused workbook that provides practice,
7.5 Analyzing Ethically Challenging Situations tips, and reinforcement in code selection and linkage. Building on
Chapter 8: Coding Ethics and ICD-10 the success of previous editions, Medical Coding Workbook for
8.1 The ICD-10-CM Code Set and the Transition from ICD-9-CM Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10 Edition focuses on the
8.2 Similarities and Differences Between ICD-9 and ICD-10 and transition to ICD-10-CM in an expanded Part 1, which includes a basic
Tools for Transition introduction to ICD-10 concepts and terminology. Gauge students’
coding proficiency with ease. Enhance any medical coding or medical
8.3 The Ethical Challenges of ICD-10-CM
insurance textbook with this highly praised solution! To learn more,
8.4 Addressing and Avoiding Ethical Challenges Associated with visit http://www.mhhe.com/codingwkbkICD10.
ICD-10
Chapter 9: Coding Ethics and the Revenue Cycle CONTENTS
9.1 Stages of the Medical Revenue Cycle
Part 1 ICD-10-CM
9.2 Ethical Issues in Registering Patients and Assigning Financial
Part 2 CPT and HCPCS
Responsibility
Part 3 Auditing Linkage and Compliance
9.3 Ethics and Patient Activity in the Facility or Clinic
Appendix A ICD-10-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting
9.4 Code Assignment, Ethics, and the Revenue Cycle
Outpatient Services
9.5 Ethical Issues in Relation to Third-Party Payers
Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main
9.6 Ethical Issues in Patient Statements and Collections
Text Sections
Chapter 10: Coding Ethics and Certification Entities
10.1 The Benefits of Employing Certified Coders
10.2 The Importance of Professional Certification for the Coder
10.3 Major Coding Certification Entities
10.4 The Certification Process
10.5 Certification Entity Codes of Ethics 5(9,(:&23<   
Chapter 11: New Issues in Coding Ethics (Available for course adoption only)
11.1 The Health Care Environment: Electronic Health Records
To request for a review copy,
11.2 Ethical Issues Associated with Selection and Installation of
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
Electronic Health Records representatives or,
11.3 Ethical Problems Associated with EHR Use ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
11.4 Health Care Reform and Coding Ethics in this catalog or,
11.5 Mandatory Compliance Programs and the Patient Protection ƒ e-mail your request to
and Affordable Care Act mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,
PART 3: APPLYING ETHICAL PRINCIPLES ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Chapter 12: Avoiding Ethical Problems

67
Allied Health

NEW *9780073374888* NEW *9780073374512*

MEDICAL CODING
WORKBOOK FOR THE COMPLETE DIAGNOSIS
PHYSICIAN PRACTICES & CODING BOOK
FACILITIES 2011
2nd Edition
6th Edition Shelley Safian, Herzing College
Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc

2012 / 192 pages 2012 / 384 pages


ISBN: 9780073374888 ISBN: 9780073374512
Available: January 2011 Available: January 2011
www.mhhe.com/codingwkbk6e The Complete Diagnosis Coding Book introduces students to the
coding process and uses case studies, examples, and a lighter
Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and writing style to sit side-by-side with the student and help them through
Facilities, 2011-2012 Edition builds coding expertise by providing learning to code. This book speaks directly to students with respect
thorough practice, tips, and reinforcement in code selection and and helps them to overcome the intimidation of learning such an
linkage. This supplementary workbook offers extensive opportunities important new skill. Case studies, examples, and exercises are salted
for students to practice ICD-9-CM (diagnoses) and CPT/HCPCS generously throughout the book to connect the reader with real life
(procedures) coding using the standard code reference manuals. scenarios and to help them relate to the issues at hand.
Unique coding linkage coverage reviews and practices reporting
diagnosis and procedures codes correctly together for compliant NEW TO THIS EDITION
coding. The exercises build from one-line diagnostic/procedural
statements to case studies. The Workbook also contains three v KEYS TO CODING walks students through the critical
comprehensive examinations covering ICD-9-CM, CPT/HCPCS, and thinking process required to make the necessary evaluations and
Code Linkage topics. interpretations needed to determine the necessary specifics to code
accurately. Direct references to applicable specific official coding
Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and guidelines are also included.
Facilities, 2011-2012 Edition is designed to help users master the
information needed to pass the coding certification exams and v BRIDGE TO ICD-10-CM connects the current process of coding
become employable. The precise and tightly focused nature of the from ICD-9-CM volumes 1 & 2 to the similarities and differences that
workbook helps instructors to readily gauge students’ levels of coding will be required to code from ICD-10-CM.
proficiency.
v YOU CODE IT! PRACTICE cases allow students to test their
NEW TO THIS EDITION coding skills with these 15 short case scenarios.
v Updated Information: The workbook includes the latest ICD and CONTENTS
CPT codes.
Chapter 1: Introduction to Diagnostic Coding
v Adoption of Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Chapter 2: Introduction to the ICD-9-CM Book and Its Codes
Practices & Facilities 2011-2012 allows for 21 days free access Chapter 3: General Guidelines and Notations
to CodeItRight Online, an experience with an Internet-based code Chapter 4: Coding Cirdulatory Conditions
assignment service. Chapter 5: Coding Neoplasms
Chapter 6: Coding Poisoning and Adverse Reactions
CONTENTS Chapter 7: Coding Burns
Part 1 ICD-9-CM Chapter 8: Coding Orthopedics
Part 2 CPT and HCPCS Chapter 9: Coding Obstetrics and Gynecology
Part 3 Coding Linkage and Compliance Chapter 10: Coding Congenital and Perinatal Conditions
Appendix A ICD-9-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpatient Chapter 11: Coding Infectious Diseases
Services Chapter 12: Coding Diabetes Mellitus
Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main Chapter 13: Coding Respiratory Conditions
Text Sections Chapter 14: You Code It! Practice & Simulation
Chapter 15: Coding Using ICD-10-CM--An Introduction
Glossary
Index

68
Allied Health

Chapter 19: Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Cases and Patient


NEW *9780073374529* Records
Chapter 20: Podiatry Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 21: Psychiatric Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 22: Pulmonary and Respiratory Cases and Patient
Records
Chapter 23: Radiology and Nuclear Medicine Cases and Patient
YOU CODE IT! A CASE Records
STUDIES WORKBOOK
Chapter 24: Urology, Nephrology, and Men’s Health Cases and
Patient Records
2nd Edition Chapter 25: Alternative Medicine: Acupuncture, Chiropractics, and
Shelley Safian, Herzing College Physical Therapy Cases and Patient Records

2012 / 512 pages


ISBN: 9780073374529
Available: January 2011 CASE STUDIES FOR USE WITH
www.mhhe.com/safian2e COMPUTERS IN THE MEDICAL OFFICE
6th Edition
You Code It! Abstracting Case Studies Practicum provides
extensive coding practice for students to expand their training and Susan Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
experience. The case studies and patient records provide exercises 2011 / 304 pages
and sample patient records for more than 25 specialties for focused ISBN: 9780073374895
coding practice. In addition, students can use this book for preparation Available: July 2010
to sit for a national certification exam or going to a job interview.
This workbook provides extensive, hands-on practice for learning to www.mhhe.com/casestudies6e
code. The cases in this book are real patient charts (redacted) from
physicians’ offices and hospitals in different parts of the country. It is a This capstone simulation using Medisoft Patient Billing Software,
student-friendly workbook presenting case studies for the practice of Version 16, gives students enhanced training that fosters superior
abstracting health care professionals’ documentation and accurately qualifications for a variety of medical office jobs. Extensive hands-on
translating the facts into the best, most accurate codes. practice with realistic source documents teaches students to input
information, schedule appointments, and handle billing, reports, and
other essential tasks. The simulation is recommended for students
NEW TO THIS EDITION
who have completed the study of Medisoft Advanced Version 16 using
v Realistic patient records provide ample practice for coding Computers in the Medical Office.
students to learn to review and properly code for reimbursement.
CONTENTS
v KEYS TO CODING feature walks students through the critical-
Part 1 Introduction to Polaris Medical Group
thinking process required to make the necessary evaluations and
Part 2 Polaris Medical Group Policy and Procedure Manual
interpretations needed to determine the most accurate and allowable
Part 3 On the Job
codes.
Part 4 Source Documents
v BRIDGE TO ICD-10-CM and ICD-10-PCS feature connects Glossary
the current process of coding from ICD-9-CM volumes 1 & 2 to the Index
similarities and differences that will be required to code from ICD-10-
CM, as well as that of ICD-9-CM volume 3 compared and contrasted
with ICD-10-PCS.
v CODING TIP entries offer additional tips and memory triggers
to cover more details in the coding process.
Medical Insurance
CONTENTS
Preface
Chapter 1: How to Abstract Notes
Chapter 2: Allergy and Immunology Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 3: Cardiology and Cardiovascular Cases and Patient NEW *9780073374888*
Records
Chapter 4: Dentistry Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 5: Dermatology and Burns Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 6: Emergency Services Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 7: Endocrinology Cases and Patient Records MEDICAL CODING
Chapter 8: Family Practice Cases and Patient Records WORKBOOK FOR
Chapter 9: Gastroenterology Cases and Patient Records PHYSICIAN PRACTICES &
Chapter 10: Gerontology Cases and Patient Records FACILITIES 2011
Chapter 11: Neonatal and Pediatrics Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 12: Neurology Cases and Patient Records 6th Edition
Chapter 13: Obstetrics and Gynecology Cases and Patient Cynthia Newby, Chestnut Hill Enterprises, Inc
Records
Chapter 14: Oncology Cases and Patient Records 2012 / 192 pages
Chapter 15: Ophthalmology Cases and Patient Records ISBN: 9780073374888
Chapter 16: Orthopedics Cases and Patient Records Available: January 2011
Chapter 17: Otolaryngology Cases and Patient Records
Chapter 18: Pathology and Laboratory Cases and Patient Records www.mhhe.com/codingwkbk6e

69
Allied Health

Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Chapter 3: Math in the POL
Facilities, 2011-2012 Edition builds coding expertise by providing Chapter 4: Statistics in the POL
thorough practice, tips, and reinforcement in code selection and Chapter 5: Quality Assurance and Quality Control
linkage. This supplementary workbook offers extensive opportunities Chapter 6: Recordkeeping in the POL
for students to practice ICD-9-CM (diagnoses) and CPT/HCPCS Unit 2: Urinalysis
(procedures) coding using the standard code reference manuals.
Chapter 7: Anatomy and Physiology of the Urinary System
Unique coding linkage coverage reviews and practices reporting
diagnosis and procedures codes correctly together for compliant Chapter 8: Collection and Preservation of the Urine Specimen
coding. The exercises build from one-line diagnostic/procedural Chapter 9: Physical and Chemical Properties of the Urinalysis
statements to case studies. The Workbook also contains three Chapter 10: Microscopic Properties of the Urinalysis
comprehensive examinations covering ICD-9-CM, CPT/HCPCS, and Unit 3: Blood Collection
Code Linkage topics. Chapter 11: Routine Venipuncture
Chapter 12: Advanced Venipuncture Techniques
Medical Insurance Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Unit 4: Hematology
Facilities, 2011-2012 Edition is designed to help users master the Chapter 13: Hemoglobin and Hematocrit: Manual Procedures
information needed to pass the coding certification exams and
Chapter 14: White Blood Cell Count and Red Blood Cell Count:
become employable. The precise and tightly focused nature of the
workbook helps instructors to readily gauge students’ levels of coding Manual Hematological Procedures
proficiency. Chapter 15: Differential White Blood Cell Count: Manual Procedure
Chapter 16: Automated Hematology and Quality Control
NEW TO THIS EDITION Chapter 17: Advanced Hematology Procedures
Chapter 18: Blood Coagulation
v Updated Information: The workbook includes the latest ICD and Unit 5: Blood Chemistry
CPT codes. Chapter 19: Blood Glucose: Measurement and Monitoring
v Adoption of Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Chapter 20: Chemistry Testing
Practices & Facilities 2011-2012 allows for 21 days free access Unit 6: Immunology and Microbiology
to CodeItRight Online, an experience with an Internet-based code Chapter 21: Immunology Tests
assignment service. Chapter 22: Microbiology
Appendices:
CONTENTS Appendix A: Standard Precautions and Other Laboratory Safety
Information
Part 1 ICD-9-CM
Appendix B: OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard
Part 2 CPT and HCPCS
Appendix C: Sample Blood and Body Fluid Exposure Report Form
Part 3 Coding Linkage and Compliance
Appendix D: CLIA’s Levels of Certification
Appendix A ICD-9-CM Guidelines for Coding and Reporting Outpatient
Appendix E: Preparing the POL for Inspection
Services
Appendix F: Example of Laboratory Requisition Form
Appendix B CPT Modifiers: Description and Common use in Main
Appendix G: Blood Chemistry Tests Arranged by Profiles or Panels
Text Sections
Appendix H: Reference Values of Common Laboratory Tests
Appendix I: Vocabulary of the Clinical Laboratory

Medical Laboratory
Procedures Medical Law & Ethics

PALKO’S MEDICAL LABORATORY NEW


PROCEDURES
*9780073374710*
3rd Edition
Phyllis Cox, Arkansas Tech University
Danielle Schortzmann Wilken, Goodwin College
LAW & ETHICS FOR
2011 / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073401959 MEDICAL CAREERS
Available: January 2010 6th Edition
www.mhhe.com/CoxPalkoMedLab3e Karen Judson and Carlene Harrison,
Hodges University
Palko’s Medical Laboratory Procedures combines theory with hands-
on practice of the procedures most frequently performed in the
physician’s office laboratory. Learning to perform basic tests manually 2013 / 384 pages
gives students a clear understanding of the theory behind the test, as ISBN: 9780073374710
well as an understanding of how the automated laboratory equipment
works. It is current in the new lab procedures set by CLIA and OSHA, Available: January 2012
Universal Precautions, and quality control. It is written in a friendly www.mhhe.com/judson6e
and easy-to-understand format.
Law and Ethics for the Health Care Professions illustrates the
CONTENTS numerous legal and ethical issues that health care professionals
face every day. The topics are derived from real-life experiences and
Unit 1: Introduction of the Physician’s Office Laboratory
dilemmas from a variety of health care practitioners. Through the use
Chapter 1: Safety in the Laboratory of Learning Outcomes, Key Terms, Ethics Issues, Chapter Reviews,
Chapter 2: The Microscope Case Studies, Internet Activities, Court Cases, and Video Vignettes,

70
Allied Health

students hear from health care practitioners in various locations Two new authors, Nenna L. Bayes, B.A., M.Ed, and Bonnie J. Crist,
throughout the United States as they encounter legal and ethical B.S., CMA (AAMA), add valuable currency to the text’s content and
problems and situations. Students will practice critical thinking skills to instruction. Bayes and Crist offer a wealth of instructional experience.
decide how to resolve the real-life situations or theoretical scenarios, They have used this product for many editions.
determine why the court made a particular ruling and decide how the
issues are relevant to the health care profession they will practice. NEW TO THIS EDITION

CONTENTS v Updated exercises for Medisoft Advanced Version 16 patient


billing software, a full-featured software program, which is available to
Part 1 The Foundations Of Law And Ethics
adopters. Contact your McGraw-Hill representative to request software.
Chapter 1 Introduction to Law and Ethics
Chapter 2 Making Ethical Decisions v Correspondence, scheduling, financial, and records projects
Chapter 3 Working in Health Care in each chapter provide hands-on practice with concepts and
Chapter 4 Law, the Courts, and Contracts skills. Files for letterheads, patient information forms, and statements
Care Part 2 Legal Issues For Working Health Practitioners for chapter projects and simulations are delivered online via CONNECT
Chapter 5 Professional Liability and Medical Malpractice Plus and the Online Learning Center. Simulation recordings, also
Chapter 6 Defenses to Liability Suits available online via CONNECT PLUS, contain recordings for the
Chapter 7 Medical Records and Informed Consent 3 simulations of medical office conversations, instructions from the
Chapter 8 Privacy Law and HIPAA doctor, incoming and outgoing phone calls, interruptions, and the
Part 3 Professional, Social, And Interpersonal Health Care doctor’s dictation for transcription.
Issues
Chapter 9 Physicians’ Public Duties and Responsibilities v Instructor’s Manual contains teaching notes and resources,
Chapter 10 Workplace Legalities AAMA/AMT/NHCSSP correlation charts, and answer keys. EZ Test
Chapter 11 The Beginning of Life and Childhood test generator and PowerPoint presentations are available online
Chapter 12 Death and Dying through CONNECT Plus and at the Online Learning Center.
Chapter 13 Health Care Trends and Forecasts v Improved Learning Outcomes, including: revised to reflect new
Appendix 1 State Medical Boards terminology for Bloom’s Taxonomy, all end-of-chapter and test bank
Appendix 2 Health Care Professional Organizations questions are tagged to learning Outcomes, and Chapter Summary
Appendix 3 Associations for Major Diseases in a tabular, step-by-step format with page references.
Glossary
Photo Credits v Soft skills are emphasized throughout the text, including new Soft
Court Cases in Alphabetical Order Index Skills Tips and new content on the communication cycle, nonverbal
Court Cases by Subject Index communication, stress and time management, and best practices
Index for safe mail handling.
v New information has been added about Electronic Health
Records, updated CMS-1500 forms, Red Flag requirements, ICD-
10-CM, and payroll.

Medical Office
CONTENTS
Part 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant
Procedures Chapter 1 The Administrative Medical Assistant
Chapter 2 Medical Law and Ethics, HIPAA, and Compliance
Part 2 Administrative Responsibilities
Chapter 3 Concepts of Effective Office Communications
Chapter 4 Managing Health Information
Chapter 5 Office Management
NEW *9780073401980*
Part 3 Practice Financials
Chapter 6 Insurance and Coding
Chapter 7 Billing, Reimbursement, and Collections
Chapter 8 Practice Finances
Part 4 Preparing for Employment
Chapter 9 Sources of Opportunities, Application, Application Letter,
MEDICAL OFFICE Resume, Interview, Follow-Up Letter
PROCEDURES
7th Edition
Nenna L Bayes
Karonne Becklin
Bonnie J Crist

2012 / 480 pages ,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK


ISBN: 9780073401980
Available: January 2011
0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU
www.mhhe.com/bayes7e WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
New four-color interior. Thoroughly revised and updated, Medical
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
Office Procedures is a text-workbook that introduces and describes
the tasks of a medical assistant’s career; teaches records
management, medical communications, and scheduling skills; and 9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
describes procedures for preparing patients’ charts and bills. Practice :HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK
management and finances are also addressed. Multi-day simulations
provide real-world experience with physician dictation. Managerial
skills have been added for this edition.

71
Allied Health

CONTENTS
NEW *9780073402154* Unit I Foundations and Principles of Administrative Medical
Assisting 1
Chapter 1 Medical Assisting as a Career 3
Chapter 2 Professional Behaviors 20
Chapter 3 The Health Care Team 34
ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICAL Chapter 4 Professional Communication 59
ASSISTING A WORKFORCE Chapter 5 Patient Education 62
Unit II The Medical Office 71
READINESS APPROACH Chapter 6 Law and Ethics in the Medical Office 73
By Helen Houser, Kathryn A Booth, Total Chapter 7 The Medical Office Environment 83
Care Programming, Terri D Wyman, Sanford
Brown Institute and Sandra Moaney-Wright Chapter 8 Asepsis for Administrative Areas 89
Chapter 9 Administrative Technologies 91
Unit III Administrative Practices 95
2012 / 672 pages
Chapter 10 Patient Flow 99
ISBN: 9780073402154
Chapter 11 Telecommunications in the Health Care Setting 110
Available: January 2011
Chapter 12 Scheduling Appointments 112
www.mhhe.com/houseradminmedassist Chapter 13 Written Communications 115
Unit IV Medical Records 121
Students entering today’s medical office as employees must be ready Chapter 14 Medical Records Management 123
to work. Administrative Medical Assisting by Houser prepares students Chapter 15 The Health Record 132
to be workforce ready—prepared to work, understand and project
Chapter 16 Reports and Prescriptions 139
professional behavior, and perform both technical and soft skills.
Students will understand the most up-to-date information, such as Unit V Financial Practices 145
EHRs, Red Flag Rule, conversion from ICD-9-CM to ICD-10-CM, and Chapter 17 Insurance and Billing 147
be workforce ready. Using a one-column design with a larger typeface, Chapter 18 Medical Coding 156
Houser is more engaging and easier to read and comprehend. Houser Chapter 20 CPT/HCPCS 159
also includes more procedures that provide more detail for completing Chapter 21 Accounting Practices 189
day-to-day activities required in the medical office. Unit VI Practice Management 201
Chapter 22 The Role of the Practice Manager 217
v Workforce Readiness! Houser prepares students to enter the Chapter 23 Human Resources 233
workforce as quality professionals. Features throughout the text Unit VII Risk Management 221
include EHR Readiness, Practice Readiness, Professional Readiness, Chapter 24 Quality Assurance 223
and Exam Readiness. A professional behavior rubric is available Chapter 25 Emergency Readiness 233
for instructors to assess students’ professionalism, including attire, Unit VIII Workforce Readiness 235
etiquette, and ethics. Houser not only focuses on passing the exam, Chapter 26 The Externship 237
but being a quality and valued employee. Chapter 27 Employment Search 245
v Readability and Engagement! Using a one-column design with
a larger typeface, Houser is more engaging and easier for students
to read and comprehend. The text includes numerous illustrations
and photos to reinforce chapter content. Houser also includes more
procedures that provide more detail for completing day-to-day
activities required in the medical office. NEW *9780073374949*
v Electronic Health Records Activities! Included within Connect
Plus and linked to specific chapters in the text are 33 EHR activities.
Students need to have electronic documentation skills in order to get
a job. Instructors and Medical Assisting Programs need to train their
students to be prepared after certification PRACTICE MANAGEMENT
v Totally Up-to-Date Content! Houser includes the most up-
AND EHR
to-date information in health care. It includes such hot topics as A Total Patient Encounter
Electronic Health Records, the Red Flag Rule (avoiding identity for Medisoft Clinical
theft), transitioning from ICD-9-CM coding to ICD-10-CM coding, By Susan M Sanderson, Chestnut Hill Enterprise
and valuable information on professional behavior. There is an entire
chapter on asepsis.
2012 / 736 pages
v Working with the Health Care Team Boxes: introduction of various ISBN: 9780073374949
health care team roles and their interface with the administrative Available: February 2011
medical assistant
www.mhhe.com/pmehr
v Major emphasis on professional behaviors in each chapter and
a behavioral assessment rubric for instructors and students. Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter
for Medisoft Clinical is a unique one-semester text designed to
v An entire chapter on the ICD-10 teach allied health students how to work with an integrated practice
management and electronic health record program. It covers EHR
v Appointment to Payment chapter, helps students to understand
and insurance and patient billing so students obtain a comprehensive
their many functions as an administrative medical assistant and how picture of documenting the administrative and clinical tasks that take
they “fit” in the integration and flow of the medical office. place during each step of the patient encounter during an office visit.
It prepares students for employment in both administrative and clinical
v Student Success Story: unit openers based on true experiences
positions in a medical office.
of graduates and their advice to current administrative medical
assisting students

72
Allied Health

FEATURES
Medical Terminology
v Students learn transferable concepts and skills that can easily
be adapted for any patient management/EHR software program.
Students will understand the “why” behind what they do in the
software, not just the steps of how to do it.
v The text provides an integrated understanding of patient
NEW *9780073402222*
management and EHR software solutions. It follows the sequence of
a typical patient encounter during an office visit. It begins with making
the appointment, checking in at the office, the insurance claim process,
and claim payment and follow-up. ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY,
v The applications simulate all front and back office roles. Students AND DISEASE FOR THE
gain hands-on practice performing computer-based tasks based on HEALTH PROFESSIONS
job roles in the medical office.
3rd Edition
v The exercises are completed in a simulated version of Medisoft Kathryn A Booth, Total Care Programming,
Clinical: A Practice Management and EHR solution. Using CONNECT Terri D Wyman and Virgil Stoia
Plus, it offers an easy-to-implement instructional solution.
2013 / 512 pages
v Engaging hands-on activities hold the students’ interest
ISBN: 9780073402222
throughout the text. Early chapters begin with simple exercises with
Available: January 2012
extra assistance. In later chapters, students face more challenging
exercises as well as independent exercises for students to apply the Anatomy, Physiology and Disease for Health Professions connects
skills they have learned throughout the text. human diseases and disorders to anatomy and physiology through
application and clinical-based approaches. This edition offers a
CONTENTS completely redesigned learning experience through larger, more
focused art and expanded table of contents. Students will feel a new
Part 1 Managing the Revenue Cycle
sense of engagement and motivation through Chapter Opening Case
Chapter 1 The Changing Patient Encounter Studies that unfold as they move through each chapter. Updated
Chapter 2 HIPAA, HITECH, and Medical Records learning objectives and a wider variety and quantity of questions and
Chapter 3 Introduction to Medisoft Clinical exercises for have also been included with this edition.
Part 2 Documenting Patient Encounters
Chapter 4 Scheduling and Eligibility Verification NEW TO THIS EDITION
Chapter 5 Check-In Procedures
Chapter 6 Exam Room Procedures I v Specific learning outcomes give the student concrete
Chapter 7 Exam Room Procedures II expectations. Case studies, illustrations, and tables always attempt
Chapter 8 Check-Out Procedures and Billing Preparation to keep the focus on the learning outcomes.
Part 3 Billing Patient Encounters v Case studies are presented at the beginning of each chapter
Chapter 9 Third-Party Reimbursement and are revisited in the text and then are found in the review at the
Chapter 10 Claims Management end of the chapter with appropriate questions.
Chapter 11 Posting Payments and Creating Statements
Part 4 Producing Reports and Following Up v Critical thinking questions are included as part of the chapter
Chapter 12 Reports in the Medical Office review questions in every chapter. This avoids mere memorization
Chapter 13 Follow Up and Collections that often is cumbersome for students.
Part 5 Simulation v Focus on Clinical Applications make the connection between
anatomy, physiology, and disease concepts and applications in
health professions.
v Focus on Genetics relates the genetics to anatomy, physiology,
and Pathophysiology
v From the Perspective of… applies the content to the skills needed
in a related healthcare profession.
v From the Perspective of… applies the content to the skills needed
in a related healthcare profession.
v Focus on Wellness relates the study of anatomy, physiology,
and disease to the learner’s personal health.
v Warning icons alert the student to possible mistakes and

,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK misconceptions. Most students come to the course with preconceived


notions of how the body works. These warnings help to dispel common
misconceptions.
0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU
v Connect© for Anatomy, Physiology & Disease http://connect.
WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ
mcgraw-hill.com
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP v Workbook
v The Online Learning Center that comes included with this text
9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD contains a host of teaching resources at your disposal
:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK

73
Allied Health

CONTENTS 9 Respiratory System—The Language of Pulmonology


Chapter 1 Concepts of the Human Body 10 Nervous System—The Language of Neurology
Chapter 2 Concepts of Chemistry 11 Urinary System—The Language of Urology
Chapter 3 Concepts of Cells and Tissues 12 Male Reproductive System—The Language of Reproduction
Chapter 4 Concepts of Disease 13 Female Reproductive System—The Language of Gynecology
Chapter 5 Concepts of Microbiology and Obstetrics
Chapter 6 Concepts of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid Base Balance 14 Endocrine System—The Language of Endocrinology
Chapter 7 The Integumentary System 15 Lymphatic and Immune Systems—The Language of
Chapter 8 The Skeletal System Immunology
Chapter 9 The Muscular System 16 Life Span—The Languages of Pediatrics and Gerontology
Chapter 10 Blood and Circulation 17 Nutrition—The Language of Nutrition
Chapter 11 The Cardiovascular System 18 Rehabilitation Medicine—The Language of Rehabilitation
Chapter 12 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems 19 Mental Health—The Language of Psychology and Psychiatry
Chapter 13 The Respiratory System 20 Infection—The Language of Infectious Diseases
Chapter 14 The Nervous System 21 Genetics—The Language of DNA
Chapter 15 The Urinary System 22 Cancer—The Language of Oncology
Chapter 16 The Male Reproductive System 23 Complementary and Alternative Medicine—The Language of
Chapter 17 The Female Reproductive System CAM
Chapter 18 Human Development
Chapter 19 The Digestive System
Chapter 20 Metabolic Function and Nutrition
Chapter 21 The Endocrine System
Chapter 22 Special Senses
Appendix I Diseases and Disorders Medical Terminology
Appendix II Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots in Commonly Used
Medical Terms
Concepts
Appendix III Abbreviations and Symbols Commonly Used in Medical
Notations

NEW *9780073374611*
MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN
HEALTH CARE
2nd Edition
ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL
By David Allan and Karen Lockyer
2011 (January 2010) / 1088 pages
LANGUAGE
ISBN: 9780073374307 2nd Edition
David Allan
www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage2e Karen Lockyer
Medical Language for Modern Health Care, Second Edition, uses
Contextual Learning Theory to introduce medical terminology within 2012 / 624 pages
a healthcare environment. Chapters are broken into lessons that ISBN: 9780073374611
introduce and define terminology through the context of A & P,
pathology, and clinical and diagnostic procedures/tests. Each 2-page Available: January 2011
spread covers one topic at a time, offering contextual content, a Word www.mhhe.com/AllanEss2e
Analysis and Definition Table, and exercises all in one place. Word
Analysis and Definition Tables provide a color-coded guide to word Master medical terminology with every turn of the page!
parts and combining forms, as well as definitions and pronunciations.
With unfolding patient case studies and documentation, students are NEW TO THIS EDITION
introduced to various roles in the healthcare environment, illustrating
the real-life application of medical terminology in modern health care v Connect Plus! Featuring:
while facilitating active learning. Now available with LearnSmart:
Medical Terminology and Connect Plus+, students and instructors v The Interactive eBook, instructor grade reporting, LearnSmart:
can access all their course materials in one place. Connect Plus+ Medical Terminology, and the following question types:
provides market-leading content, a proven course architecture, and
unmatched flexibility to help students apply the principles in the v Abbreviations to Terms,
textbook. LearnSmart is the only individualized, diagnostic study v Animations,
tool that creates a specific learning plan for each student, adapting
as they progress through content. v Audio Definitions,

CONTENTS v Audio Dictation,


1 Anatomy of Word Building—The Language of Health Care v Audio Messages,
2 The Body as a Whole—The Language of Anatomy
v Audio Spellings,
3 Integumentary System—The Language of Dermatology
4 Special Senses of the Eye and Ear—The Language of Ophthalmology v Definitions,
and Otology
5 Musculoskeletal System—The Language of Orthopedics v Labeling Exercises,
6 Digestive System—The Language of Gastroenterology v Medical Document Exercises,
7 Blood—The Language of Hematology
8 Cardiovascular System—The Language of Cardiology v OR scheduling,

74
Allied Health

v Plurals, spread covers one topic at a time, offering contextual content, a Word
Analysis and Definition Table, and exercises all in one place. Word
v Proofreading, Analysis and Definition Tables provide a color-coded guide to word
parts and combining forms, as well as definitions and pronunciations.
v Terms to Abbreviations,
With unfolding patient case studies and documentation, students are
v Word Analysis, introduced to various roles in the healthcare environment, illustrating
the real-life application of medical terminology in modern health care
v Word Elements, and while facilitating active learning. Now available with LearnSmart:
Medical Terminology and Connect Plus+, students and instructors
v Word Element Definitions can access all their course materials in one place. Connect Plus+
provides market-leading content, a proven course architecture, and
v NEW! Medical Record Activities added to the end of chapter
unmatched flexibility to help students apply the principles in the
reviews. textbook. LearnSmart is the only individualized, diagnostic study
v Revised! Table of Contents tool that creates a specific learning plan for each student, adapting
as they progress through content.
v ADDED! More construction and deconstruction exercises of
medical terms. CONTENTS
1 Anatomy of Word Building—The Language of Health Care
CONTENTS
2 The Body as a Whole—The Language of Anatomy
Chapter 1--The Anatomy of Word Construction: The Essential 3 Integumentary System—The Language of Dermatology
Elements of the Language of Medicine 4 Special Senses of the Eye and Ear—The Language of Ophthalmology
Chapter 2--The Body as a Whole: The Essentials of the Language and Otology
of Anatomy 5 Musculoskeletal System—The Language of Orthopedics
Chapter 3--The Integumentary System: The Essentials of the 6 Digestive System—The Language of Gastroenterology
Language of Dermatology 7 Blood—The Language of Hematology
Chapter 4--The Skeletal System: The Essentials of the Language 8 Cardiovascular System—The Language of Cardiology
of Orthopedics 9 Respiratory System—The Language of Pulmonology
Chapter 5--Muscles and Tendons: The Essentials of the Languages 10 Nervous System—The Language of Neurology
of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation 11 Urinary System—The Language of Urology
Chapter 6--Cardiovascular and Circulatory Systems: The Essentials 12 Male Reproductive System—The Language of Reproduction
of the Language of Cardiology 13 Female Reproductive System—The Language of Gynecology
Chapter 7--The Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems: The and Obstetrics
Essentials of the Languages of Hematology and Immunology 14 Endocrine System—The Language of Endocrinology
Chapter 8--Respiratory System: The Essentials of the Language of 15 Lymphatic and Immune Systems—The Language of Immunology
Pulmonology 16 Life Span—The Languages of Pediatrics and Gerontology
Chapter 9--The Digestive System: The Essentials of the Language 17 Nutrition—The Language of Nutrition
of Gastroenterology 18 Rehabilitation Medicine—The Language of Rehabilitation
Chapter 10--The Nervous System and Mental Health: The Essentials 19 Mental Health—The Language of Psychology and Psychiatry
of the Languages of Neurology and Psychiatry 20 Infection—The Language of Infectious Diseases
Chapter 11--Special Senses of the Eye and Ear: The Essentials of 21 Genetics—The Language of DNA
the Languages of Ophthalmology and Otology 22 Cancer—The Language of Oncology
Chapter 12--The Endocrine System: The Essentials of the Language 23 Complementary and Alternative Medicine—The Language of
of Endocrinology CAM
Chapter 13--The Urinary System: The Essentials of the Language
of Urology
Chapter 14--The Male Reproductive System: The Essentials of the
Language of the Male Reproductive System
Chapter 15--The Female Reproductive System: The Essentials of the
Language of Gynecology and Obstetrics Medical Terminology
Comprehensive
Appendix A: Word Parts and Abbreviations
Appendix B: Diagnostic and £ erapeutic Procedure
Appendix C: Pharmacology
Glossary
Credits
Index
MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN
HEALTH CARE
2nd Edition
MEDICAL LANGUAGE FOR MODERN By David Allan and Karen Lockyer
HEALTH CARE 2011 (January 2010) / 1088 pages
ISBN: 9780073374307
2nd Edition
By David Allan and Karen Lockyer www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage2e
2011 (January 2010) / 1088 pages Medical Language for Modern Health Care, Second Edition, uses
ISBN: 9780073374307 Contextual Learning Theory to introduce medical terminology within
www.mhhe.com/allanmedlanguage2e a healthcare environment. Chapters are broken into lessons that
introduce and define terminology through the context of A & P,
Medical Language for Modern Health Care, Second Edition, uses pathology, and clinical and diagnostic procedures/tests. Each 2-page
Contextual Learning Theory to introduce medical terminology within spread covers one topic at a time, offering contextual content, a Word
a healthcare environment. Chapters are broken into lessons that Analysis and Definition Table, and exercises all in one place. Word
introduce and define terminology through the context of A & P, Analysis and Definition Tables provide a color-coded guide to word
pathology, and clinical and diagnostic procedures/tests. Each 2-page parts and combining forms, as well as definitions and pronunciations.

75
Allied Health

With unfolding patient case studies and documentation, students are NEW TO THIS EDITION
introduced to various roles in the healthcare environment, illustrating
the real-life application of medical terminology in modern health care v New, engaging 4-color design that will draw the students’
while facilitating active learning. Now available with LearnSmart: attention to key concepts.
Medical Terminology and Connect Plus+, students and instructors
can access all their course materials in one place. Connect Plus+ v Over 400 enhanced and new photos and line art images that
provides market-leading content, a proven course architecture, and bring to life the medical terminology content.
unmatched flexibility to help students apply the principles in the
v Each learning outcome is correlated to a section number to assist
textbook. LearnSmart is the only individualized, diagnostic study
tool that creates a specific learning plan for each student, adapting focus on key content topics.
as they progress through content. v Addition of progressed exercises throughout the text, correlated
to each major section: Structure and Function Terms, Word Building
CONTENTS Terms, Diagnostic Terms, Pathological Terms, Surgical Terms,
1 Anatomy of Word Building—The Language of Health Care Pharmacological Terms. Using pronunciation, spelling, labeling,
2 The Body as a Whole—The Language of Anatomy multiple choice, matching, and case study questions, these exercises
3 Integumentary System—The Language of Dermatology enhance student learning.
4 Special Senses of the Eye and Ear—The Language of Ophthalmology
and Otology v New summary table in every chapter restates the learning
5 Musculoskeletal System—The Language of Orthopedics outcomes, and provides corresponding summary points for each.
6 Digestive System—The Language of Gastroenterology v End of chapter exercises built using the exercise progression
7 Blood—The Language of Hematology introduced throughout the text.
8 Cardiovascular System—The Language of Cardiology
9 Respiratory System—The Language of Pulmonology v The format of each chapter is designed to guide you through
10 Nervous System—The Language of Neurology steps that lead to a full understanding of the medical terminology. The
11 Urinary System—The Language of Urology chapters are divided into 6 sections:
12 Male Reproductive System—The Language of Reproduction 1. Major Structure and Function Terms
13 Female Reproductive System—The Language of Gynecology 2. Word Building
and Obstetrics 3. Diagnostic, Procedural and Laboratory Terms
14 Endocrine System—The Language of Endocrinology 4. Pathological Terms
15 Lymphatic and Immune Systems—The Language of 5. Surgical Terms
Immunology 6. Pharmacological Terms
16 Life Span—The Languages of Pediatrics and Gerontology Within each section there is a 4-part exercise progression. The
17 Nutrition—The Language of Nutrition exercise progression offers self-study questions that will lead to an
18 Rehabilitation Medicine—The Language of Rehabilitation in depth understanding of the material:
19 Mental Health—The Language of Psychology and Psychiatry a. Pronounce
20 Infection—The Language of Infectious Diseases b. Spell
21 Genetics—The Language of DNA c. Understand
22 Cancer—The Language of Oncology d. Apply
23 Complementary and Alternative Medicine—The Language of
CONTENTS
CAM
Chapter 1: Learning Terminology
Chapter 2: Word Roots
Chapter 3: Prefixes
Chapter 4: Suffixes

Medical Terminology
Chapter 5: The Human Body
Chapter 6: Skin and Body Membranes

– Programmed Approach
Chapter 7: The Musculoskeletal System
Chapter 8: The Nervous System
Chapter 9: Special Senses
Chapter 10: The Endocrine System
Chapter 11: Blood
Chapter 12: The Cardiovascular System
Chapter 13: The Lymphatic System
NEW *9780073402246* Chapter 14: The Respiratory System
Chapter 15: The Digestive System
MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY Chapter 16: The Urinary System
A Programmed Approach, 2nd Edition Chapter 17: The Reproductive System
Appendix A: Combining Forms, Prefixes, and Suffixes
Paula Bostwick
Appendix B: Medical Errors and Abbreviations
2013 / 704 pages
Appendix C: Laboratory Testing and Normal Reference Values
ISBN: 9780073402246
Appendix D: English/Spanish Glossary
Available: January 2012 Appendix E: Spanish/English Glossary
www.mhhe.com/bw2e Answer Key
Credits
The second edition of Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach Index
has been completely updated and redesigned, but the purpose of the
text has not changed. The authors of this book, Paula Bostwick and
Heidi Weber, have invested their time, research, and talents to help
you succeed in learning medical terminology. Medical Terminology:
A Programmed Approach is designed to direct your study of medical
terminology by guiding you through an organized approach to step-
by-step learning.

76
Allied Health

Chapter 7--The Blood, Lymphatic, and Immune Systems: The


NEW *9780073374611* Essentials of the Languages of Hematology and Immunology
Chapter 8--Respiratory System: The Essentials of the Language of
Pulmonology
Chapter 9--The Digestive System: The Essentials of the Language
of Gastroenterology
ESSENTIALS OF MEDICAL Chapter 10--The Nervous System and Mental Health: The Essentials
of the Languages of Neurology and Psychiatry
LANGUAGE Chapter 11--Special Senses of the Eye and Ear: The Essentials of
2nd Edition the Languages of Ophthalmology and Otology
David Allan Chapter 12--The Endocrine System: The Essentials of the Language
Karen Lockyer of Endocrinology
Chapter 13--The Urinary System: The Essentials of the Language
2012 / 624 pages of Urology
ISBN: 9780073374611 Chapter 14--The Male Reproductive System: The Essentials of the
Available: January 2011 Language of the Male Reproductive System
Chapter 15--The Female Reproductive System: The Essentials of the
www.mhhe.com/AllanEss2e Language of Gynecology and Obstetrics
Appendix A: Word Parts and Abbreviations
Master medical terminology with every turn of the page!
Appendix B: Diagnostic and £ erapeutic Procedure
Appendix C: Pharmacology
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Glossary
v Connect Plus! Featuring: Credits
Index
v The Interactive eBook, instructor grade reporting, LearnSmart:
Medical Terminology, and the following question types:
v Abbreviations to Terms,
v
Communication for
Animations,
v Audio Definitions,
v Audio Dictation, Healthcare
v Audio Messages,
v Audio Spellings,
v Definitions,
THERAPEUTIC COMMUNICATIONS FOR
v Labeling Exercises, HEALTH PROFESSIONALS
v Medical Document Exercises, 3rd Edition
v OR scheduling, Cynthia Adams and Peter H Jones
2011 / 368 pages
v Plurals, ISBN: 9780073402086
v Proofreading, Available: February 2010

v Terms to Abbreviations, www.mhhe.com/adamscommunication3e


v Word Analysis, Interpersonal Skills and Health Professional Issues, third edition,
prepares students for effective communication in a health professional
v Word Elements, and role. The text provides the skills and strategies needed for health
professionals to engage and better motivate patients. The text offers
v Word Element Definitions an ideal model for nonverbal Communication and emphasizes how
v NEW! Medical Record Activities added to the end of chapter to read the “unspoken message”. Interpersonal Skills and Health
reviews. Professional Issues is unique in its comprehensiveness, covering
the communications and emotional experiences of the patient world
v Revised! Table of Contents and a framework for multicultural understanding. Case studies and
exercises enhance the textbook experience, providing readers with a
v ADDED! More construction and deconstruction exercises of deeper understanding of how to reach patients and their families.
medical terms.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
About the Authors
Chapter 1--The Anatomy of Word Construction: The Essential Foreword
Elements of the Language of Medicine Brief Content
Chapter 2--The Body as a Whole: The Essentials of the Language Table of Contents
of Anatomy Preface
Chapter 3--The Integumentary System: The Essentials of the Acknowledgements
Language of Dermatology PART 1 Foundations of Counseling and Communication
Chapter 4--The Skeletal System: The Essentials of the Language Chapter 1 Body Language and Nonverbal Communication
of Orthopedics Chapter 2 Basics Skills in Verbal Communication
Chapter 5--Muscles and Tendons: The Essentials of the Languages PART 2 Foundations for Understanding Human Behavior
of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation Chapter 3 Basic Psychology
Chapter 6--Cardiovascular and Circulatory Systems: The Essentials Chapter 4 Mental Health and Adaptive Disorders
of the Language of Cardiology

77
Allied Health

Chapter 5 Death and Dying patient in achieving identified outcomes f.Evaluate patient status
Chapter 6 Developmental: Early Childhood and Adolescence following care g.Document all aspects of patient case
Chapter 7 Developmental Issues: Senescence Hip Fracture
Chapter 8 Addiction a.Identify interview questions for patients with hip fracture post
Chapter 9 The Role of Counseling in Prevention operatively b.Conduct a focused assessment on the patient with hip
PART 3 Issues for Health Professionals fracture post operatively c.Identify specific patient needs and prioritize
Chapter 10 Interdisciplinary Communication outcome criteria d.Intervene to assist patient in achieving identified
Chapter 11 Professional Ethics outcomes e.Evaluate patient status following care f.Document all
Chapter 12 Abuse and Discrimination aspects of patient care
Chapter 13 Legal Concerns Dementia
Chapter 14 Multicultural Health Issues a.Identify signs & symptoms of dementia b.Identify interview questions
Glossary for the dementia patient and caregivers c.Conduct a focused
Index assessment on the patient with dementia i.Evaluate safety factors
ii.Evaluate diagnostic & laboratory findings iii.Evaluate self care
factors iv.Perform basic mental status assessment, organize results
and observations d.Identify specific patient needs and prioritize
outcome criteria e.Intervene to assist patient in achieving identified

Fundamentals of Nursing
outcomes f.Evaluate patient status following care g.Document all
aspects of patient care
Cronic Heart Failure
a.Differentiate between the clinical manifestations of right and left
sided heart failure b.Recognize signs of decreased cardiac output to
include fatigue, SOB, adventitious breath sounds, peripheral edema
NEW *9780073374741* and impaired urinary elimination c.Identify interview questions for the
patient with CHF d.Conduct a focused assessment on the patient with
ACTIVSIM: NURSING CODE PRINT CARD CHF e.Check medications administration according to MAR f.Evaluate
3-YEAR ACCESS the effectiveness of treatment for a patient with excess fluid volume
Allied Health McGraw-Hill Higher Education MHHE Corporation g.Document patient response to care
2012 Crohn’s Disease
a.Perform an abdominal assessment including: i.Auscultation of bowel
ISBN: 9780073374741
sounds ii.Palpation of abdomen for masses b.Obtain a thorough
Available: January 2011
history of bowel elimination c.Assess abdominal pain d.Maintain
ActivSim Nursing is a web-based patient simulator featuring 10 patient NPO status and monitor IV therapy: i.Intake and output ii.IV flow rate
scenarios for practice within Fundamentals & Med-Surg courses. The e.Perform nasogastric tube insertion: Instruct patient about need for
patient cases, assigned individually or as groups, change each time NG and procedure prior to insertion f.Provide oral hygiene g.Document
a student enters the simulation and vary from student to student. all aspects of patient care
ActivSim allows students to communicate with their patients, conduct a
Diabetes
focused assessment, prioritize care, administer medications, evaluate
interventions, and document findings. Students receive a detailed a.Apply knowledge of disease process and long term effects of
debriefing, instructors can access progress reports. The patients diabetes mellitus b.Recognize signs and symptoms of hypoglycemia
you’ll meet are suffering from COPD, CHR, Anemia, Renal Failure, and hyperglycemia c.Obtain patient’s blood sugar using glucometer
Diabetes, Crohn’s Disease, Dementia, Stroke, a Hip Fracture, and d.Determine insulin needs based on sliding scale insulin orders
a Post-Op Mastectomy. Access is available through the publishing e.Identify type of insulin needed for sliding scale coverage f.Administer
date at www.activsim.com/nursingdemo2010. Just fill out your name & accurate amount of insulin in an appropriate subcutaneous site
email address for free access. ACTIVSim Nursing in 5 minutes: http:// g.Document blood sugar and insulin administration on the Medication
tegr.it/y/2z9g Full demo (35 minutes): http://tegr.it/y/2e3b Administration Record h.Document focused assessment findings
Post-Op Mastectomy, Breast Cander
FEATURES
a.Assess post-operative incision site b.Provide drain care c.Provide
v Conduct a focused assessment of each patient. Based on initial pain management d.Provide emotional support e.Conduct a focused
objectives presented to the student and their shift report, students assessment of a post surgical patient f.Identify patient specific needs
decide what needs to be done for their patient and carry out their plan. related to disease process g.Intervene to assist patient in achieving
identified outcomes h.Evaluate patient status following daily care
v Identify patient needs i.Document all aspects of patient care
v Prioritize care. Stroke
a.Perform a complete assessment b.Recognize the signs & symptoms
v Adminster medications of a stroke c.Recognize the communication and mobility issues that
occur due to a stroke depending on the area of the brain involved
v Evaluate interventions to adapt plan of care
d.Care for patients with immobility issues and decrease effects on:
v Document your care your patient’s response i.Skin ii.Joints and muscles (contractures) iii.Cardiovascular system
iv.Urinary tract v.Bowel elimination e.Assess need for assistance with
v Students receive a detailed debriefing of their performance
ADLs f.Identify safety factors g.Identify risk factors
v Instructors access student progress, including each attempt at Anemia
the simulation, time spent with each patient, percent of objectives a.Identify and check the symptoms of sickle cell anemia b.Complete
completed, and time the student spent reviewing their debriefing. a thorough pain assessment i.Administer analgesics ii.Incorporate
complementary therapies c.Utilize empathetic therapeutic
v Assign patients to your students individually or in groups. communication techniques d.Perform pulse oximetry measurement
e.Administer oxygen f.Document all aspects of patient care
CONTENTS
Renal Failure
COPD a.Recognize stages of chronic kidney disease b.Educate the patient
a.Identify manifestations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease regarding food and fluid restrictions c.Correlate pathophysiology of
(COPD) b.Identify interview questions for the COPD patient c.Conduct disease to assessment findings d.Identify complications related to end
a focused assessment on the emphysemic patient d.Identify specific stage renal disease (ESRD) or chronic renal failure (CRF)
patient needs and prioritize outcome criteria e.Intervene to assist

78
Allied Health

Section Two: SpringCharts Advanced Training


NEW *9780077450892* Chapter 3 Essential Documentaion 000
Chapter 4 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 1
Level II
Chapter 5 Fundamental Documentation 000
Chapter 6 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 2
NURSING DOCUMENTATION Chapter 7 Ambulatory Healthcare
Chapter 8 Ambulatory Healthcare Exercises
USING EHR Level III
Byron Hamilton, Med-Soft National Training Chapter 9 Routine Documentation
Institute
Mary G Harper Section Three: EHR Capstone
Chapter 10 Patient Education
Chapter 11 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 3
Level IV
2012 / 416 pages Chapter 12 Advanced EHR Functionality
ISBN: 9780077450892 (with Springcharts Access Card) Chapter 13 Applying Your Knowledge
Available: January 2011 Chapter 14 Learning Assessment
www.mhhe.com/nursingehr Appendix A Sample Documents
Appendix B Source Documents
This is the student version for ordering purposes. The comp edition Appendix C Concept Checkup Answer Key
does not include the SpringCharts Access Card, since instructors will
be downloading from the Instructor OLC.

FEATURES
v All chapters & exercises are designed to accompany the Spring SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS
Charts EHR software adapted for nursing. Downloads of the Spring FOR NURSES
Charts software are available with purchase of the text. SpringCharts
By Larry Stephens, University of Nebraska
can be downloaded to the desktop or a USB drive.
2003
v SpringCharts was designed by physicians, this version is ISBN: 9780071400220
dedicated for nursing education and charts using the SOAPIER A Professional Reference Title
format. SpringCharts can hold up to 1 million patients.
A review of basic arithmetic precedes clear explanations of how nurses
v Exercises are organized into 4 different levels from simple to need to apply mathematics in modern clinical practice. This study
complex. Level 1 is the simplest and includes exercises that might guide teaches an especially easy approach to solving the proportion
commonly be used in fundamentals-level curriculum. Level 4 is the problems key to converting medication orders and passing nursing
most complex with “capstone” style activities. licensing exams. The profusion of problems with detailed solutions,
and hundreds more with answers, gives students ample opportunities
v Level 1 Exercises – The simplest level of exercises. This set to test their skills as they learn them--leading to quicker mastery.
includes three different exercises covering practice in the areas noted
below across disease conditions of diabetes, CHF, & pneumonia.
Students learn: Navigating to the patient’s chart; Changing Allergies,
History, and Meds; Starting a new Inpatient Nurse Note; Documenting
chief complaint, vital signs, and an assessment
v Level 2 Exercises – Three diverse exercises related to diagnoses Nursing
of COPD, fractured hip, & colon cancer. Covers all of the nursing
documentation areas from Level 1, plus: Documenting nursing
diagnosis, documenting outcomes, and documenting interventions;
Documenting Medical Administration; and Documenting Intake and
Output. NEW *9780077450892*
v Level 3 Exercises – Three individual exercises related
to diagnoses of stroke, cellulitis, & chest pain. Covers all of
the nursing documentation areas from Level 1 and 2, plus:
Teaching Documentation; Evaluation of Outcomes/Interventions;
Reassessment; Follow-up/Reminder Functionality
NURSING DOCUMENTATION
USING EHR
v Level 4 Exercises – A comprehensive “capstone”-style exercise Byron Hamilton, Med-Soft National Training
related to a diagnoses of biopolar affective disorder. Covers all of the Institute
nursing documentation areas from Level 1, 2, and 3, plus: Printing Mary G Harper
a Nurse Note; Adding an Addendum to a permanently locked and
signed Nurse Note.
2012 / 416 pages
v Instructor Introductory Exercise – A brief but comprehensive
3-page exercise designed to familiarize instructors with the specific ISBN: 9780077450892 (with Springcharts Access Card)
features of the Spring Charts EHR software for nursing in an patient- Available: January 2011
exercise format. www.mhhe.com/nursingehr
CONTENTS This is the student version for ordering purposes. The comp edition
Level I does not include the SpringCharts Access Card, since instructors will
Section One: Introducing Electronic Health Records be downloading from the Instructor OLC.
Chapter 1 An Introduction to Electronic Health Records
Chapter 2 Nursing Documentation Overview

79
Allied Health

FEATURES
Externship for Medical
v All chapters & exercises are designed to accompany the Spring
Charts EHR software adapted for nursing. Downloads of the Spring Assisting
Charts software are available with purchase of the text. SpringCharts
can be downloaded to the desktop or a USB drive.
v SpringCharts was designed by physicians, this version is
dedicated for nursing education and charts using the SOAPIER
format. SpringCharts can hold up to 1 million patients. NEW *9780073374581*
v Exercises are organized into 4 different levels from simple to
complex. Level 1 is the simplest and includes exercises that might
commonly be used in fundamentals-level curriculum. Level 4 is the
most complex with “capstone” style activities.
MEDICAL ASSISTING
v Level 1 Exercises – The simplest level of exercises. This set REVIEW:
Passing the CMA, RMA, and
includes three different exercises covering practice in the areas noted
below across disease conditions of diabetes, CHF, & pneumonia.
Students learn: Navigating to the patient’s chart; Changing Allergies, CCMA Exams, 4th Edition
History, and Meds; Starting a new Inpatient Nurse Note; Documenting Jahangir Moini, Everest University
chief complaint, vital signs, and an assessment
v Level 2 Exercises – Three diverse exercises related to diagnoses 2012 / 560 pages
of COPD, fractured hip, & colon cancer. Covers all of the nursing ISBN: 9780073374581 (with Student CD)
documentation areas from Level 1, plus: Documenting nursing Available: January 2011
diagnosis, documenting outcomes, and documenting interventions; www.mhhe.com/moini4e
Documenting Medical Administration; and Documenting Intake and
Output. Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA
Exams, Fourth Edition provides example questions for students to
v Level 3 Exercises – Three individual exercises related prepare for certification exams. This reference prepares students to
to diagnoses of stroke, cellulitis, & chest pain. Covers all of take the exam with easy-to-read essential material summaries that
the nursing documentation areas from Level 1 and 2, plus: highlight key areas of the major clinical and administrative parts of a
Teaching Documentation; Evaluation of Outcomes/Interventions; Medical Assistant’s program. Each of the chapters includes a series
Reassessment; Follow-up/Reminder Functionality of 20 to 30 multiple choice quiz questions and a concise outline of
key information. CONNECT PLUS provides more than 1600 sample
v Level 4 Exercises – A comprehensive “capstone”-style exercise review questions as well as a PowerPoint presentation for additional
related to a diagnoses of biopolar affective disorder. Covers all of the student review. The review questions include rationales for answers
nursing documentation areas from Level 1, 2, and 3, plus: Printing and correlations to certification competencies.
a Nurse Note; Adding an Addendum to a permanently locked and
signed Nurse Note. NEW TO THIS EDITION

v Instructor Introductory Exercise – A brief but comprehensive v Incorporates the 2010 ABHES and the 2008 CAAHEP
3-page exercise designed to familiarize instructors with the specific competencies. The preface includes correlations to the chapters in
features of the Spring Charts EHR software for nursing in an patient- this review text for AAMA (CMA), AMT (RMA), NHA, NOCTI, CAAHEP,
exercise format. and ABHES.

CONTENTS v Connect Plus is an interactive learning platform that provides


auto-graded assessments, LearnSmart: Medical Assisting, a
Level I searchable e-book, and power reporting against learning outcomes
Section One: Introducing Electronic Health Records and level of difficulty. Connect Plus for medical assisting review
Chapter 1 An Introduction to Electronic Health Records includes interactive and assignable e-book, 1600+ multiple-choice
Chapter 2 Nursing Documentation Overview questions designed in CMA, RMA, and CCMA style and each tied to
Section Two: SpringCharts Advanced Training ABHES and CAAHEP competencies, complete practice exams with
Chapter 3 Essential Documentaion 000 feedback, and PowerPoint presentations for exam review.
Chapter 4 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 1
Level II CONTENTS
Chapter 5 Fundamental Documentation 000
Part I Theory Review
Chapter 6 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 2
Section 1 General Medical Assisting Knowledge
Chapter 7 Ambulatory Healthcare
Chapter 1 The Profession of Medical Assisting
Chapter 8 Ambulatory Healthcare Exercises
Chapter 2 Medical Terminology
Level III
Chapter 3 Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 9 Routine Documentation
Chapter 4 Pathophysiology
Section Three: EHR Capstone
Chapter 5 Microbiology
Chapter 10 Patient Education
Chapter 6 General Psychology
Chapter 11 Nurse Note Documentation—Level 3
Chapter 7 Nutrition
Level IV
Chapter 8 Medical Law and Ethics
Chapter 12 Advanced EHR Functionality
Section 2 Administrative Medical Assisting Knowledge
Chapter 13 Applying Your Knowledge
Chapter 9 General Office Duties
Chapter 14 Learning Assessment
Chapter 10 Communication in the Medical Office
Appendix A Sample Documents
Chapter 11 Keyboarding and Computer Applications
Appendix B Source Documents
Chapter 12 Financial Management
Appendix C Concept Checkup Answer Key
Chapter 13 Medical Insurance
Chapter 14 Basic Coding

80
Allied Health

Section 3 Clinical Medical Assisting Knowledge


Chapter 15 Blood-Borne Pathogens and Principles of Asepsis Pharmacology for
Chapter 16 Preparing the Patient
Chapter 17 Vital Signs and Measurement
Health Professions
Chapter 18 Pharmacology
Chapter 19 Administration of Medication
Chapter 20 Electrocardiography
Chapter 21 Radiology
Chapter 22 Physical Therapy NEW *9780077460389*
Chapter 23 Medical Emergencies and First Aid
Chapter 24 Laboratory Procedures
Part II Self-Evaluation Tests
Test 1 MATH AND DOSAGE
Test 2 CALCULATIONS FOR
Index HEALTH CARE
PROFESSIONALS WITH
STUDENT CARE
4th Edition

Physician’s Assistant
Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming
James Whaley, Baker College
Susan Sienkiewicz and Jennifer Palmunen of
Community College of Rhode Island—Lincoln
2012 / 720 pages
ISBN: 9780077460389
Available: January 2011
NEW *9780073519937* www.mhhe.com/mathanddosage4e
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY McGraw-Hill has a clear digital advantage in math & dosage
calculations with ALEKS Prep, to prepare students with a strong math
Transformation Learning through foundation, and Connect Plus, which includes math, terminology,
Simulation dosage calculations, interactive exercises and an eBook- a complete
Mark Vancura, Cape Fear Community College course solution. 3D Animations covering pathophysiology and
2013 / 416 pages pharmacology as well as a newly filmed Medication Administration
Video series are also in Connect Plus with pre-, during- and post-
ISBN: 9780073519937 assessment. The 4th edition of Booth has a redesigned table of
Available: January 2012 contents, adding a new chapter of safe medication administration, and
[Details unavailable at press time] breaking larger chapters into smaller, more manageable chapters.

NEW TO THIS EDITION


v Newly updated table of contents! The text is now comprised of
19 chapters to make content more manageable for students.

Pediatric First Aid, v Booth now presents 3 methods for students learn calculations:

CPR, AED
Proportion, Dimensional Analysis, and Formula Method.
v ALEKS Prep for Math & Dosage Calculations! Students navigate
learning paths based on their level of readiness. ALEKS Prep will build
your student’s knowledge so all students are at the same prepared
level for your course; instructors will spend less time reviewing math
NEW *9780073519982*
and more time teaching dosage calculations.
v Connect Plus Allied Health makes online assignments even more
NSC PEDIATRIC FIRST AID, CPR & AED convenient for your students. Connect Plus Allied Health provides
3rd Edition students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online
National Safety Council NSC access to an eBook- an online edition of your McGraw-Hill textbook-
2012 / 160 pages to aid them in successfully completing their work, wherever, and
whenever they choose.
ISBN: 9780073519982
Available: August 2011 v New! Cumulative review and end-of-chapter summaries added
[Details unavailable at press time] to the 4th edition!
v NEW! A 3-step process for problem solving has been added to
each example, asking students to “Convert. Calculate. Think about
it!... Is it reasonable?”
v BODY ANIMAT3D!
v Animations covering the most difficult concepts in anatomy,
physiology, pathophysiology and pharmacology are available through
Connect Plus for Booth, Math & Dosage 4e. This series, created in
a partnership with Nucleus Medical Media, offers more minutes of
animated content than a typical Hollywood feature-length movie.
Nucleus Medical Media is the Internet’s leading creator of 3D medical
animations In addition to enabling students to learn and visualize

81
Allied Health

difficult concepts, the Body ANIMAT3D series features pre-, during-,


and post-assessment with every animation. These assessments NEW *9780073374376*
are leveled to the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy. Several animations
feature built-in interactive exercises to further reinforce particularly
challenging concepts.
v NEW! Medication Administration Video Series. A strong emphasis
on safe medication administration is realized in this series of 12 videos. ADMINISTERING
Current techniques of administration are demonstrated via various MEDICATIONS
routes. Offered in Connect Plus.
7th Edition
v New Chapter! Safe Medication Administration – includes Donna Gauwitz
information on transcription, TJC steps to receiving and writing
verbal orders, error-prone abbreviations, three checks in medication
administration, Rights of medication administration, all information
relevant to and important for nursing students. 2012 / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780073374376
CONTENTS Available: January 2011
Unit One: www.mhhe.com/gauwitz7e
Chapter 1: Fractions
Chapter 2: Decimals Administering Medications: Pharmacology for Healthcare Professionals
Chapter 3: Relationships of Quantities: Percents, Ratios, and is designed to teach the safe administration of medications to
Proportions healthcare students entering nursing, medical assisting, and other
Unit Two: allied healthcare professions. This textbook speaks directly to students
and encourages students to identify and apply the concepts learned.
Chapter 4: Metric System
The organization of the chapters allows students and instructors to
Chapter 5: Other Systems of Measurement build a knowledge base that starts with the fundamentals of medication
Chapter 6: Converting Units administration and progresses through the drugs frequently used to
Chapter 7: Temperature and Time treat most common diseases. Most chapters are organized around a
Unit Three: body system to help students fully understand drug actions. For easy
Chapter 8: Equipment for Dosage Measurement identification, the 50 most frequently prescribed drugs are boldfaced
Chapter 9: Interpreting Medication Orders in the Representative Drug table at the end of most chapters. The
Chapter 10: Interpreting Medication Labels and Package Inserts Patient Education, Healthcare for Today and Tomorrow, and Legal
Chapter 11: Safe Medication Administration and Ethical Issues boxes continue to be highlighted features in this
edition. The Patient Education boxes contain important information for
Unit Four:
the healthcare professional to communicate to the patient. This feature
Chapter 12: Methods of Dosage Calculations also includes cultural diversity and pediatric and geriatric implications
Chapter 13: Oral Dosages where appropriate. The Healthcare for Today and Tomorrow boxes
Chapter 14: Parenteral Dosages and Other Medication Administration alert the healthcare professional to issues or problems that may be
Forms encountered today or in the future. The Legal and Ethical Issues boxes
Chapter 15: Intravenous Calculations illustrate the role of the healthcare professional in actual legal and
Unit Five: ethical situations pertinent to the content of each chapter.
Chapter 16: Preparation of Noninjectable Solutions
Chapter 17: Calculations for Special Populations NEW TO THIS EDITION
Chapter 18: High-Alert Medications v Now includes Procedures Checklists!
Chapter 19: Critical Care IV Calculations
Appendix A: Comprehensive Evaluation v Age Consideration Boxes have been added.
Appendix B: Answer Key
v Every section heading is linked by number to the Learning
Glossary
Outcomes addressed by the section topic. An additional Learning
Credits
Outcome addresses drug calculations in pertinent chapters.
Index
Reference Cards v The Case Studies in each Chapter Review provides two
scenarios in which students respond to patient situations.
v Five NCLEX questions per chapter, found at the conclusion
of the Chapter Review, focus primarily on medication action, side
effects, and nursing care.

CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Orientation to Medications
Chapter 2 Principles of Drug Action
Chapter 3 Measurement and Dosage Calculations
Chapter 4 Administering Parenteral Medications
5(9,(:&23<    Chapter 5 Medication Therapy
(Available for course adoption only) Chapter 6 Vitamins, Minerals, and Herbs
To request for a review copy, Chapter 7 Antibiotics and Antifungals
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill Chapter 8 Drugs for the Eye and Ear
representatives or, Chapter 9 Drugs for the Skin
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found Chapter 10 Drugs for the Cardiovascular System
in this catalog or, Chapter 11 Drugs for the Respiratory System
ƒ e-mail your request to Chapter 12 Drugs for the Gastrointestinal System
mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or, Chapter 13 Drugs for the Urinary System and Fluid Balance
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia Chapter 14 Drugs for the Reproductive System
Chapter 15 Drugs for the Endocrine System
Chapter 16 Drugs for the Musculoskeletal System

82
Allied Health

Chapter 17 Drugs for the Nervous and Sensory Systems v Connect Plus for Hitner features: Top 250 Prescribed Drugs,
Chapter 18 Psychotropic Drugs Dosage Calcuationg Exercises for each Drug Chapter, A&P
Chapter 19 Antineoplastic Drugs animations, Pharmacology animations, Questions in the format of
Chapter 20 Drugs for the Pediatric Patient mulitple choice, multiple-multiple, matching, labeling, classification,
Chapter 21 Drugs for the Geriatric Patient sequencing, documentation, and an interactive eBook.
Appendix A Abbreviations
Appendix B Checklist Practice Procedures CONTENTS
Glossary Part I General Concepts
Index 1 Introduction to Pharmacology
2 Biological Factors Affecting the Action of Drugs
3 Geriatric Pharmacology
4 Math Review and Dosage Calculations
Part II Pharmacology of the Peripheral Nervous System
5 Autonomic Nervous System
NEW *9780073520865*
6 Drugs Affecting the Sympathetic Nervous System
7 Drugs Affecting the Parasympathetic Nervous System
8 Drugs Affecting the Autonomic Ganglia
9 Skeletal Muscle Relaxants
10 Local Anesthetics
Part III Pharmacology of the Central Nervous System
PHARMACOLOGY 11 Introduction to the Central Nervous System
12 Sedative-Hypnotic Drugs and Alcohol
An Introduction, 6th Edition 13 Antipsychotic and Antianxiety Drugs
Henry Hitner 14 Antidepressants, Psychomotor Stimulants, and Lithium
Barbara T Nagle 15 Psychotomimetic Drugs of Abuse
16 Antiepileptic Drugs
17 Antiparkinson Drugs
2012 / 896 pages 18 General Anesthetics
ISBN: 9780073520865 19 Opioid (Narcotic) Analgesics
Available: January 2011 20 Nonnarcotic Analgesics Anti-inflammatory, and Antigout Drugs
Part IV Pharmacology of the Heart
www.mhhe.com/hitner6e 21 Cardiac Glycosides and the Treatment of Congestive Heart Failure
22 Antiarrhythmic Drugs
Pharmacology, 6e by Hitner/Nagle is incredibly readable, with short
chapters that link theory to practice; content that is focused on the 23 Antianginal Drugs
need-to-know information to not overload the reader; excellent tables Part V Pharmacology of the Vascular and Renal Systems
and features such as Patient Administration and Monitoring Boxes. 24 Diuretics
This new edition now has a 4-color design with all new photos and 25 Antihypertensive Drugs
illustrations. Chapter reviews have been revisited to add additional 26 Anticoagulants and Coagulants
problem types and an exercise progression from simple to complex. 27 Nutrition and Therapy
The full suite of instructor materials is available. Hitner 6e has 28 Hypolipidemic Drugs
Connect Plus, including LearnSmart: Pharmacology, body system 29 Antianemics
and pharmacology animations, Top 250 Prescribed Drugs, Dosage
Part VI Drugs that Affect the Respiratory System
Calculations Exercises, and more.
30 Antiallergic and Antihistaminic Drugs
NEW TO THIS EDITION 31 Bronchodilator Drugs and the Treatment of Asthma
Part VII Pharmacology of the GI Tract
v 4-Color! New design with 125 new photos and 200 new 32 Therapy of Gastrointestinal Disorders: GERD, Ulcers, and
illustrations. Vomiting
33 Agents that Affect Intestinal Motility
v Updated Learning Outcomes tied to the Revised Bloom’s
Part VIII Pharmacology of the Endocrine System
Taxonomy and tagged to the appropriate headers in the text.
34 Introduction to the Endocrine System
v Instructor support material! Including: Teraching Notes for each 35 Introduction to the Endocrine System & Adrenal Steroids
learning outcome, ABHES & CAAHEP standards tied to each chapter, 36 Gonadal Hormones and the Oral Contraceptives
3 Discussion topics per chapter tied to learning outcomes, 1 case 37 Drugs Affecting the Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands and Bone
study per chapter-outside of case studies that appear in the text, Degeneration
Written Assignments, Group assignments, & Web Assignments. 38 Pancreatic Hormones and Antidiabetic Drugs
39 Posterior Pituitary Hormones and Drugs Affecting Uterine
v New PowerPoints with chapter photos, illustrations, tables and Muscle
charts. Image Library, Asset Map, and a Test Bank with all test items Part IX Pharmacology of Infectious Diseases
tagged to Bloom’s, ABHES, and CAAHEP. 40 Antibacterial Agents
v Chapter reviews updated, adding additional problems and a 42 Antifungal and Antiviral (AIDS) Drugs
simple to complex exercise progression. 43 Antiprotozoal and Anthelmintic Drugs
44 Antiseptics and Disinfectants
v Connect Plus! McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based assignment Part X Antineoplastics and Drugs Affecting the Immune
and assessment platform that gives students the means to better System
connect with their coursework, with their instructors, and with the 45 Antineoplastic Agents
important concepts that they will need to know for success now and 46 Immunopharmacology
in the future. Connect contains easy-to-use course management tools
that allow instructors to spend less time administering and more time
teaching. With Connect, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes
and tests easily online. Students can practice important skills at their
own pace and on their own schedule.

83
Allied Health

Pharmacy Technician Phlebotomy

PHARMACY TECHNICIAN: PRACTICE AND


NEW *9780073374550*
PROCEDURES WITH STUDENT CD
By Gail Orum-Alexander and James Mizner
2011 (January 2010) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780077302368 (Mandatory Package) PHLEBOTOMY:
A COMPETENCY BASED
www.mhhe.com/pharmacytech
APPROACH
Pharmacy Technician: Practice and Procedures provides a
comprehensive approach to the training of a Pharmacy Technician.
3rd Edition
Written for students in career and community colleges, vocational Kathryn Booth, Total Care Programming
schools, and pharmacy chain training programs, the text focuses on Lilian Mundt
customer service and communication, critical thinking and problem
solving, and emphasizes hands-on lab work. Pharmacy Technician: 2013 / 416 pages
Practice and Procedures enlists technology, comprehensive educational ISBN: 9780073374550
methodologies and a range of resources to help students succeed.
Available: January 2012
CONTENTS www.mhhe.com/phlebotomy3e
Unit 1: The Pharmacy Technician The third edition of Phlebotomy: A Competency-Based Approach
Chapter 1: Overview, Practice Settings and Organizations was designed to provide a complete introduction to the practice of
Chapter 2: Basic Safety and Standards phlebotomy, with complete coverage of safety procedures, equipment,
Chapter 3: Communications and Customer Service point-of-care testing, and other skills. The textbook speaks directly
Chapter 4: Law and Ethics to students and encourages them to identify and apply the concepts
Unit 2: Pharmacology and Medications learned. The text focuses on “need-to-know” information, and explains
Chapter 5: Measurements and Calculations the reasoning behind the clinical information for a well-rounded and
Chapter 6: Introduction to Pharmacology practical learning experience. It is suitable for phlebotomy certification
programs, medical laboratory technician programs, medical assistant
Chapter 7: Classifications of Drugs
programs, and even independent and distance learning courses.
Chapter 8: Over the Counter Agents
Chapter 9: Complementary and Alternative Modalities NEW TO THIS EDITION
Unit 3: Medication Management and Preparation
Chapter 10: Dosage Forms, Abbreviations, and Routes of v Expanded and updated content, with six all-new chapters:
Administration Infection Control & Safety, Understanding Medical Terms and
Chapter 11: Extemporaneous Compounding and IV Admixtures Abbreviations, Introduction to Body Systems and Laboratory Tests, The
Chapter 12: Medication Errors Cardiovascular System, Quality Assurance, and Professionalism
Chapter 13: Referencing
v Lifespan Considerations: Integrated throughout the book, this
Unit 4: Practice Settings
feature highlights how a patient’s age can affect the phlebotomist’s
Chapter 14: Retail Setting
approach to the patient, equipment selection, special circumstances,
Chapter 15: Hospital Setting
and test results.
Chapter 16: Other Environments
Chapter 17: Inventory Management v Case Studies: Located at the end of each chapter, the case
Unit 5: Transition From Student to Technician studies help bring key concepts to life by introducing real-life
Chapter 18: Preparing for Your Career as a Pharmacy Technician circumstances to promote critical thinking.
Chapter 19: Career Development
v Exam Prep: Twenty certification exam-style multiple choice
questions are included in each chapter review to help prepare the
student to pass their certification test.
v Chapter Summary: The summary table at the end of each
chapter restates the learning outcomes and provides corresponding
summary points for each.
v Critical Thinking: This feature identifies problems and situations
that may arise when you are caring for patients or performing a
procedure.

,QYLWDWLRQWR3XEOLVK v Text has been updated throughout to reflect most up-to-date


NAACLS and CLSI guidelines

0F*UDZ+LOOLVLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZ\RXU v Each chapter is matched up to its related NAACLS competencies,


WH[WERRNSURSRVDOVIRUSXEOLFDWLRQ which are listed in every chapter opener. Each section heading is
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU linked to its corresponding learning outcome.
HPDLOWRDVLDSXE#PFJUDZKLOOFRP v New interior design with vibrant photos and new line art

9LVLW0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD CONTENTS


:HEVLWHKWWSZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLDSXEOLVK Chapter 1 The Delivery of Healthcare
Chapter 2 Infection Control & Safety
Chapter 3 Understanding Medical Terms and Abbreviations

84
Allied Health

Chapter 4 Introduction to Body Systems and Laboratory Tests Lesson 16 Cold and Heat Emergencies
Chapter 5 The Cardiovascular System Lesson 17 Rescuing and Moving Victims
Chapter 6 Patient Identification and Specimen Requirements
Chapter 7 Blood Collection Equipment
Chapter 8 Routine Blood Collection
Chapter 9 Blood Specimen Handling

Statistics for Health


Chapter 10 Special Phlebotomy Procedures
Chapter 11 Quality Assurance

Education
Chapter 12 Waived Testing and Collection of Non-blood Specimens
Chapter 13 Professionalism
Appendix A: Standard Precautions
Appendix B: Transmission-Based Precautions
Appendix C: Medical Terms: Prefixes, Suffixes, and Word Roots
Appendix D: Medical Abbreviations
Appendix E: Laboratory Tests BIOSTATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH
Appendix F: Competency Checklists SCIENCES
Appendix G: Historically-Relevant Phlebotomy Information By Karuthan Chinna & Krishnakumari Nr Krish
Appendix H: Answer Key 2009 (June 2009) / 196 pages
ISBN: 9789833850686
Available: June 2009
An Asian Publication

Standard FA, CPR


This book is an ideal introduction to the study of statistics applied
to the field of health sciences. It is intended for undergraduate and

and AED
postgraduate students in the field of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy,
nursing, allied health and other health-related fields with little or no
background in statistics.

FEATURES
v Statistical computation methods are showcased in clinical,
NEW *9780073519951* medical and research applications

FIRST AID, CPR & AED STUDENT v Relevant formulas are provided for every type of analysis
WORKBOOK v Computational mechanics are illustrated using scientific
4th Edition calculators and Excel spreadsheets
National Safety Council NSC v Statistical results are summarized in simple, easy to understand
2012 / 64 pages tables
ISBN: 9780073519951 (Workbook)
v Writing of precise conclusions based on statistical evidence is
Available: July 2011
emphasized
Prepare your students to respond in an emergency
v End of chapter practice exercises are provided
Knowing the appropriate action to take in an emergency until
professional help arrives is critical to saving lives.

This NSC® course meets the 2010 CPR and ECC Guidelines and
OSHA standards for first aid in the workplace.

What you will learn


Professional References
v Recognize an emergency
v Act appropriately
LANGE Q&A SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY
v Sustain life until professional help arrives
EXAMINATION (SET 2)
CONTENTS
6th Edition
NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Workbook Carolan Sherman and Mary Chmielewski, Bergen Community College
Lesson 1 Acting in an Emergency 2012 / 288 pages
Lesson 2 Preventing Disease Transmission ISBN: 9780071745765
Lesson 3 Check the Victim
Available: February 2012
Lesson 4 Basic Life Support
Lesson 5 Recovery Position A Professional Reference Title
Lesson 6 Choking Surgical technologists are allied health professionals, who are an
Lesson 7 Heart Attack and Chest Pain integral part of the team of medical practitioners providing surgical
Lesson 8 Bleeding and Wound Care care to patients in a variety of settings. Surgical technologists work
Lesson 9 Shock under the supervision of a surgeon to ensure that the operating
Lesson 10 Burns room or environment is safe, that equipment functions properly,
and that the operative procedure is conducted under conditions that
Lesson 11 Serious Injuries
maximize patient safety. Surgical technologists possess expertise
Lesson 12 Bone, Joint and Muscle Injuries in the theory and application of sterile and aseptic technique and
Lesson 13 Sudden Illness combine the knowledge of human anatomy, surgical procedures,
Lesson 14 Allergic Reactions and implementation tools and technologies to facilitate a physician’s
Lesson 15 Poisoning performance of invasive therapeutic and diagnostic procedures.

85
Allied Health

The new edition of the highly successful Lange Q&A Surgical


Technology Examination will provide updated content to reflect INTERNATIONAL EDITION
changes in the surgical field since the last edition. The contents
will follow the blueprint for the exam in an attempt to address core POISONING AND DRUG OVERDOSE
curriculum that students are learning in their programs. New questions
and answers will test readers on updated surgical procedures and 6th Edition
techniques, and there will be many new photos testing readers on Kent R Olson, University of California-San Francisco
instrument identification. For the first time, the book will come with 2012 / 750 pages
a CD-ROM. The CD will provide questions from the book in an ISBN: 9780071668330
interactive exam module where readers can pick and choose topics to ISBN: 9780071788427 [IE]
help them strengthen their knowledge in core areas of curriculum.
Available: September 2011
CONTENTS Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 6e delivers critical information on
Part 1. FUNDAMENTAL KNOWLEDGE effective diagnosis and treatment of drug-related emergencies and
chemical exposures.
1. Basic Sciences
2. Infection Control Divided into four sections, easily identified by the dictionary-style
3. Concepts of Patient Care tabs:
4. Occupational Hazards
Part 2. PREOPERATIVE PREPARATION Section 1 covers initial emergency management, including
1. Physical Environment of the OR treatment of complications; physical and laboratory diagnosis; and
2. Patient Related Procedures decontamination and enhanced elimination procedures
3. Scrub Tasks
Part 3. INTRAOPERATIVE AND POSTOPERATIVE PROCEDURES Section II provides detailed information on 150 common drugs and
1. General Surgery poisons
2. Obstetrics and Gynecology
3. Opthalmology Section III describes the use of antidotes and therapeutic drugs to
treat poisoning
4. Otorhinolayngology
5. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
Section IV describes the medical management of chemical and
6. Genitourinary Surgery occupational exposures, including a table of over 500 industrial
7. Thoracic Surgery chemicals
8. Cardiovascular and Peripheral Vascular Surgery
9. Orthopedic Surgery Poisoning & Drug Overdose, 6e is enhanced by numerous tables,
10. Neurosurgery charts, and a comprehensive index featuring generic, chemical, and
11. Paediatric and Geriatric Surgery brand names, making it an essential resource for anyone responding
12. Emergency Procedures to drug-related emergencies and chemical exposures.
Part 4. TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES FOR THE OPERATING ROOM
1. Computer Use CONTENTS
2. Surgical Applications of Electricity Part I. Evaluation and Treatment Principles
3. Robotics Part II. Specific Poisons and Drugs
4. Endoscopics Part III. Therapeutic Drugs and Antidotes
5. Physics and Medicine Part IV. Environmental and Occupational Exposures

MAMMOGRAPHY AND BREAST IMAGING


INTERNATIONAL EDITION PREP
DRUG INFORMATION
Olive Peart, The Stamford Hospital
2012 / 304 pages
A Guide for Pharmacists, 4th Edition ISBN: 9780071749329
By Patrick Malone, Creighton University-Omaha, Karen Kier and John Available: October 2011
Stanovich of Ohio Northern University
A Professional Medical Title
2012 (Sept 2011) / 1104 pages
ISBN: 9780071624954 A comprehensive review for the mammography registry
ISBN: 9780071768191 [IE] examination – from an experienced educator and clinician who
knows exactly what it takes to pass
A Professional Medical Title
Drug Information: A Guide for Pharmacists, 4e teaches pharmacists Includes new coverage of the latest digital imaging
how to more effectively and efficiently research, interpret, collate and technologies
disseminate drug information in the most usable form possible. The
book discusses how to determine what information is needed and how v Written by an instructor and mammography specialist at Stamford
to respond adequately to requests for information. It also covers the Hospital
ethical and legal aspects of drug information management.
v Concise narrative text helps you to focus on essential
concepts
v Practice questions with answers referenced to the text allow you
to gauge your comprehension of important material
v Learning aids such as objectives and glossaries at the beginning
of each chapter streamline the learning process
v Numerous radiographs teach you to recognize good and bad
films and normal circumscribed lesions and breast calcifications

86
Allied Health

v High-quality diagrams help you learn correct patient positioning GASTROINTESTINAL IMAGING CASES
consistent with the American College of Radiography and the By Stephen Anderson and Christine Menias
Mammography Quality Control Manual 2011 (July 2011) / 800 pages
v Valuable during coursework to help you recognize and ISBN: 9780071636599
understand concepts that are likely to appear on the exam A Professional Medical Title
v A complete review for licensure that includes the history of Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases offers radiologists an efficient,
breast imaging, breast cancer detection, and treatment (including systematic, and visual approach to understanding gastrointestinal
new imaging methods and recent advances in digital mammography, imaging and aiding diagnosis. Featuring more than 300 cases and
designed for workstation use, the books’s templated format provides
MRI, BSGI, DBT, volumtetric ultrasound imaging, and Cone Beam
easy navigation through minimal text, numerous images, and the use
Breast CT) of icons. Coverage in each case includes images, findings, differential
diagnosis, discussion, and pearls.

EMERGENCY ORTHOPEDICS
Set 2, 6th Edition BASIC RADIOLOGY
By Robert Simon and Scott Sherman 2nd Edition
2012 (January 2011) / 700 pages By Michael Chen, Thomas Pope and David Ott
ISBN: 9780071625944 2011 (August 2010) / 408 pages
A Professional Medical Title ISBN: 9780071627085
Emergency Orthopedics offers authoritative evidence-based A Professional Medical Title
information in a practical and clinically useful manner. Whether you’re
seeking a quick answer to an anatomical question or confirming Basic Radiology is the easiest and most effective way for medical
a diagnosis, Emergency Orthopedics has everything you need to students, residents, and clinicians not specializing in radiologic
know about the mechanisms of musculoskeletal injuries, along with imaging to learn the essentials of diagnostic test selection, application,
recommended imaging studies, treatment guidelines, and possible and interpretation. This trusted guide is unmatched in its ability to
complications. The sixth edition represents a major rewrite of the teach you how to select and request the most appropriate imaging
text. A new section on spinal injuries and disorders is included. modality for a patient’s presenting symptoms and familiarize yourself
An unmatched DVD showing splinting, arthrocentesis, injections, with the most common diseases that current radiologic imaging can
and reductions of fractures and dislocations is also included. The best evaluate.
text is logically divided into four parts: Orthopedic Principles and
Management, The Spine, Upper Extremities, and Lower Extremities. CONTENTS
A unique appendix provides a figure showing each bone and every Contributors
possible fracture with the page number where all the key features Preface
related to that fracture are covered succinctly and practically.
Part 1: Introduction
1. Scope of Diagnostic Imaging
CONTENTS
2. The Physical Basis of Diagnostic Imaging
Chapter 1: General Principles Part 2: Chest
Chapter 2: Anesthesia and Analgesia 3. Imaging of the Heart and Great Vessels
Chapter 3: Rheumatologic Problems 4. Radiology of the Chest
Chapter 4: Compartment Syndrome 5. Radiology of the Breast
Chapter 5: Imaging Considerations Part 3: Bones And Joints
Chapter 6: Pediatric Issues 6. Musculoskeletal Imaging
Chapter 7: Cervical Spine Injuries 7. Imaging of Joints
Chapter 8: Thoracic Spine Injuries Part 4: Abdomen
Chapter 9: Lumbar Spine Injuries 8. Plain Film of the Abdomen
Chapter 10: Sacral Injuries 9. Radiology of the Urinary Tract
Chapter 11: Hand Injuries 10. Gastrointestinal Tract
Chapter 12: Wrist Injuries 11. Liver, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas
Chapter 13: Forearm Injuries PART 5: HEAD AND SPINE
Chapter 14: Elbow Injuries 12. Brain and Its Coverings
Chapter 15: Arm Injuries 13. Imaging of the Spine
Chapter 16: Shoulder Injuries
Chapter 17: Pelvic Injuries
Chapter 18: Hip Injuries
Chapter 19: Thigh Injuries
Chapter 20: Knee Injuries
Chapter 21: Lower Leg Injuries
Chapter 22: Ankle Injuries
Chapter 23: Foot Injuries

87
Allied Health

McGRAW-HILL’S EMT-PARAMEDIC 15. Prenatal Diagnosis of Cerebrospinal Anomalies


16. Fetal Neck and Chest Anomalies
2nd Edition 17. Fetal Gastrointestinal Anomalies
By Jr Peter A DiPrima and Jr George Benedetto 18. The Fetal Genitourinary System
2011 (April 2011) / 848 pages 19. Fetal Skeletal Anomalies
ISBN: 9780071752015 20. Fetal Syndromes
A Professional Medical Title 21. Ultrasound Detection of Chromosomal Anomalies
III: RISK ASSESSMENT AND THERAPY
If you want to score high on the EMT-Paramedic exam, you’ll want
McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Paramedic. This essential guide helps you think 22. First Trimester Screening
through pre-hospital medicine while covering the most commonly 23. Fetal Biophysical Profile Score: Theoretical Considerations and
tested information. Each chapter begins with a clinical scenario, Practical Application
followed by a bulleted overview of key topics. You’ll also find a 24. Chorionic Villus Sampling
complete practice exam included in the book as well as online to 25. Amniocentesis
simulate the test-taking experience. More than any other guide, 26. Fetal Blood Sampling
McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Paramedic boosts your confidence--and your 27. Fetal Therapy: Maternal Fetal Surgery and Percutaneous
chances for success. Ultrasound Guided Fetal Therapy Techniques for Congenital
Anomalies
CONTENTS IV: MATERNAL DISORDERS
Exam Preparation Tips 28. Sonographic Examination of the Uterine Cervix
Section 1: Preparatory 29. Sonography of Trophoblastic Diseases
Section 2: Airway 30. Postpartum Ultrasound
Section 3: Patient Assessment V: GYNECOLOGIC SONOGRAPHY
Section 4: Trauma 31. Sonographic Evaluation of Pelvic Masses with Transabdominal
Section 5: Medical Emergencies and/or Transvaginal Sonography
Section 6: Special Considerations 32. Color Doppler Sonography of Pelvic Masses
Section 7: Operations 33. Sonographic Evaluation of Uterine Disorders
34. Transvaginal Sonography of Endometrial Disorders
35. Sonographic Techniques for Early Detection of Ovarian and
Endometrial Cancers
36. Acute Pelvic Pain: Transvaginal and Doppler Evaluation
SONOGRAPHY IN OBSTETRICS & 37. Transvaginal Sonography in Gynecologic Infertility
38. Sonohysterography and Sonohysterosalpingography
GYNECOLOGY 39. Guided Procedures Using Transvaginal, Transperineal, and
Principles and Practice, 7th Edition Transrectal Sonography
By Arthur C Fleischer, Vanderbilt University-Nashville, Eugene C Toy, 40. Pelvic Floor Ultrasound
Christus-St Joseph Hospital, Wesley Lee, William Beaumont Hospital, 41. Breast Sonography
Frank A Manning, Sloane Hospital for Women and Roberto Romero, 42. Breast Ultrasound
Wayne State University
VI: COMPLEMENTARY IMAGING: MODALITIES
2011 (October 2010) / 1356 pages 43. Volume Sonography: Core Concepts for Clinical Practice
ISBN: 9780071547727 44. Obstetrical Applications for 3D Ultrasonography
A Professional Medical Title 45. Fetal Cardiac Evaluation Using 3D and 4D Ultrasonography
The book opens with general obstetric sonography, covering such 46. Magnetic Resonance Imaging in Obstetrics
pivotal topics as normal pelvic anatomy and fetal echocardiography, 47. Three-Dimensional Volumetric Sonography in Gynecology
before moving into fetal anomalies and disorders. Risk assessment 48. MRI of the Female Pelvis: Problem Solving Sonographic
and therapy, including first trimester screening and amniocentesis, Uncertainties
are explored in the next section, while the remaining parts of the Index
book focus on maternal disorders, gynecological sonography, and
the newest complementary imaging modalities.

CONTENTS

NUCLEAR CARDIOLOGY
Contributors
Preface
Acknowledgments Practical Applications, 2nd Edition
I. GENERAL OBSTETRIC SONOGRAPHY By Gary V Heller, University of Conn-Sch of Medicine and Robert C
1. Ultrasound Bioeffects and Safety: What the Practitioner Should Hendel, Rush Medical College
Know 2011 (October 2010) / 416 pages
2. Normal Pelvic Anatomy as Depicted with Transvaginal ISBN: 9780071624930
Sonography A Professional Medical Title
3. Transvaginal Sonography of Early Intrauterine Pregnancy
4. Transvaginal Sonography of Ectopic Pregnancy Nuclear Cardiology: Practical Applications provides concise,
expert guidance on indications for nuclear cardiology procedures,
5. Fetal Biometry
specification of tests, and interpretation of results. Completely updated
6. Prenatal Diagnosis of Congenital Heart Disease with the latest techniques and procedures, this well-illustrated guide
7. Placenta, Cord, and Membranes is essential to clinicians who require a practical understanding of
8. Prenatal Diagnosis of Placenta Accreta this specialty as well as trainees, including cardiology fellows and
9. Fetal Growth Restriction radiology residents. It is also a must-have review for anyone seeking
10. Doppler Velocimetry of the Uteroplacental Circulation certification or recertification in nuclear cardiology.
11. Doppler Interrogation of the Fetal Circulation
12. Color Doppler Sonography in Obstetrics
13. Sonography in Multiple Gestation
II: FETAL ANOMALIES AND DISORDERS
14. Fetal Anomalies: Overview

88
Allied Health

CONTENTS 5. Major Studies of the Nursing Profession


Contributors 6. The Impact of Social and Scientific Changes
Preface 7. Health Care Delivery: Where?
Section 1: The Building Blocks of Nuclear Cardiology 8. Health Care Delivery: Who?
1. Fundamentals of Nuclear Cardiology Physics 9. Nursing as a Profession
2. Dosimetry in Nuclear Cardiology 10. Professional Ethics and the Nurse
3. Cardiac SPECT and PET Instrumentation 11. Profile of the Modern Nurse
4. Quality Control for Myocardial Perfusion Imaging 12. Major Issues and Trends in Nursing Education
Section 2: Radionuclide Myocardial Perfusion Imaging: 13. Programs in Nursing Education
Procedures and Interpretation 14. Nursing Research Status: Status, Problems, Issues
5. Exercise and Pharmacologic Stress Testing 15. Opportunities in Modern Nursing
6. SPECT Radionuclide Myocardial Perfusion Imaging Protocols 16. Leadership for an Era of Change
7. Assessment of Ventricular Function Using ECG-gated SPECT 17. An Introduction to the Law
Imaging 18. The Legislative Process
8. Interpretation and Reporting of SPECT Myocardial Perfusion Imaging 19. Major Legislation Affecting Nursing
9. Quality, Appropriateness, and Accreditation/Certification in Nuclear 20. Licensure and Health Personnel Credentialing
Cardiology 21. Nursing Practice and the Law
Section 3: Other Nuclear Cardiology Procedures 22. Health Care and the Rights of People
10. Radionuclide Angiography-Equilibrium and First Pass 23. Organizational Procedures and Issues
11. Cardiac Positron Emission Tomography 24. National Student Nurses’ Association
12. Radionuclide SPECT Imaging of Myocardial Ischemia and Cardiac 25. American Nurses Association
Innervation 26. The Tri-Council for Nursing
13. Hybrid Imaging: SPECT-CT and PET-CT 27. Other Nursing and Related Organizations in the United States
Section 4: Applications and Indications of Nuclear Cardiology 28. Major International Organizations
14. Evaluation of Patients with Suspected Coronary Artery Disease 29. Making Choices: Job Selection
15. Risk Stratification with Myocardial Perfusion Imaging 30. Career Management
16. Preoperative Risk Assessment for Non-cardiac Surgery
17. Evaluation of Ischemia Therapies in Patients with Coronary
Artery Disease
18. Radionuclide Imaging in Heart Failure
19. The Role of Myocardial Perfusion Imaging in the Assessment of THERAPEUTIC MODALITIES IN
the Diabetic Patient REHABILITATION
20. Assessment of Women, Donna M. Polk and Gary V. Heller
21. Acute Rest Myocardial Perfusion Imaging in the Emergency 4th Edition
Department By William E Prentice, University of NC-Chapel Hill
Section 5: Alternative Non-invasive Cardiac Procedures 2011 (April 2011) / 608 pages
22. ECG Exercise Testing ISBN: 9780071737692
23. Echocardiography A Professional Medical Title
24. Coronary Calcium Scanning for Risk Stratification of Asymptomatic
and Symptomatic Patients Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation is a well-illustrated text
covering both the theory and practice of the use of therapeautic
25. Cardiac CT Angiography (CCTA)
modalities for rehabilitation purposes. It is evidence-based, clinically
26. Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging useful, and supported and enhanced with case studies and laboratory
Answers to Review Questions activities to demonstrate the application of the modalities to patients.
Index The fourth edition is highlighted by a new full-color design and content
updated to reflect the most up-to-date evidence in support of modality
treatments.

CONTENTS
KELLY’S DIMENSIONS OF PROFESSIONAL Part I: Foundations of Therapeutic Modalities;
NURSING Chapter 1. The Science of Therapeutic Modalities;
Chapter 2. The Healing Process and Guidelines for Using Therapeutic
10th Edition Modalities;
Lucille A Joel, College of Nursing at Rutgers College Chapter 3. The Role of Therapeutic Modalities in Wound Healing;
2011 / 784 pages Chapter 4. Managing Pain with Therapeutic Modalities;
ISBN: 9780071740999 Part II: Electrical Modalities;
Available: February 2011 Chapter 5. Basic Principles of Electricity;
Chapter 6. Electrical Stimulating Currents;
A Professional Reference Title
Chapter 7. Iontophoresis;
Covering all non-clinical nursing topics that students need to know, Chapter 8. Biofeedback;
this text effectively covers the history of nursing, scope of practice, Chapter 9. Principles of Electrophysiologic Evaluation and Testing;
role of the profession in the overall health care delivery system, and Part III: Thermal Modalities;
other educational, ethical, and legal issues. In addition, this book
Chapter 10. Shortwave and Microwave Diathermy;
covers the transition from student to practicing nurse, with material
on the various nursing associations, what they do, and how they can Chapter 11. Infrared Modalities;
help a nurse’s career. Chapter 12. Therapeutic Ultrasound;
Part IV: Light Therapy;
CONTENTS Chapter 13. Low-Level Laser Therapy;
Chapter 14. Ultraviolet Therapy;
1. Care of the Sick: A Historical Overview
Part V: Mechanical Modalities;
2. The Influence of Florence Nightingale
Chapter 15. Spinal Traction;
3. The Evolution of the Trained Nurse, 1873-1903
Chapter 16. Intermittent Compression Devices;
4. The Emergence of the Modern Nurse, after 1904

89
Allied Health

Part VI: Other Modalities; 16. Nursing Informatics and Healthcare Policy
Chapter 17. Therapeutic Massage; 17. Trustworthy Systems for Safe and Private Health Care
Chapter 18. Extracorporeal Shock Wave Therapy; 18. Shaping Nursing Informatics through the Public Policy Process
Part VII: Summary; 19. Home Health: the Missing Ingredient in Healthcare Reform
Chapter 19. The Physiologic Effects of Therapeutic Modality V. CONTINUUM OF CARE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Intervention on the Body Systems; SYSTEMS
Appendix A-1. Locations of the Motor Points; 20. Computerized Provider Order Entry
Appendix A-2. Units of Measure 21. Electronic Health Record Vendor Applications
22. The Role of Technology in the Medication-Use Process
23. Planning, Design, and Implementation of Information Technology
in Complex Healthcare Systems
24. The Integration of Complex Systems theory into Six Sigma
ESSENTIALS OF NURSING INFORMATICS Methods of Performance Improvement: A Case Study
25. Workflow and Healthcare Process Management
5th Edition 26. Translation of Evidence into Nursing Practice
Virginia K Saba, Georgetown University School of Nursing 27. Evidence Based Practice
Kathleen Ann McCormick 28. Incorporating Evidence: Use of Computer-Based Clinical Decision
2011 / 736 pages Support Systems (CDSS) for Health Professionals
ISBN: 9780071743716 29. The Magnet Model
Available: August 2011 30. Internet Tools for Patient Care in Advanced Practice
31. IT for the Rural Healthcare Market
Written by leaders in nursing informatics, this comprehensive, up-to-
date text explores the ever-growing role computers play in the field 32. Ambulatory Care Information Systems
of nursing. Offering theoretical background to help you understand 33. Overview of Post Acute Services
how informatics serves many aspects of the profession, Essential 34. Public Health Practice Applications
of Nursing Informatics also gives you practical help in unlocking 35. Informatics Solutio
computing’s benefits -- both now and into the future. Numerous case ns for Emergency Planning and Response
studies and examples add real-world relevance to the material. An VI. EDUCATIONAL APPLICATI0NS
internationally recognized contributor team provides information and 36. Web 2.0 and its Impact on Healthcare Education and Practice
insights not found in any other text on essential topics such as the 37. Initiation and Management of Accessible, Effective Online
application of computers to nursing administration, education, and
Learning
research; electronic medical records (EMRs) and personal health
records (PHRs); coding; and government, clinical, and private sector 38. Innovations in e-Health
system requirements. Completely revised and updated with the latest 39. Consumer and Patient Use of Computers for Health
information on specialized softwares and contributions, the sixth 40. Nursing Curriculum Reform and Healthcare Information
edition of Essential of Nursing Informatics covers: Technology
41. A Paradigm Shift in Simulation: Experiential Learning in Second Life
v Computer systems 42. The TIGER Initiative
VII. RESEARCH APPLICATIONS
v Information theory
43. Computer Use in Nursing Research
v Current issues in informatics 44. Information Literacy and Computerized Information Resources
VIII. INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES
v Continuum of care information technology systems
45. Nursing Informatics in Canada
v Educational applications 46. Nursing Informatics in Europe
47. Pacific Rim Perspectives
v Research applications 48. Asian Perspectives
v International perspectives (including Europe, Canada, Pacific 49. Nursing Informatics in South America
Rim, Asia, South America, and South Africa) 50. Nursing Informatics in South Africa
IX. THE FUTURE OF INFORMATICS
v The future of informatics 51. Future Directions
Appendix
CONTENTS
I. COMPUTERS AND NURSING
1. Overview of Computers and Nursing
2. Historical Perspective of Nursing Informatics
3. Electronic Health Record from a Historical Perspective
II. COMPUTER SYSTEMS
4. Computer System Basics
INTERNATIONAL EDITION

LANGE Q&A RADIOGRAPHY EXAMINATION


5. Systems Life Cycle: Planning and Analysis
6. Implementation and Evaluation
7. Healthcare Project Management 8th Edition (Set 2)
8. Human Factors D A Saia, The Stamford Hospital, Stamford CT
9. Open Source and Free Software 2011 / 480 pages
10. Mobil Computing Platforms ISBN: 9780071739252
III. INFORMATICS THEORY ISBN: 9780071324342 [IE]
11. The Practice Speciality of Nursing Informatics
Available: January 2011
12. Advanced Terminological Approaches in Nursing
13. Nursing Minimum Data Set Systems A Professional Reference Title
14. Overview of the Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System: A Completely updated based on the new December 2010 registry
National Nursing Standard Coded Terminology blueprint, Lange Q&A: Radiography Examination: Eighth Edition
IV. CURRENT ISSUES IN INFORMATICS provides radiograpy students and recertifying radiographers with more
15. Health Data Standards Development, Harmonization and than 1,400 registry-style questions to prepare them for the licensing
Interoperability exam. Each question includes explanations for correct and incorrect
answer options to reinforce concepts. New to this edition is coverage

90
Allied Health

of computed tomography (CT) technology within the chapters on GENERAL RADIOLOGY


radiation protection, equipment, procedures, and CT imaging. Also
included with purchase is an exam-simulating CD containing one Case Study
complete practice exam. By Roland Talanow
2011 (June 2011)
CONTENTS ISBN: 9780071637978
Introduction A Professional Medical Title
Patient Care
General Radiology: Case Study utilizes a case based approach to help
Radiographic Procedures
residents and junior residents increase the accuracy of their radiologic
Radiation Protection interpretations while on call. The book features 200 cases organized
Image Production and Evaluation by organ system. Every case is followed by a series of images with
Equipment Operation and Maintenance questions related to each image. Answers are provided on the next
Practice Test 1 page to prevent you from having to flip to the back of the book. An
Practice Test 2 online component provides more detailed information and additional
[CD-ROM] imaging modalities about each case and an interactive magnifying
glass that allows you to zoom in on an image.

CONTENTS
a) Neuro
RADIOGRAPHY PREP PROGRAM REVIEW 1. Epidural hemorrhage
2. Middle cerebral artery infarct (stroke)
AND EXAMINATION PREPARATION 3. Subarachnoid hemorrhage
6th Edition 4. Skull fracture with pneumocephalus
D A Saia, The Stamford Hospital, Stamford, CT 5. Meningitis
2011 / 592 pages b) Chest
1. Pneumothorax
ISBN: 9780071739078
2. Pneumonia
Available: March 2011
3. Lung cancer
A Professional Reference Title 4. Malpositioned endotracheal tube
Completely updated based on the new December 2010 registry 5. Congestive heart failure
blueprint, Radiography PREP: Sixth Edition provides radiograpy c) Abdomen
students with a concise summary of the entire radiography curriculum 1. Small bowel obstruction
in a readable narrative which also includes more than 400 chapter 2. Appendicitis
review questions, a comprehensive 200-question practice exam, 3. Diverticulitis
and 450+ text-enhancing illustrations and radiographic images. New 4. Retroperitoneal hemorrhage
to this edition--and especially of interest to certifying/recertifying
5. Bowel perforation
radiographers--is coverage of computed tomography (CT) technology
within the chapters on radiation protection, equipment, procedures, d) OB-Reproductive
and CT imaging. 1. Ovarian torsion
2. Fetal demise
CONTENTS 3. Partial mole
4. Hydrosalpinx
I. Patient Care and Education
5. Testicular infarct
1. Legal and Ethical Aspects
e) Musculoskeletal
2. Patient Communication and Safety
1. Vertebral compression fracture
3. Infection Control
2. Shoulder dislocation (different types)
4. Medical Emergencies and Contrast Media
3. Osteomyelitis
II. Radiographic Procedures
4. Ewing sarcoma
5. General Procedural Considerations
5. Growth plate fractures (Salter-Harris Classification)
6. Imaging Procedures: Anatomy, Positioning, and Pathology
III. Radiation Protection
7. Radiation Protection Considerations
8. Patient Protection
9. Personnel Protection
10. Radiation Exposure and Monitoring BIOMEDICAL ETHICS IN ASIA
IV. Image Production and Evaluation By Akira Akabayashi
11. Selection of Technical Factors 2010 (June 2010) / 139 pages
12. Image Processing and Quality Assurance ISBN: 9780071312226
13. Image Evaluation
An Asia Professional Medical Title
V. Equipment Operation and Quality Control
14. Radiographic and Pluoroscopic Equipment Biomedical Ethics in Asia: A Casebook for Multicultural Learners
15. Standards of Performance and Equipment Evaluation features a series of informative and interactive cases dealing with
16. Practice Test biomedical issues that health care professionals and students often
face in their practice and studies worldwide. Examples and case
Index
studies have been adapted for the Asian context to make the study
of biomedical ethics more approachable for readers in Asia. The book
facilitates the study of contemporary biomedical ethics within the
contexts of each reader’s religion and culture. Health care students
and professionals (physicians, nurses, and co-medicals), along
with ethicists, lawyers, and researchers can readily use the book to
learn the key concepts of biomedical ethics and immediately apply
that knowledge to their work. Each chapter consists of sections that
provide background information and provoke analysis, and these
help readers break down the cases and encourage an informed

91
Allied Health

discussion. Akabayashi, Kodama, and Slingsby have designed the Chapter 8: 6 months out and still going!
book as a useful introductory tool to learn biomedical ethics. With its Chapter 9: First year
workbook style, it can be used for both individual and group study. Chapter 10: What next?
Its easy-to-follow format facilitates the study of biomedical ethics and
the dynamic process of applying its key concepts to the practice of
medicine and research in the Asian context.

CONTENTS
Foreword
Preface INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Acknowledgements
Introduction PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF DISEASE
Defining Asia An Introduction to Clinical Medicine
Ethics, law, religion and culture
What is biomedical ethics?
6th Edition
Cases Stephen J McPhee and Gary D Hammer
Case One: Telling the truth 2010 / 768 pages
Case Two: Decision-making capacity ISBN: 9780071621670
Case Three: Nonadherence ISBN: 9780071638500 [IE]
Case Four: Confidentiality Available: November 2009
Case Five: End of life issues A Professional Reference Title
Case Six: Brain death and organ transplantation
Complete coverage of the essentials of pathophysiology
Case Seven: Abortion
organized by organ system and now in full-color. Concise, yet
Case Eight: Prenatal screening and genetic counseling comprehensive, this full-color LANGE title covers all the basics of
Case Nine: Surrogacy pathophysiology. Organized by organ system, it provides information
Case 10: Explaining illness to children on disease states most relevant to clinical medicine. Nearly 100
Case 11: Treatment of premature babies with complications case studies allow readers to apply their knowledge to actual clinical
Case 12: A mistake made by one’s colleague situations and review questions appearing throughout each chapter
Case 13: Research ethics test reader’s understanding of key concepts.
Case 14: Placebo-controlled clinical trial for HIV therapy
Case 15: Traditional medicine and complementary or alternative CONTENTS
medicine 1. Introduction
Case 16: ICU respirator allocation 2. Genetic Disease
Case 17: Influenza outbreak and vaccine distribution 3. Disorders of the Immune System
Case 18: Health care access and the poor 4. Infectious Diseases
Afterword 5. Neoplasia
References 6. Blood Disorders
List of Casebooks 7. Nervous System Disorders
Further readings 8. Diseases of the Skin
9. Pulmonary Disease
10. Cardiovascular Disorders: Heart Disease
11. Cardiovascular Disorders: Vascular Disease
12. Disorders of the Adrenal Medulla
13. Gastrointestinal Disease
INTERNATIONAL EDITION 14. Liver Disease
15. Disorders of the Exocrine Pancreas
NEW NURSE’S SURVIVAL GUIDE 16. Renal Disease
Genevieve Chandler, University of Massachusetts-Boston 17. Disorders of the Parathyroids & Calcium Metabolism
2010 / 304 pages 18. Disorders of the Endocrine Pancreas
19. Disorders of the Hypothalamus & Pituitary Gland
ISBN: 9780071592864
20. Thyroid Disease
ISBN: 9780071312806 [IE]
21. Disorders of the Adrenal Cortex
Available: December 2009 22. Disorders of the Female Reproductive Tract
A Professional Reference Title 23. Disorders of the Male Reproductive Tract
Packed with real life examples and indispensable advice from 24. Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases
novices and staff development experts, New Nurse’s Survival Guide 25. Case Study Answers
is the best resource available on how to make the difficult transition
from nursing student to practicing nurse. Written by two registered
nurses, the book covers everything from the different career options
in nursing to the job search to what to expect during the first three
months to one year.

CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Dream: Different Options in Nursing Careers
Chapter 2: The Reality: Taking the leap from student to nurse
Chapter 3 The Preparation: Things you need to know about work
before you graduate
Chapter 4: The Search: Looking for a job
Chapter 5: Recruitment and Retention: Finding the right employment
Chapter 6: The First Weeks: Role transition
Chapter 7: The first three months

92
Allied Health

MEDICO-LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN 43 Failure to Refer


CARDIOLOGY AND GENERAL MEDICINE 44 Human Organ Transplantation
Appendices
By Catherine Tay and Leslie Tay
Appendix 1 Declaration of Geneva Physician’s Oath
2010 (May 2010) / 225 pages
Appendix 2 Hippocratic Oath – Modern Version
ISBN: 9780071312905
Appendix 3 Government Proceedings Act (Chapter 121)
An Asia Professional Medical Title Appendix 4 Singapore Armed Forces Act (Chapter 295)
With rapid advancement in medical science, technology, and skills Appendix 5 Misuse of Drugs Act (Chapter 185)
comes a myriad of legal, ethical, and moral problems. Almost daily, Appendix 6 Declaration of Helsinki
items of ethical and medico-legal significance are appearing in the Appendix 7 The Belmont Report 1979 (USA)
media. A basic understanding of the medico-legal and ethical issues Appendix 8 Notification of Infectious Diseases Form
in healthcare is essential for safe, responsible, and ethical practice Index
in daily clinical work. This book looks at such issues, in those areas
where law and medicine commonly meet. The doctor-lawyer team
uses a novel question-and-answer format, with a special emphasis
on problem-solving, to make learning about medico-legal and ethical
principles effortless and educational. The practical and realistic case
scenarios featured are commonly faced by cardiologists, internists MEDICO-LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES IN
and family physicians.
EYE CARE
CONTENTS By Catherine Tay and Kah Guan Au Eong
2010 (September 2009) / 248 pages
Foreword I
ISBN: 9780071269940
Foreword II
Preface An Asia Professional Medical Title
About the Authors This book presents practical and realistic case scenarios commonly
Case Scenarios encountered in the practice of eye care by optometrists, opticians
1 Driving after a Heart Attack and ophthalmologists, as well as by family physicians. The lawyer-
2 Driving When Medically Unfit – Should the Authorities Be eye specialist team has used a novel question-and-answer format,
Informed? with a special emphasis on problem-solving, to make learning about
3 Medical Assistance on Board a Plane medico-legal and ethical principles effortless and interesting. “Take-
home Messages” crystallise the key points discussed. Eye care
4 Fitness to Fly – What Are the Guidelines?
professionals working in optical outlets, medical clinics and hospital
5 Air Travel during Pregnancy – Fitness to Fly departments can easily relate to the scenarios presented. This book
6 Assisting in a Road Traffic Accident will also be of interest to optometry students, medical students,
7 Family Involvement in Informed Consent – Is it Appropriate? postgraduate ophthalmology students, law students, attorneys,
8 Issues on Treating a Mentally Incompetent Patient patients and the general reader who may wish to know his medico-
9 Advance Medical Directive legal rights.
10 Underage Termination of Pregnancy
11 Operating on a Jehovah’s Witness – Refusal of Blood Transfusion CONTENTS
12 Jehovah’s Witnesses and Their Children – Can Parents Refuse Foreword I
a Blood Transfusion? Foreword II
13 Self-discharge – Is the Patient Competent? Foreword III
14 A & E Assessment of Chest Pain – Negligence Foreword IV
15 Bed Shortage – A Physician’s Obligation Foreword V
16 A Non-compliant Patient Foreword VI
17 Unable to Afford Medical Treatment – Financial Issues Foreword VII
18 Refusal to Leave Hospital after Being Fit for Discharge Preface
19 Do Not Resuscitate Orders About the Authors
20 A Family’s Request to Continue a Futile Resuscitation – What Part I: Introduction to Law and Ethics
Should You Do? Chapter 1 The Legal System
21 A Child’s “Right to Die” – Does This Right Exist? Chapter 2 Torts
22 Withdrawal of Treatment Chapter 3 Medical Negligence
23 Tourist without Medical Insurance – Your Duty to Treat Chapter 4 Informed Consent
24 Withdrawal of Financial Support Chapter 5 Medical Confidentiality
25 Obtaining Informed Consent in Clinical Trials Chapter 6 Contract Law
26 Missed Diagnosis – Who Is Liable? Chapter 7 Sale of Goods and Unfair Practices
27 HIV and Doctor–Patient Confidentiality – Can It Be Breached? Chapter 8 Ethics
28 Issues Surrounding HIV Testing Chapter 9 New Legal Developments in Optometry and Opticianry
29 HIV Testing in Children without Parental Consent – Is It Ethical? Part II: Case Scenarios
30 Breaking Doctor–Patient Confidentiality in Illicit Drug Use and 1. Minor Fitting Contact Lenses – The Concept of “Gillick Competence”
HIV Testing and Patient Confidentiality
31 Wrong-side and/or Wrong-site Procedure – Are You Liable? 2. Informed Consent of the Normal and Mentally Subnormal Adult
32 A Drunken Colleague at Work – What Should You Do? 3. Minor Refusing Treatment – Does “Gillick Competence” Still
33 Prescribing for Colleagues – Drug Dependence? Apply?
34 Informing a Patient about a Colleague’s Inappropriate Treatment 4. Missed or Delayed Diagnosis – The Concept of Negligence
35 Bleeding Following Anticoagulation – Is It Medical Negligence? 5. Duty of Care of Healthcare Professionals
36 Failure to Screen Family Members 6. Referral to Other Healthcare Professionals – Ethical
37 Sudden Death during Military Service – Are You Liable? Considerations
38 Pre-enlistment Screen Failure – Who Is Liable? 7. Dispensing Contact Lenses – Legal Considerations
39 Exceptions to Patient Confidentiality 8. Battery – Legal Implications
40 Breaking Bad News – The Essence of Good Communication 9. Research – Ethical Considerations
41 Patient’s Relatives – Can You Treat or Offer Advice? 10. Research – Ethical Considerations
42 Withholding Information and Diagnosis – Is it Ethical? 11. Restricting One’s Professional Practice – Legal Implications

93
Allied Health

12. Missed/Delayed Diagnosis – Duty of Care of Healthcare CONTENTS


Professionals 1. Introduction
13. Screening Tests for Patient With No Symptoms – When to Do 2. Review of Physical Principles
Test? 3. Atomic and Nuclear Structure
14. Patient Seeing Different Healthcare Professionals – Who is More 4. Radiation Sources
Liable? 5. Interaction of Radiation with Matter
15. Occupier’s Liability – Legal Implications 6. Radiation Dosimetry
16. Differing Professional Opinions – Ethical and Legal 7. Biological Basis for Radiation Safety
Considerations 8. Radiation Safety Guides
17. Talking About Competitors – When is It Defamation? 9. Health Physics Instrumentation
18. Missed/Delayed Diagnosis – The Bolam Test 10. External Radiation Safety
19. Differing Professional Opinions – To Each His Own? 11. Internal Radiation Safety
20. Volunteer Community Service – Bound by the Same Rules? 12. Criticality
21. Informal Medical Consultation – Legal Implications 13. Evaluation of Radiation Safety Measures
22. Comparing Products – When Does it Become Research? 14. Nonionizing Radiation Safety
23. Over-the-Counter Nutritional Supplements – Can Non-Physicians Appendix A: Values of Some Useful Constants
Prescribe Them? Appendix B: Table of the Elements
24. Wrong Spectacles Prescription – Who is Liable? Appendix C: The Reference Person Overall Specifications
25. Well-Managed Surgical Complication With Apparent Harm – Is Appendix D: Source in Bladder Contents
There a Need to Tell Patient? Appendix E: Total Mass Attenuation Coefficients
26. Telling Patient About Another Healthcare Professional’s Appendix F: Mass Energy Absorption Coefficients
Complication –Is it Ethical? Answers to Problems
27. Referrals to Other Healthcare Professionals – Ethical Index
Considerations
28. Referrals to Other Healthcare Professionals – Who to Refer to?
29. Second Opinion – Ethical and Legal Considerations
30. Turning Away A Patient – Concept of Vicarious Liability
31. History-taking – Duty of Care
32. Keeping Records – Legal Implications THE BLACK BOOK OF CLINICAL
33. Addressing Eye Complaints During Community Screening – When EXAMINATION
to Refer? By Hong Liang Tey and Erle Lim
34. Lens Mix-Up – Who is Liable? 2009 (August 2009) / 408 pages
35. Infectious Diseases Act – When to Disclose Information? ISBN: 9780071268363
36. Medical Confidentiality – Legal Considerations
An Asia Professional Medical Title
37. Patient Refusing Medical Treatment – Medico-Legal
Considerations This book takes the medical student through the steps of a basic
38. Withholding Diagnosis from Patient – Is It Legal? clinical examination. The authors, who have many years of
39. Emergency Procedure On Mentally Subnormal Adult – Medico- experience coaching candidates for undergraduate and postgraduate
examinations, stress the significance of important steps and relevant
legal Considerations
signs, highlight common errors, and provide useful advice to guide
40. Expert Witness and Witness of Fact – Can Healthcare the student through the morass of information that is apt to trap the
Professionals Decline? unguided. The book also takes the student through typical exam
41. uboptimal Follow-Up Care – Who is Liable? cases, providing answers to ‘favourite examiners’ questions’ and
42. Long Appointment Date and Delayed Medical Work-Up – Who insights into the examiners’ perspective.
is Liable?
Appendix A The Declaration of Helsinki CONTENTS
Appendix B The Belmont Report 1979 (USA) Foreword
Appendix C Optometrists and Opticians Act Preface
Acknowledgements
About the Authors
Chapter 1 General Approach
Chapter 2 Respiratory System
Chapter 3 Abdomen
INTERNATIONAL EDITION Chapter 4 Neurology
Chapter 5 Cardiovascular System
INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PHYSICS Chapter 6 Dermatology
Chapter 7 Rheumatology
4th Edition Chapter 8 Endocrinology
Herman Cember Chapter 9 Ophthalmology
Thomas E Johnson, Colorado State University
Chapter 10 Clinical Signs and Spot Diagnoses
2009 / 864 pages
Index
ISBN: 9780071423083
ISBN: 9780071282451 [IE]
Available: July 2008
A Professional Reference
If it’s an important topic in the field of health physics, you’ll find it
in this trusted text … in sections on physical principles, atomic and
nuclear structure, radioactivity, biological effects of radiation, and
instrumentation. This one-of-a-kind guide spans the entire scope of
the field and offers a problem-solving approach that will serve you
throughout your career.

94
Allied Health

4. General Care of the Surgical Patient


INTERNATIONAL EDITION 5. Acute Clinical Deterioration
II. Surgical problems
MCGRAW-HILL REVIEW FOR THE NCLEX- 6. Acute Abdominal Pain
RN EXAMINATION 7. Chronic Abdominal Pain
By Frances D Monahan 8. Chest Pain
2008 / 992 pages 9. Upper GI Bleeding
ISBN: 9780071460774 10. Lower GI Bleeding
ISBN: 9780071262736 [IE] 11. Wounds and Wound Care
12. Peripheral Vascular Insufficiency
A Professional Reference Title
13. Neurologic Distrubances
Written by a distinguished educator and nursing text author, this 14. Masses
rigorous review for the NCLEX-RN exam reflects the latest changes 15. Anal Pain
in the focus of the exam and mimics the exam structure. The author
16. Vaginal Bleeding & Pelvic Pain
incorporates the new emphasis on client needs throughout the
traditional course framework, giving students a unique, step-by-step 17. Back and Neck Pain
path toward understanding and applying this key concept. 18. Hematuria & Scrotal Pain
19. Obesity
CONTENTS 20. Soft Tissue Tumors
III. Table of Surgical Procedures
Part I: Pre-Test Information
Preparing for NCLEX-RN
Test and Language Basics
Part II: Content Review
Safe & Effective Care Environment
Management of Care & Legal Issues
Safety and Infection Control INTERNATIONAL EDITION
Health Promotion and Maintenance
Ante/Intra/Postpartum & Newborn Care ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY IN TEN DAYS
Growth, Development & Family Planning 2nd Edition
Health and Wellness By David R Ferry, Loma Linda University
Techniques of Physical Assessment
2007 / 320 pages
Psychosocial Integrity
ISBN: 9780071465625
Mental Health Concepts
Therapy & Intervention ISBN: 9780071260947 [IE]
Psychopathology CONTENTS
Physiological Integrity 1. The Basics
Alternative & Complementary Therapies 2. Chamber Abnormalities and Intraventricular Conduction Defects
Pharmacological & Parenteral Therapies 3. SA and AV Nodal Block
Reduction of Risk Potential 4. Ischemia and Infarction
Physiological Adaptation 5. Reentrant Supraventricular Tachycardias
Problems & Complications 6. Ectopic Supraventricular Tachycardias
Part III: Taking the Test 7. Extrasystoles and Pre-excitation Syndromes
Sharpening Your Test Taking Skills 8. Differential Diagnosis of Wide QRS Tachycardias
Practice Test for NCLEX-RN 9. Medication and Electrolyte Effects; Miscellaneous Consitions
10. Electronic Pacemakers

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

CLINICIAN’S GUIDE TO SURGICAL CARE


INTERNATIONAL EDITION
By John Pryor and Barbaria A Todd of University of Pennsylvania and PULMONARY PHYSIOLOGY
Michael Dryer, Arcadia University
2008 / 416 pages 7th Edition
ISBN: 9780071478977 By Michael G Levitzky, Louisiana State University School of Medicine
ISBN: 9780071287241 [IE] 2007 / 278 pages
A Professional Reference Title ISBN: 9780071437752
ISBN: 9780071104685 [IE]
Specifically designed for non-surgeons who are caring for patients
with surgical disease, Care of the Surgical Patient utilizes a problem- A Professional Reference Title
based approach to review the most common complaints that lead to
surgical consultations. You will learn what past medical information CONTENTS
is important to elicit, what to look for in the physical exam, which
diagnostics to order, and how to start immediate treatment while Chapter 1. Function and Structure of the Respiratory System
diagnostic procedures continue. Chapter 2. Mechanics of Breathing
Chapter 3. Alveolar Ventilation
CONTENTS Chapter 4. Blood Flow to the Lung
Chapter 5. Ventilation-Perfusion Relationships
I. General Surgical Care
Chapter 6. Diffusion of Gases
1. A Team Approach to Surgical Disease
Chapter 7. The Transport of Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide in the Blood
2. The Surgical Consult
Chapter 8. The Regulation of Acid-Base Status
3. Tubes, Drains and Ostomies

95
Allied Health

Chapter 9. The Control of Breathing Chapter 9, Patients’ Rights, Students’ Rights


Chapter 10. Nonrespiratory Functions of the Lung Chapter 10, Politics And Public Policy
Chapter 11. The Respiratory System Under Stress: Answers to Chapter 11, Health Care Credentialing And Nursinglicensure
Clinical Problems Chapter 12, Legal Aspects Of Nursing Practice
Appendix Part 5 Transition Into Practice
Chapter 13, Nursing Organizations And Publications
Chapter 14 Job Selection
Chapter 15, Career Management
Appendices

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

NCLEX-RN® REVIEW
2nd Edition
By Margaret Dahlhauser, Tennessee State University
INTERNATIONAL EDITION
2006 / 576 pages MAMMOGRAPHY AND BREAST IMAGING
ISBN: 9780071257602 [IE]
A Professional Reference Title
Just the Facts
By Olive Peart, Stamford Hospital
This is the only resource available to nursing students studying for 2005 / 304 pages
the NCLEX-RN exam that combines the best of all review products:
ISBN: 9780071431200
a review of diseases most often seen on the NCLEX, a review of all
the major areas of nursing care, and a CD-ROM with two practice ISBN: 9780071248877 (IE)
tests that duplicate the challenging new exam format and a drug A Professional Reference Title
study guide. Completely up-to-date, this review book is the best way
for you to simulate the conditions you will encounter on the exam
CONTENTS
regarding subject matter, degree of difficulty, time constraints, test
conditions, and more. 1 The History of Breast Cancer and Breast Imaging
2 Patient Education and Assessment
v Revised to reflect the latest changes in the NCLEX-RN exam 3 Breast Anatomy and Physiology
format 4 Benign and Malignant Diseases of the Breast
v Condensed, quick-scan format for the most time-efficient review 5 Mammographic Equipment
possible 6 Mammographic Processing and Quality Assurance
7 Breast Imaging – Mammography
v Focuses specifically on material you must know in order to 8 Breast Imaging – Ultrasound and MRI
excel on the test 9 Breast Imaging - Emerging Technologies
10 Breast Interventional Techniques
v Delivers succinct topical outlines, comprehensive Q&As, and
11 Breast Cancer Treatment Options
clear explanations
12 The Mammography Quality Standards Act

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

THE NURSING EXPERIENCE


Trends, Challenges and Transitions,
5th Edition
By Lucille A Joel, Rutgers University College of Nursing
2006 / 784 pages
ISBN: 9780071458269
ISBN: 9780071105552 [IE]
A Professional Reference Title

CONTENTS
Part 1 The Evolution Of Nursing
Chapter 1, Care Of The Sick: How Nursing Began
Chapter 2, Nursing In The United States: American Revolution To
Nursing Revolution
Part 2 Nursing In The Health Care Scene
Chapter 3, The Health Care Delivery System
Chapter 4, The Discipline Of Nursing
Part 3 Nursing Practice
Chapter 5, Education And Research For Practice
Chapter 6, Career Opportunities
Chapter 7, Leadership For An Era Of Change
Part 4 Nursing Ethics And The Law
Chapter 8, Ethical Issues In Nursing And Health Care

96
Fire & Emergency Services

First Responder Chapter 19: Genitourinary/Renal Disorders


Chapter 20: Gynecological Emergencies
Chapter 21: Anaphylaxis
Chapter 22: Toxicology
Chapter 23: Psychiatric Disorders
Chapter 24: Diseases of the Nose
NEW *9780073520001*
Module 7: Shock
Chapter 25: Shock
NSC EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONSE Module 8: Trauma
Chapter 26: Trauma Overview
2nd Edition Chapter 27: Bleeding and Soft Tissue Trauma
National Safety Council NSC Chapter 28: Chest Trauma
2012 Chapter 29: Abdominal and Genitourinary Trauma
ISBN: 9780073520001 Chapter 30: Trauma to Muscles and Bones
Available: September 2011 Chapter 31: Head, Face, Neck, and Spine Trauma
Chapter 32: Special Considerations in Trauma
[Details unavailable at press time]
Chapter 33: Environmental Trauma
Chapter 34: Multisystem Trauma
Module 9: Special Patient Populations
Chapter 35: Obstetrics
Chapter 36: Neonatal Care
EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONDER: Chapter 37: Pediatrics
First Responder In Action Chapter 38: Older Adults
Chapter 39: Patients with Special Challenges
2nd Edition Module 10: EMS OperationsChapter 40: Principles of Emergency
Barbara Aehlert Response and Transportation
2011 / 832 pages Chapter 41: Incident Management
ISBN: 9780073519807 Chapter 42: Multiple Casualty Incidents
Chapter 43: Air Medical Transport
Available: January 2010
Chapter 44: Vehicle Extrication
www.mhhe.com/aehlertemr2e Chapter 45: Hazardous Materials Awareness
Chapter 46: Terrorism and Disaster Response
This textbook and its ancillary features provide a clearly written, Appendices
comprehensive package based on the Department of Transportation’s
Appendix A: CPR
40-hour First Responder curriculum. The focus of the course is to
teach individuals how to recognize the seriousness of a victim’s Appendix B: Rural and Frontier EMS
condition and safely administer appropriate emergency medical Glossary
care for life-threatening injuries relative to airway, breathing, and Index
circulation. This text includes skills and information that meet and
sometimes exceed the DOT curriculum objective. Written by an
educator who trains various levels of EMS professionals, Barbara
Aehlert knows her audience well and writes to their level. Information
is presented in a well-organized format that is very accessible, and
is richly supported by illustrations that are key to learning. This text ACTIVSIM FOR THE EMERGENCY MEDICAL
is written for public safety personnel as well as athletic trainers, ski RESPONDER
patrol teams, lifeguards, and the like. McGraw-Hill MHHE Corporation
2011
CONTENTS
ISBN: 9780073382975
Module 1: Preparatory Available: August 2010
Chapter 1: EMS Systems and Research
Chapter 2: Workforce Safety and Wellness [Details unavailable at press time]
Chapter 3: Legal and Ethical Issues and Documentation
Chapter 4: EMS System Communication
Chapter 5: Medical Terminology
Module 2: Function and Development of the Human Body
Chapter 6: The Human Body
Chapter 7: Pathophysiology ECGs
Chapter 8: Lifespan Development
Module 3: Pharmacology
Chapter 9: Principles of Pharmacology
Module 4: Airway Management, Respiration, and Ventilation
Chapter 10: Airway Management, Respiration, and Ventilation
Module 5: Patient Assessment
NEW *9780077394028*
Chapter 11: Therapeutic Communications and History Taking
POCKET GUIDE FOR FAST AND EASY ECGS
Chapter 12: Patient Assessment
Module 6: Medical Emergencies 2nd Edition
Chapter 13: Medical Overview Bruce Shade, Cuyahoga CC-Metro Campus
Chapter 14: Neurological Disorders 2013 / 192 pages
Chapter 15: Endocrine Disorders ISBN: 9780077394028
Chapter 16: Respiratory Disorders Available: January 2012
Chapter 17: Cardiovascular Disorders
Chapter 18: Abdominal and Gastrointestinal Disorders [Details unavailable at press time]

97
Fire & Emergency Services

EMT Basic Chapter 34: Bleeding and Soft Tissue Trauma


Chapter 35: Chest Trauma
Chapter 36: Abdominal and Genitourinary Trauma
Chapter 37: Orthopedic Trauma
Chapter 38: Head, Face, Neck, and Spine Trauma
Chapter 39: Special Considerations in Trauma
EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN Chapter 40: Environmental Trauma
Chapter 41: Multisystem Trauma
2nd Edition Module 9: Special Patient Populations
Barbara Aehlert Chapter 42: Obstetrics
2011 / 968 pages Chapter 43: Neonatal Care
ISBN: 9780073382890 Chapter 44: Pediatrics
Available: February 2010 Chapter 45: Older Adults
www.mhhe.com/aehlertemt2e Chapter 46: Patients with Special Challenges
Module 10: EMS Operations
EMTs are often the first licensed EMS personnel to arrive on the scene Chapter 47: Principles of Emergency Response and Transportation
of an emergency, size up the situation, and provide emergency care Chapter 48: Incident Management
and transportation. They practice in a wide diversity of settings’ EMTs Chapter 49: Multiple Casualty Incidents
are everywhere in our community, many of them performing their EMT Chapter 50: Air Medical Transport
duties as well as their regular jobs. These providers demonstrate Chapter 51: Vehicle Extrication
pride and dedication in their role on the frontline of emergency care
Chapter 52: Hazardous Materials Awareness
in this country. Barbara Aehlert wrote this text with great depth and
clarity. Her easy-to-read writing style conveys a wealth of information Chapter 53: Terrorism and Disaster Response
that is essential for the student to grasp key concepts needed to Appendices
become a competent EMT. Students who use this book can feel Appendix A: CPR
confident that they have learned accurate, up-to-date, and complete Appendix B: Rural and Frontier EMS
information so that they can face emergencies and provide essential Glossary
emergency care in their practice setting, whatever the emergency is Index
and wherever it occurs.

CONTENTS
Module 1: Preparatory
Chapter 1: EMS Systems and Research
ACTIVSIM FOR EMT
Chapter 2: Workforce Safety and Wellness
McGraw-Hill MHHE Corporation
Chapter 3: Legal and Ethical Issues and Documentation
Chapter 4: EMS System Communication 2011
Chapter 5: Medical Terminology ISBN: 9780073382982
Module 2: Function and Development of the Human Body Available: August 2010
Chapter 6: The Human Body [Details unavailable at press time]
Chapter 7: Pathophysiology
Chapter 8: Lifespan Development
Module 3: Pharmacology
Chapter 9: Principles of Pharmacology

EMT Paramedic
Chapter 10: Medication Administration
Chapter 11: Emergency Medications
Module 4: Airway Management, Respiration, and Ventilation
Chapter 12: Airway Management
Chapter 13: Respiration
Chapter 14: Ventilation
Module 5: Patient Assessment
Chapter 15: Therapeutic Communications and History Taking NEW *9780077563882*
Chapter 16: Scene Size-up
Chapter17: Patient Assessment
Module 6: Medical Emergencies
Chapter 18: Medical Overview
Chapter 19: Neurological Disorders THE PARAMEDIC UPDATED
Chapter 20: Endocrine Disorders EDITION
Chapter 21: Respiratory Disorders
Will Chapleau, American College of Surgeons,
Chapter 22: Cardiovascular Disorders Angel Burba, Peter Pons, David Page,
Chapter 23: Abdominal and Gastrointestinal Disorders Inver Hills Community College
Chapter 24: Genitourinary/Renal Disorders
Chapter 25: Gynecological Emergencies
Chapter 26: Nontraumatic Musculoskeletal Disorders 2012
Chapter 27: Immunology ISBN: 9780077563882
Chapter 28: Toxicology
Available: November 2011
Chapter 29: Psychiatric Disorders
Chapter 30: Diseases of the Nose [Details unavailable at press time]
Chapter 31: Hematological Disorders
Module 7: Shock
Chapter 32: Shock
Module 8: Trauma
Chapter 33: Trauma Overview

98
Fire & Emergency Services

Professional References Section 5: Trauma


Section 6: Pediatric Patients
Section7: Operations
Section 8: Advanced Airway

CLINICIANS POCKET DRUG REFERENCE


3rd Edition
Leonard G Gomella, Thomas Jefferson University McGRAW-HILL’S EMT-PARAMEDIC
Steven A Haist, University of Kentucky-Med/Lexington
Aimee G Adams 2nd Edition
2012 (January 2012) / 352 pages Peter A DiPrima Jr
George P Benedetto, Jr
ISBN: 9780071781626
2011 / 848 pages
A Professional Reference Title ISBN: 9780071752015
Available: April 2011
CONTENTS
EMT-Paramedics provide the most extensive pre-hospital care as the
Preface most advanced level of training for the EMT. In addition to carrying out
Medication Key the procedures of the other levels, paramedics may administer drugs
Abbreviations orally and intravenously, interpret electrocardiograms (EKGs), perform
Classification endotracheal intubations, and use monitors and other complex
Generic Drug Data equipment. At this level, the caregiver receives training in anatomy
Natural and Herbal Agents and physiology as well as advanced medical skills. Most commonly,
Tables the training is conducted in community colleges and technical schools
over 1 to 2 years (1,200 hours to 1,800 hours of training) and may
Index
result in an associate’s degree. Graduates must pass a written and
Tips for Safe Prescription Writing practical examination administered by the State licensing agency
Emergency Cardiac Care Medications or the NREMT. All 50 States recently require certification, and must
recertify every 2yrs.

This new edition of McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Paramedic provides up-to-date


content based on recent EMT changes in the field. The contents of the
book follow the recentlyupdated National Standard Curriculum, which
McGRAW-HILL’S EMT-BASIC will be released in SPring 2010, and address all the core competencies
2nd Edition that are covered in any EMT Paramedic course around the nation.
The addition of new images will enhance visual learning, and the
Peter A DiPrima, Jr
George P Benedetto, Jr use of new icons and boxes in the margins will add to the high-yield
learning already established by the concise, bulleted outline format.
2011 / 400 pages Accompanied by an online practice exam consisting of multiple choice
ISBN: 9780071751278 Q&A, this product is the complete EMT-Paramedic study package.
Available: April 2011
A Professional Reference Title CONTENTS
The EMT-Basic represents the first component of the emergency Exam Preparation Tips
medical technician system. An EMT trained at this level is prepared Section I: Preparatory
to care for patients at the scene of an accident and while transporting Section 2: Airway
patients by ambulance to the hospital under medical direction. Section 3: Patient Assessment
The EMT-Basic has the emergency skills to assess a patient’s Section 4: Trauma
condition and manage respiratory, cardiac, and trauma emergencies. Section 5: Medical Emergencies
Coursework emphasizes emergency skills, such as managing Section 6: Special Considerations
respiratory (airway obstruction), trauma (bleeding, fractures), cardiac
Section 7: Operations
emergencies (CPR), and patient assessment. Formal courses
are usually offered at community colleges, technical schools and
hospitals. Basic EMTs usually receive 120 - 150 hours of training.
Graduates of approved EMT-Basic training programs must pass a
written and practical examination administered by the State licensing
agency or the NREMT. All 50 States require certification for each of
the EMT levels, and must recertify every 2yrs.
CLINICIAN’S POCKET DRUG REFERENCE
2nd Edition
This new edition of McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Basic provides up-to-date Leonard G Gomella, Thomas Jefferson University
content based on recent EMT changes in the field. The contents of the Steven A Haist, University of Kentucky-Med/Lexington
book follow the recently updated National Standard Curriculum, which Aimee G Adams
will be released Spring 2010, addressing all the core competencies 2011 / 304 pages
that are covered in any EMT Basic course around the nation. The
ISBN: 9780071637886
addition of new images will enhance visual learning, and the use
of new icons and boxes in the margins will add to the high-yield Available: January 2011
learning already established by the concise, bulleted outline format. A Professional Reference Title
Accompanied by an online practice exam consisting of multiple choice
Q&A, this product is the complete EMT-Basic study package. Exactly what you need to know about 1000 of the most commonly
used medications
CONTENTS
Proving that sometimes less text can deliver more information, this
Exam Preparation Tips super-concise guide covers more than one thousand of the most
Section I: Preparatory commonly used medications. Organized alphabetically by generic
Section 2: Airway drug name, Clinician’s Pocket Drug Reference zeros-in on must-know
Section 3: Patient Assesment information such as selection and administration, mechanisms of
Section 4: Medical Emergencies action, dosage, cautions, contraindications, and side effects.

99
Fire & Emergency Services

FEATURES Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders


Gynecology
v Brand NEW: The index to drugs by class will now include page
Obstetrics
numbers, for even more speed in finding precisely what is needed
SECTION VI--Special Considerations
v Expanded: even more use of icons to reduce word count and Neonatology
speed navigation Pediatrics
Geriatrics
v Concise: includes on commonly used medications so readers Abuse and Assault
don’t have to sift through (or pay for) material they rarely if ever use Acute Interventions for Chronic Care Patients
v A true pocket guide—small enough for the lab coat or shirt SECTION VII--Operations
pocket Ambulance Operations
Medical Incident Command
v Includes 1000 medications, so it addresses all the commonly Rescue Awareness
used medications Hazardous Materials Incidents
SECTION VIII--CBRNE
v Includes summaries of the FDA “Black Box” precautions and
Chemical Agents and Dissemination
contraindications
Biological Agents
v Revised annually to reflect approval of new drugs, withdrawals Radiological and Nuclear Incidents
of existing drugs, new formulations, and changes in approved use Explosive and Incendiary Devices
of existing medications Bibliography
v The 2010 edition features first-time coverage approximately 25
completely new drugs

INTERNATIONAL EDITION

LANGE Q&A EMT-PARAMEDIC


2nd Edition
By Richard E J Westfal, NOrwalk Hospital and Gregory Santa Maria
2007 (October 2006) / 336 pages
ISBN: 9780071260732 [IE]
A Professional Reference Title
The only EMT(P) review with questions + answers citing major
textbooks + a new e CD-ROM!

CONTENTS
Preface
SECTION I--Preparatory
Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Systems Roles and
Responsibilities of the Paramedic
Medical/Legal Issues
Ethics in Advanced Prehospital Care
Pharmacology
Venous Access and Medication Administration
SECTION II--Airway Management and Ventilation
Airway and Ventilation
SECTION III--Patient Assessment
Patient Assessment: History
Patient Assessment: Physical Exam Techniques
Patient Assessment: Patient Assessment in the Field
Patient Assessment: Communications
Patient Assessment: Documentation
SECTION IV--Patient Presentations: Trauma
Trauma and Trauma Systems
SECTION V--Patient Presentations: Medical
Medical Pulmonary Emergencies
Medical Cardiology
Medical Neurology
Endocrinology
Allergies and Anaphylaxis
Gastroenterology
Renal and Urology
Toxicology
Hematology
Enviromental Emergencies
Infectious and Communicable Diseases

100
TITLE INDEX

A
Activsim for EMT MHHE 98

Activsim for the Emergency Medical Responder MHHE 97

Activsim: Nursing Code Print Card 3-Year Access MHHE 78

Administering Medications, 7e Gauwitz 60, 82

Administrative Medical Assisting a Workforce Readiness Approach Houser 60, 72

Advanced First Aid, CPR AND AED Textbook, 2e NSC 47

AIDs Update 2011, 20e Stine 36

AIDs Update 2012, 21e Stine 33

Anatomy & Physiology: Transformation Learning Through Simulation Vancura 81

Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e Booth 54, 57, 64, 73

Annual Editions: Aging 11/12, 24e Cox 29

Annual Editions: Aging 12/13, 25e Cox 28

Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior 12/13, 27e Maguire 27, 45

Annual Editions: Dying, Death, and Bereavement 12/13, 13e Dickinson 25

Annual Editions: Health 12/13, 33e Daniel 12, 20, 22, 39, 44

Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 11/12, 33e Hutchison 31

Annual Editions: Human Sexualities 12/13, 34e Hutchison 31

Applied Sport Psychology, Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 6e Williams 23, 16

Arnheim’s Principles of Athletic Training: A Competency-Based Approach, 14e Prentice 2

B
Basic Biomechanics, 6e Hall 1

Basic Life Support for Healthcare and Professional Rescuers, 2e NSC 47, 50

Basic Radiology, 2e Chen 87

Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8e Fahey 1, 19

Biomedical Ethics in Asia Akabayashi 91

Biostatistics for the Health Sciences Chinna 85

Black Book of Clinical Examination, The Tey 94

C
Case Studies for Use with Computers in the Medical Office, 6e Sanderson 48, 69

Clinician’s Guide to Surgical Care Pryor 95

Clinician’s Pocket Drug Reference, 2e Gomella 99

Clinicians Pocket Drug Reference, 3e Gomella 99

Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, The, 2e Safian 68

Comprehensive School Health Education, 8e Meeks 42

Comprehensive Stress Management, 12e Greenberg 41

Computers in the Medical Office, 7e Sanderson 49

Computers in the Medical Office, 8e Sanderson 48

Concepts of Fitness and Wellness: A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach, 9e Corbin 9

Concepts of Physical Fitness: Active Lifestyles for Wellness, 16e Corbin 7

101
TITLE INDEX

C (continued)
Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 4e Baumgartner 18, 30

Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 5e Baumgartner 17, 30

Connect Core Concepts in Health, 12e Insel 37

Connect Plus Fitness and Wellness Access Card for Fit & Well, 9e Fahey 10

Connect Plus Fitness and Wellness Access Card for Fit & Well, 10e Fahey 9

Consumer Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions, 9e Barrett 25

Contemporary Women’s Health: Issues for Today and the Future, 4e Kolander 41

Coping with Stress in a Changing World, 5e Blonna 41

Core Concepts Big Edition with Connect Plus Access Card, 12e Insel 37

CPR and AED Student Workbook, 4e NSC 50

D
Drug Information, A Guide for Pharmacists, 4e Malone 86

Drugs in Perspective, 8e Fields 24, 26

Drugs, Society, and Human Behavior, 14e Hart 26

E
Electrocardiography in Ten Days, 2e Ferry 95

Electrocardiography, 3e Booth 51, 59

Electronic Health Records, 2e Hamilton 51, 54

Elementary Classroom Teachers as Movement Educators, 4e Kovar 4

Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action, 2e Aehlert 97

Emergency Medical Technician, 2e Aehlert 98

Emergency Orthopedics Set 2, 6e Simon 87

Essentials of Medical Language, 2e Allan 74, 77

Essentials of Nursing Informatics, 5e Saba 90

Ethics in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice Hart 66

Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual, 6e Adams 5

Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 7e Powers 5

Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 8e Powers 4

Exercise Testing & Prescription, 7e Nieman 6

F
First Aid Student Workbook, 3e NSC 54

First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 4e NSC 45, 50, 85

Fit & Well Alternate Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e Fahey 8

Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e Fahey 6

Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 9e Fahey 7

Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 9e Fahey 9, 21

Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e Fahey 8, 21

102
TITLE INDEX

F (continued)
Focus on Health, 10e Hahn 37

Focus on Health, 11e Hahn 36

Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sports, 17e Wuest 10

G
Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases Anderson 87

General Radiology: Case Study Talanow 91

Get Fit – Stay Fit, 6e Prentice 6

H
Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 7e Telljohann 42

Health in the Later Years, 5e Ferrini 28

Health Psychology, 8e Taylor 43

Human Motor Development: A Lifespan Approach, 8e Payne 14

I
iHealth with Connect Personal Health Access Card Sparling 38

Integrated Electronic Health Records: A Worktext for Greenway Medical Shanholtzer 52

Technologies’ Primesuite

Introduction to Health Physics, 4e Cember 94

Introduction to Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport Studies, 8e Lumpkin 11

Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport, 8e Siedentop 10

K
Kelly’s Dimensions of Professional Nursing, 10e Joel 89

Kinesiology for Manual Therapies with Muscle Cards Dail 56

Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12e Hamilton 2, 13

L
Lange Q&A EMT-Paramedic, 2e Westfal 100

Lange Q&A Radiography Examination, 8e (Set 2) Saia 90

Lange Q&A Surgical Technology Examination (Set 2), 6e Sherman 85

Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 6e Judson 70

Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 10e Kinney 24

103
TITLE INDEX

M
Mammography and Breast Imaging Prep Peart 86

Mammography and Breast Imaging: Just the Facts Peart 96

Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 18e Floyd 13

Massage Therapy Review with Passcode Card Abbott 56

Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB, NCETM, and MBLEX, 2e Abbott 55

Math and Dosage Calculations for Health Care Professionals with Student Care, 4e Booth 56, 81

McGraw-Hill Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination Monahan 95

McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Basic, 2e DiPrima 99

McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Paramedic, 2e DiPrima 88, 99

Measurement by the Physical Educator: Why and How, 6e Miller 19

Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 4e Moini 47, 80

Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and NHA Exams, 4e Moini 61

MedicaL Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures 4e Booth 63

Medical Assisting: Administrative Procedures with Student CD, 4e Booth 62

Medical Assisting: Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting 4e Booth 63

Medical Coding Fundamentals Goldsmith 65

Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices & Facilities 2011, 6e Newby 68, 69

Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10e Newby 67

Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-cm and ICD-10-pcs Grebner 65

Medical Language for Modern Health Care, 2e Allan 74, 75

Medical Office Procedures, 7e Bayes 59, 71

Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e Bostwick 76

Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Cardiology and General Medicine Tay 93

Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Eye Care Tay 93

Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 9e MaGill 15

N
NCLEX-RN® Review, 2e Dahlhauser 96

New Nurse’s Survival Guide Chandler 92

NSC Emergency Medical Response, 2e NSC 97

NSC Pediatric First Aid, CPR & AED, 3e NSC 45, 81

Nuclear Cardiology: Practical Applications, 2e Helle 88

Nursing Documentation Using EHR Hamilton 79

Nursing Experience: Trends, Challenges and Transitions, The, 5e Joel 96

104
TITLE INDEX

P
Palko’s Medical Laboratory Procedures, 3e Cox 70

Paramedic Updated Edition, The Chapleau 98

Pathophysiology of Disease: An Introduction to Clinical Medicine, 6e McPhee 92

Perspective of Physical Education and Sports Sciences Aplin 11

Pharmacology: An Introduction, 6e Hitner 83

Pharmacy Technician: Practice and Procedures with Student CD Orum-Alexander 84

Phlebotomy: A Competency Based Approach, 3e Booth 58, 84

Pocket Guide for Fast and Easy ECGs, 2e Shade 97

Poisoning and Drug Overdose, 6e Olson 86

Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical Sanderson 48, 52, 62, 72

Principles and Practice of Epidemiology: An Engaged Approach Rossignol 28

Pulmonary Physiology, 7e Levitzky 95

R
Radiography Prep Program Review and Examination Preparation, 6e Saia 91

Ready, Set, Go! A Student Guide to SPSS® 13.0 and 14.0 for Windows®, 2e Pavkov 18, 20, 29, 30, 40

Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 5e Prentice 3

S
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Nurses Stephens 57, 79

Sonography in Obstetrics & Gynecology: Principles and Practice, 7e Fleischer 88

Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications, 7e Cox 16

Sports and Recreational Activities, 15e Mood 17

Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 10e Coakley 18

Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e Coakley 18

Structural Balancing: A Clinical Approach Wright 55

T
Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Drugs and Society, 10e Goldberg 27

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 5e White 33

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 6e White 31

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e Daniel 22, 40, 44

Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Human Sexuality, 12e Taverner 32

Therapeutic Communications for Health Professionals, 3e Adams 77

Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation, 4e Prentice 89

105
TITLE INDEX

U
Understanding Motor Development: Infants, Children, Adolescents, Adults, 7e David 14

Understanding Your Health, 11e Payne 38

Understanding Your Health, 12e Payne 36

W
Wellness Way of Life with Exercise Band, A, 9e Robbins 21

Wellness: Concepts and Applications, 8e Anspaugh 21

Y
You Code It! A Case Studies Workbook, 2e Safian 69

Your Health Today: Choices in a Changing Society, 3e Teague 38

106
AUTHOR INDEX

A
Abbott Massage Therapy Review with Passcode Card 56

Abbott Massage Therapy Review: Passing the NCETMB, NCETM, and MBLEX, 2e 55

Adams Exercise Physiology Laboratory Manual, 6e 5

Adams Therapeutic Communications for Health Professionals, 3e 77

Aehlert Emergency Medical Responder: First Responder in Action, 2e 97

Aehlert Emergency Medical Technician, 2e 98

Akabayashi Biomedical Ethics in Asia 91

Allan Essentials of Medical Language, 2e 74, 77

Allan Medical Language for Modern Health Care, 2e 74, 75

Anderson Gastrointestinal Imaging Cases 87

Anspaugh Wellness: Concepts and Applications, 8e 21

Aplin Perspective of Physical Education and Sports Sciences 11

B
Barrett Consumer Health: A Guide to Intelligent Decisions, 9e 25

Baumgartner Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 4e 18, 30

Baumgartner Conducting and Reading Research in Health and Human Performance, 5e 17, 30

Bayes Medical Office Procedures, 7e 59, 71

Blonna Coping with Stress in a Changing World, 5e 41

Booth Anatomy, Physiology, and Disease for the Health Professions, 3e 54, 57, 64, 73

Booth Electrocardiography, 3e 51, 59

Booth Math and Dosage Calculations for Health Care Professionals with Student Care, 4e 56, 81

Booth MedicaL Assisting: Administrative and Clinical Procedures 4e 63

Booth Medical Assisting: Administrative Procedures with Student CD, 4e 62

Booth Medical Assisting: Clinical Procedures for Medical Assisting 4e 63

Booth Phlebotomy: A Competency Based Approach, 3e 58, 84

Bostwick Medical Terminology: A Programmed Approach, 2e 76

C
Cember Introduction to Health Physics, 4e 94

Chandler New Nurse’s Survival Guide 92

Chapleau Paramedic Updated Edition, The 98

Chen Basic Radiology, 2e 87

Chinna Biostatistics for the Health Sciences 85

Coakley Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 10e 18

Coakley Sports in Society: Issues and Controversies, 11e 18

Corbin Concepts of Fitness and Wellness: A Comprehensive Lifestyle Approach, 9e 9

Corbin Concepts of Physical Fitness: Active Lifestyles for Wellness, 16e 7

Cox Annual Editions: Aging 11/12, 24e 29

Cox Annual Editions: Aging 12/13, 25e 28

Cox Palko’s Medical Laboratory Procedures, 3e 70

Cox Sport Psychology: Concepts and Applications, 7e 16

107
AUTHOR INDEX

D
Dahlhauser NCLEX-RN® Review, 2e 96

Dail Kinesiology for Manual Therapies with Muscle Cards 56

Daniel Annual Editions: Health 12/13, 33e 12, 20, 22, 39, 44

Daniel Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Health and Society, 10e 22, 40, 44

David Understanding Motor Development: Infants, Children, Adolescents, Adults, 7e 14

Dickinson Annual Editions: Dying, Death, and Bereavement 12/13, 13e 25

DiPrima McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Basic, 2e 99

DiPrima McGraw-Hill’s EMT-Paramedic, 2e 88, 99

F
Fahey Basic Weight Training for Men and Women, 8e 1, 19

Fahey Connect Plus Fitness and Wellness Access Card for Fit & Well, 9e 10

Fahey Connect Plus Fitness and Wellness Access Card for Fit & Well, 10e 9

Fahey Fit & Well Alternate Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e 8

Fahey Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e 6

Fahey Fit & Well Brief Edition: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 9e 7

Fahey Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 9e 9, 21

Fahey Fit & Well: Core Concepts and Labs in Physical Fitness and Wellness, 10e 8, 21

Ferrini Health in the Later Years, 5e 28

Ferry Electrocardiography in Ten Days, 2e 95

Fields Drugs in Perspective, 8e 24, 26

Fleischer Sonography in Obstetrics & Gynecology: Principles and Practice, 7e 88

Floyd Manual of Structural Kinesiology, 18e 13

G
Gauwitz Administering Medications, 7e 60, 82

Goldberg Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Drugs and Society, 10e 27

Goldsmith Medical Coding Fundamentals 65

Gomella Clinician’s Pocket Drug Reference, 2e 99

Gomella Clinicians Pocket Drug Reference, 3e 99

Grebner Medical Coding: Understanding ICD-10-cm and ICD-10-pcs 65

Greenberg Comprehensive Stress Management, 12e 41

108
AUTHOR INDEX

H
Hahn Focus on Health, 10e 37

Hahn Focus on Health, 11e 36

Hall Basic Biomechanics, 6e 1

Hamilton Electronic Health Records, 2e 51, 54

Hamilton Kinesiology: Scientific Basis of Human Motion, 12e 2, 13

Hamilton Nursing Documentation Using EHR 79

Hart Drugs, Society, and Human Behavior, 14e 26

Hart Ethics in Medical Coding: Theory and Practice 66

Helle Nuclear Cardiology: Practical Applications, 2e 88

Hitner Pharmacology: An Introduction, 6e 83

Houser Administrative Medical Assisting a Workforce Readiness Approach 60, 72

Hutchison Annual Editions: Human Sexualities 12/13, 34e 31

Hutchison Annual Editions: Human Sexualities, 11/12, 33e 31

I
Insel Connect Core Concepts in Health, 12e 37

Insel Core Concepts Big Edition with Connect Plus Access Card, 12e 37

J
Joel Kelly’s Dimensions of Professional Nursing, 10e 89

Joel Nursing Experience: Trends, Challenges and Transitions, The, 5e 96

Judson Law & Ethics for Medical Careers, 6e 70

K
Kinney Loosening the Grip: A Handbook of Alcohol Information, 10e 24

Kolander Contemporary Women’s Health: Issues for Today and the Future, 4e 41

Kovar Elementary Classroom Teachers as Movement Educators, 4e 4

L
Levitzky Pulmonary Physiology, 7e 95

Lumpkin Introduction to Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sport Studies, 8e 11

109
AUTHOR INDEX

M
MaGill Motor Learning and Control: Concepts and Applications, 9e 15

Maguire Annual Editions: Drugs, Society, and Behavior 12/13, 27e 27, 45

Malone Drug Information, A Guide for Pharmacists, 4e 86

McPhee Pathophysiology of Disease: An Introduction to Clinical Medicine, 6e 92

Meeks Comprehensive School Health Education, 8e 42

MHHE Activsim for EMT 98

MHHE Activsim for the Emergency Medical Responder 97

MHHE Activsim: Nursing Code Print Card 3-Year Access 78

Miller Measurement by the Physical Educator: Why and How, 6e 19

Moini Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and CCMA Exams, 4e 47, 80

Moini Medical Assisting Review: Passing the CMA, RMA, and NHA Exams, 4e 61

Monahan McGraw-Hill Review for the NCLEX-RN Examination 95

Mood Sports and Recreational Activities, 15e 17

N
Newby Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices & Facilities 2011, 6e 68, 69

Newby Medical Coding Workbook for Physician Practices and Facilities: ICD-10e 67

Nieman Exercise Testing & Prescription, 7e 6

NSC Advanced First Aid, CPR AND AED Textbook, 2e 47

NSC Basic Life Support for Healthcare and Professional Rescuers, 2e 47, 50

NSC CPR and AED Student Workbook, 4e 50

NSC First Aid Student Workbook, 3e 54

NSC First Aid, CPR & AED Student Workbook, 4e 45, 50, 85

NSC NSC Emergency Medical Response, 2e 97

NSC NSC Pediatric First Aid, CPR & AED, 3e 45, 81

O
Olson Poisoning and Drug Overdose, 6e 86

Orum-Alexander Pharmacy Technician: Practice and Procedures with Student CD 84

P
Pavkov Ready, Set, Go! A Student Guide to SPSS® 13.0 and 14.0 for Windows®, 2e 18, 20, 29, 30, 40

Payne Human Motor Development: A Lifespan Approach, 8e 14

Payne Understanding Your Health, 11e 38

Payne Understanding Your Health, 12e 36

Peart Mammography and Breast Imaging Prep 86

Peart Mammography and Breast Imaging: Just the Facts 96

Powers Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 7e 5

Powers Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance, 8e 4

Prentice Arnheim’s Principles of Athletic Training: A Competency-Based Approach, 14e 2

110
AUTHOR INDEX

P (continued)
Prentice Get Fit – Stay Fit, 6e 6

Prentice Rehabilitation Techniques in Sports Medicine, 5e 3

Prentice Therapeutic Modalities in Rehabilitation, 4e 89

Pryor Clinician’s Guide to Surgical Care 95

R
Robbins Wellness Way of Life with Exercise Band, A, 9e 21

Rossignol Principles and Practice of Epidemiology: An Engaged Approach 28

S
Saba Essentials of Nursing Informatics, 5e 90

Safian Complete Diagnosis Coding Book, The, 2e 68

Safian You Code It! A Case Studies Workbook, 2e 69

Saia Lange Q&A Radiography Examination, 8e (Set 2) 90

Saia Radiography Prep Program Review and Examination Preparation, 6e 91

Sanderson Case Studies for Use with Computers in the Medical Office, 6e 48, 69

Sanderson Computers in the Medical Office, 7e 49

Sanderson Computers in the Medical Office, 8e 48

Sanderson Practice Management and EHR: A Total Patient Encounter for Medisoft Clinical 48, 52, 62, 72

Shade Pocket Guide for Fast and Easy ECGs, 2e 97

Shanholtzer Integrated Electronic Health Records: A Worktext for Greenway Medical 52

Technologies’ Primesuite

Sherman Lange Q&A Surgical Technology Examination (Set 2), 6e 85

Siedentop Introduction to Physical Education, Fitness, and Sport, 8e 10

Simon Emergency Orthopedics Set 2, 6e 87

Sparling iHealth with Connect Personal Health Access Card 38

Stephens Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Nurses 57, 79

Stine AIDs Update 2011, 20e 36

Stine AIDs Update 2012, 21e 33

T
Talanow General Radiology: Case Study 91

Taverner Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Human Sexuality, 12e 32

Tay Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Cardiology and General Medicine 93

Tay Medico-Legal and Ethical Issues in Eye Care 93

Taylor Health Psychology, 8e 43

Teague Your Health Today: Choices in a Changing Society, 3e 38

Telljohann Health Education: Elementary and Middle School Applications, 7e 42

Tey Black Book of Clinical Examination, The 94

111
AUTHOR INDEX

V
Vancura Anatomy & Physiology: Transformation Learning Through Simulation 81

W
Westfal Lange Q&A EMT-Paramedic, 2e 100

White Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 5e 33

White Taking Sides: Clashing Views in Gender, 6e 31

Williams Applied Sport Psychology, Personal Growth to Peak Performance, 6e 23, 16

Wright Structural Balancing: A Clinical Approach 55

Wuest Foundations of Physical Education, Exercise Science and Sports, 17e 10

112
5(9,(:&23<5(48(67)250

0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD X 3URIHVVRUVOHFWXUHUVZKRDUHLQWHUHVWHGWRUHYLHZWLWOHVOLVWHGLQWKLV


7XDV%DVLQ/LQN FDWDORJIRUWH[WDGRSWLRQFRQVLGHUDWLRQSOHDVHFRPSOHWHWKLV
6LQJDSRUH UHTXHVWIRUPDQGID[WR\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFH VHHLQVLGH
7HO   EDFNFRYHUIRUID[QXPEHU RUWR0F*UDZ+LOO6LQJDSRUH
)D[   X 5HTXHVWVIRUH[DPLQDWLRQFRSLHVDUHVXEMHFWWRDSSURYDO0F
*UDZ+LOOUHVHUYHWKHULJKWWRUHIXVHDQ\UHTXHVWVZKLFKGRQRW
ZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD UHODWHWRWHDFKLQJ
X 3OHDVHPDNHFRSLHVRIWKLVIRUPLIQHFHVVDU\

5(48(67('%<
1DPH  5RRP

'HSDUWPHQW

8QLYHUVLW\

$GGUHVV

7HO )D[

(PDLODGGUHVV

&2035(48(67

3OHDVHLQGLFDWH,6%11R$XWKRU 7LWOH

&RXUVH1DPH  (QUROPHQW

6XEMHFW  &RPPHQFHPHQW'DWH

'HFLVLRQ'DWH ,QGLYLGXDO'HFLVLRQ  *URXS'HFLVLRQ

&XUUHQW7H[W8VHG
0F*5$:+,//0$,/,1*/,67

0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD  3OHDVHLQFOXGHPHLQ\RXUPDLOLQJOLVWIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQ0F


7XDV%DVLQ/LQN *UDZ+LOOERRNV
6LQJDSRUH  3OHDVHHPDLOLQIRUPDWLRQRQ0F*UDZ+LOOERRNVWRP\HPDLO
7HO   DGGUHVVDW
)D[  
          
ZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD ,DPDOUHDG\RQ\RXUPDLOLQJOLVWEXWP\DGGUHVVKDVFKDQJHG
3OHDVHXSGDWHP\UHFRUGWRWKHIROORZLQJQHZDGGUHVV

1DPH
0U0V'U3URI  8QGHUOLQHIDPLO\QDPH

3RVLWLRQ

'HSDUWPHQW

8QLYHUVLW\

$GGUHVV

 3RVWDO&RGH

7HO )D[

(PDLODGGUHVV

R,QGXVWULDO 3ODQW(QJLQHHULQJ R0DVV&RPPXQLFDWLRQ


68%-(&72),17(5(67
R0HFKDQLFDO(QJLQHHULQJ R0XVLF
R$FFRXQWLQJ
R0HGLFDO6FLHQFH R3KLORVRSK\ 5HOLJLRQ
R$GYHUWLVLQJ
R'HQWLVWU\ R3K\VLFDO(GXFDWLRQ
R%XVLQHVV0DQDJHPHQW
R1XUVLQJ R3ROLWLFDO6FLHQFH
R)LQDQFH ,QYHVWPHQW
R$JULFXOWXUH R3V\FKRORJ\
R0DUNHWLQJ
R%LRORJ\ R6RFLRORJ\
R(FRQRPLFV
R&KHPLVWU\
R+XPDQ5HVRXUFH0DQDJHPHQW
R)RUHVWU\
R,QVXUDQFH 5HDO(VWDWH 3OHDVHUHWXUQE\ID[DW  
R*HRJUDSK\ *HRORJ\ WR0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD 
R7UDLQLQJ
R3K\VLFV $VWURQRP\ 6LQJDSRUHRIÀFH
R&RPSXWLQJ
R=RRORJ\
R$HURQDXWLFDO $HURVSDFH
(QJLQHHULQJ R0DWKHPDWLFV 6WDWLVWLFV
0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD UHVSHFWV\RXUSULYDF\
R$UFKLWHFWXUH 8UEDQ3ODQQLQJ R$UW +XPDQLWLHV :HXVH\RXUFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQWRIXOÀOO\RXU

R&KHPLFDO(QJLQHHULQJ R(GXFDWLRQ UHTXHVWDQGVHUYLFH\RXUDFFRXQWDQGWRSURYLGH


\RXZLWKDGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQIURP0F*UDZ

R&LYLO(QJLQHHULQJ R(QJOLVK +LOO $VLD DQGRWKHUSDUWVRI7KH0F*UDZ+LOO


&RPSDQLHV,QF:HRFFDVLRQDOO\PDNHDSRUWLRQ
R&RQVWUXFWLRQ R(QJOLVKDVDQG/DQJXDJH(/7 RIRXUPDLOLQJOLVWDYDLODEOHWRVHOHFWHGWKLUGSDUW\
FRPSDQLHVZKRVHSURGXFWVRUVHUYLFHVPD\EHRI
R(OHFWURQLFV &RPPXQLFDWLRQV R)RUHLJQ/DQJXDJH LQWHUHVWWR\RX)RUIXUWKHULQIRUPDWLRQRUWROHWXV
NQRZ\RXUSUHIHUHQFHVZLWKUHVSHFWWRUHFHLYLQJ
R(OHFWULFDO(QJLQHHULQJ R+HDOWK 1XWULWLRQ PDUNHWLQJPDWHULDOVSOHDVHVHQGDQHPDLOWR
PDUNHWLQJVYFBPKHD#PFJUDZKLOOFRPRUZULWH
R*HQHUDO(QJLQHHULQJ R+LVWRU\ WR0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD 7XDV%DVLQ
/LQN6LQJDSRUH9LHZ7KH0F*UDZ+LOO
R/DZ &RPSDQLHV&XVWRPHU3ULYDF\3ROLF\DWKWWSZZZ
PFJUDZKLOOFRPSULYDF\KWPO
R/LEUDU\6FLHQFH
0 F * 5 $:  + , / /  ( ' 8 & $ 7 , 2 1  $ 6 , $

6,1*$325(
DOVRVHUYLFLQJ%UXQHL 0DXULWLXV
0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
7XDV%DVLQ/LQN6LQJDSRUH
7HO  ‡&XVWRPHU6HUYLFH+RWOLQH  
)D[  
H0DLOPJKDVLDBVJ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP‡ZHEVLWHZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD

&+,1$ -$3$1 7$,:$1


5HSUHVHQWDWLYH2I¿FH 0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ-DSDQ 0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF )$VFHQG6KLPEDVKL )1R%R$L5RDG
6XLWH)637RZHU$ 6KLPEDVKL0LQDWRNX 7DLSHL
7VLQJKXD6FLHQFH3DUN 7RN\R 7DLZDQ
1R=KRQJJXDQFXQ(DVW5RDG -DSDQ 7HO  
+DLGLDQ'LVWULFW 7HO   )D[  
%HLMLQJ35&KLQD )D[   H0DLOPLHWZBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
7HO   H0DLOPKHMSQ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
)D[  
H0DLOLQVWUXFWRUFKLQD#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
.25($ 7+$,/$1'
0F*UDZ+LOO.RUHD,QF DOVRVHUYLFLQJ&DPERGLD /DRV  
+21*.21* )-L:RR%OGJ 0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF 6HRN\R'RQJ 6RL,QWKDPDUD
6XLWHV7RZHU 0DSR.X 6XWKLVDUQ5RDG3KD\DWKDL
7LPHV6TXDUH 6HRXO.RUHD %DQJNRN7KDLODQG
0DWKHVRQ6WUHHW&DXVHZD\%D\ 7HO   7HO  
+RQJ.RQJ )D[   )D[  
7HO   H0DLOPLHNUBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP H0DLOPLHWKBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
)D[  
H0DLOPLHKNBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
0$/$<6,$
0F*UDZ+LOO0DOD\VLD6GQ%KG 9,(71$0
,1',$ 1R-DODQ3HQJDFDUD8 5HSUHVHQWDWLYH2I¿FH
DOVRVHUYLFLQJ%DQJODGHVK3DNLVWDQ 7HPDV\D,QGXVWULDO3DUN 0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
1HSDO 6UL/DQND 6KDK$ODP 7KH1RPDG2IÀFHV
6HODQJRU'DUXO(KVDQ0DOD\VLD /HYHO *HPDGHSW7RZHU
7DWD0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ3ULYDWH
7HO   /H7KDQK7RQ6WUHHW
/LPLWHG
)D[   %HQ1JKH:DUG'LVWULFW
%6HFWRU
H0DLOPVLDBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP +R&KL0LQK&LW\
'LVWW*DXWDP%XGK1DJDU
9LHWQDP
1RLGD83,QGLD
7HO    
7HO  
)D[   3+,/,33,1(6 )D[  
$SSRLQWHG$JHQW H0DLOYDQB\HQBTXDQJ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
H0DLOVDXUDEKBVKDUPD#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
,GHDFDGHP\,QF
8QLW/*$OIDUR3ODFH
/3/HYLVWH6WUHHW
,1'21(6,$
6DOFHGR9LOODJH
$SSRLQWHG$JHQW 0DNDWL&LW\0HWUR0DQLOD
370HGLD*OREDO(GXNDVL 3KLOLSSLQHV
,PSHULXP'HVLJQ 7HO  
/LSSR.DUDZDFL )D[  
7DQJHUDQJ H0DLOP\ODBNDW]DY#LGHDFDGHP\LQFEL]
,QGRQHVLD
7HO  
)D[  
H0DLOLQIR#PJHFRLG
3UHSDULQJ6WXGHQWVIRU
WKH:RUOG7KDW$ZDLWV

0F*UDZ+LOO+LJKHU(GXFDWLRQHPSRZHUVLQVWUXFWRUVWRKHOSVWXGHQWVVXFFHHGDFDGHPLFDOO\
QRZ DQG LQWR WKH IXWXUH E\ SURYLGLQJ ÁH[LEOH VXSHULRUTXDOLW\ VROXWLRQV WKDW VHUYH WKH
QHHGV RI LQVWUXFWRUV DQG VWXGHQWV HQG WR HQG  IURP WH[WERRNV DQG GLJLWDO LQVWUXFWLRQDO
FRQWHQW DQG WRROV WR LQQRYDWH VXEMHFW PDVWHU\ H[SHULHQWLDO OHDUQLQJ DQG DVVLJQPHQW
DVVHVVPHQWVROXWLRQV

&RQQHFW
:HFRQQHFWLQVWUXFWRUVDQGVWXGHQWVWRYDOXDEOHFRXUVHFRQWHQW
DQGUHVRXUFHVDQGZHFRQQHFWLQVWUXFWRUVDQGVWXGHQWVWRHDFK
RWKHUZLWKWKHEHVWWUDGLWLRQDODQGGLJLWDOWHDFKLQJWRROV

/HDUQ
:HHQDEOHJUHDWHUOHDUQLQJDQGGHHSHUFRPSUHKHQVLRQZLWKWKH
KLJKHVWTXDOLW\WRROVDQGFRQWHQWWKDWOHWVWXGHQWVHQJDJHZLWK
WKHLUFRXUVHZRUNZKHQZKHUHDQGKRZHYHUWKH\OHDUQEHVW

6XFFHHG
:HSURYLGHWKHOHDUQLQJUHVRXUFHVVWXGHQWVQHHGWRFRQQHFW
VXFFHVVLQWKHFODVVURRPZLWKVXFFHVVLQWKHZRUOGWKDWDZDLWV

0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ $VLD
7XDV%DVLQ/LQN
6LQJDSRUH
7HO  
)D[  
HPDLOPJKDVLDBVJ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
ZHEVLWHZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD &;

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen